14 CFR Part 135 — Operating Requirements: Commuter and on Demand Operations and Rules Governing Persons on Board Such Aircraft

14 CFR Ch. I (1–1–26 Edition) Pt. 135 135.79 Flight locating requirements.

PART 135—OPERATING REQUIRE- 135.81 Informing personnel of operational MENTS: COMMUTER AND ON DE- information and appropriate changes.

MAND OPERATIONS AND RULES 135.83 Operating information required.

135.85 Carriage of persons without compli- GOVERNING PERSONS ON ance with the passenger-carrying provi- BOARD SUCH AIRCRAFT sions of this part.

135.87 Carriage of cargo including carry-on S PECIAL F EDERAL A VIATION R EGULATION N O .

baggage.

50–2 [N OTE ] 135.89 Pilot requirements: Use of oxygen.

S PECIAL F EDERAL A VIATION R EGULATION N O .

135.91 Oxygen and portable oxygen con- 71 [N OTE ] centrators for medical use by passengers.

S PECIAL F EDERAL A VIATION R EGULATION N O .

135.93 Minimum altitudes for use of auto- 89 [N OTE ] pilot.

PECIAL F EDERAL A VIATION R EGULATION N O .

S 135.95 Airmen: Limitations on use of serv- 97 [N OTE ] ices.

135.97 Aircraft and facilities for recent Subpart A—General flight experience.

135.98 Operations in the North Polar Area.

Sec.

135.99 Composition of flight crew.

135.1 Applicability.

135.100 Flight crewmember duties.

135.2 Compliance schedule for operators 135.101 Second in command required under that transition to part 121 of this chap- IFR.

ter; certain new entrant operators.

135.103 [Reserved] 135.3 Rules applicable to operations subject 135.105 Exception to second in command re- to this part.

quirement: Approval for use of autopilot 135.4 Applicability of rules for eligible on- system.

demand operations.

135.107 Flight attendant crewmember re- 135.7 Applicability of rules to unauthorized quirement.

operators.

135.109 Pilot in command or second in com- 135.12 Previously trained crewmembers.

mand: Designation required.

135.19 Emergency operations.

135.111 Second in command required in Cat- 135.21 Manual requirements.

egory II operations.

135.23 Manual contents.

135.113 Passenger occupancy of pilot seat.

135.25 Aircraft requirements.

135.115 Manipulation of controls.

135.41 Carriage of narcotic drugs, mari- 135.117 Briefing of passengers before flight.

huana, and depressant or stimulant drugs 135.119 Prohibition against carriage of or substances.

weapons.

135.43 Crewmember certificates: Inter- 135.120 Prohibition on interference with national operations.

crewmembers.

135.121 Alcoholic beverages.

Subpart B—Flight Operations 135.122 Stowage of food, beverage, and pas- 135.61 General.

senger service equipment during aircraft 135.63 Recordkeeping requirements.

movement on the surface, takeoff, and 135.64 Retention of contracts and amend- landing.

ments: Commercial operators who con- 135.123 Emergency and emergency evacu- duct intrastate operations for compensa- ation duties.

tion or hire. 135.125 Aircraft security.

135.65 Reporting mechanical irregularities. 135.127 Passenger information requirements 135.67 Reporting potentially hazardous me- and smoking prohibitions.

teorological conditions and irregularities 135.128 Use of safety belts and child re- of ground facilities or navigation aids.

straint systems.

135.69 Restriction or suspension of oper- 135.129 Exit seating.

ations: Continuation of flight in an emer- gency.

Subpart C—Aircraft and Equipment 135.71 Airworthiness check.

135.141 Applicability.

135.73 Inspections and tests.

135.143 General requirements.

135.75 Inspectors credentials: Admission to 135.144 Portable electronic devices.

pilots’ compartment: Forward observer’s 135.145 Aircraft proving and validation seat.

135.76 DOD Commercial Air Carrier Eval- tests.

uator’s Credentials: Admission to pilots 135.147 Dual controls required.

compartment: Forward observer’s seat. 135.149 Equipment requirements: General.

135.77 Responsibility for operational con- 135.150 Public address and crewmember trol. interphone systems.

135.78 Instrument approach procedures and 135.151 Cockpit voice recorders.

IFR landing minimums. 135.152 Flight data recorders.

VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:01 Aug 27, 2026 Jkt 268049 PO 00000 Frm 00430 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\268049.XXX 268049 jgilmore on DSK4WB1RN3PROD with CFR Federal Aviation Administration, DOT Pt. 135 135.153 [Reserved] 135.221 IFR: Alternate airport weather 135.154 Terrain awareness and warning sys- minimums.

tem. 135.223 IFR: Alternate airport requirements.

135.155 Fire extinguishers: Passenger-car- 135.225 IFR: Takeoff, approach and landing rying aircraft. minimums.

135.156 Flight data recorders: filtered data.

135.227 Icing conditions: Operating limita- 135.157 Oxygen equipment requirements.

tions.

135.158 Pitot heat indication systems.

135.229 Airport requirements.

135.159 Equipment requirements: Carrying passengers under VFR at night or under Subpart E—Flight Crewmember VFR over-the-top conditions.

Requirements 135.160 Radio altimeters for rotorcraft oper- 135.241 Applicability.

ations.

135.243 Pilot in command qualifications.

135.161 Communication and navigation 135.244 Operating experience.

equipment for aircraft operations under 135.245 Second in command qualifications.

VFR over routes navigated by pilotage.

135.247 Pilot qualifications: Recent experi- 135.163 Equipment requirements: Aircraft ence.

carrying passengers under IFR.

135.249–135.255 [Reserved] 135.165 Communication and navigation equipment: Extended over-water or IFR Subpart F—Crewmember Flight Time and operations.

135.167 Emergency equipment: Extended Duty Period Limitations and Rest Re- overwater operations.

quirements 135.168 Emergency equipment: Overwater rotorcraft operations. 135.261 Applicability.

135.169 Additional airworthiness require- 135.263 Flight time limitations and rest re- ments. quirements: All certificate holders.

135.170 Materials for compartment inte- 135.265 Flight time limitations and rest re- riors. quirements: Scheduled operations.

135.171 Shoulder harness installation at 135.267 Flight time limitations and rest re- flight crewmember stations. quirements: Unscheduled one- and two- 135.173 Airborne thunderstorm detection pilot crews.

equipment requirements. 135.269 Flight time limitations and rest re- 135.175 Airborne weather radar equipment quirements: Unscheduled three- and four- requirements. pilot crews.

135.177 Emergency equipment requirements 135.271 Helicopter hospital emergency med- for aircraft having a passenger seating ical evacuation service (HEMES).

configuration of more than 19 passengers. 135.273 Duty period limitations and rest 135.178 Additional emergency equipment. time requirements.

135.179 Inoperable instruments and equip- ment. Subpart G—Crewmember Testing 135.180 Traffic Alert and Collision Avoid- Requirements ance System.

135.181 Performance requirements: Aircraft 135.291 Applicability.

operated over-the-top or in IFR condi- 135.293 Initial and recurrent pilot testing tions. requirements.

135.183 Performance requirements: Land 135.295 Initial and recurrent flight attend- aircraft operated over water. ant crewmember testing requirements.

135.185 Empty weight and center of gravity: 135.297 Pilot in command: Instrument pro- Currency requirement. ficiency check requirements.

135.299 Pilot in command: Line checks: Subpart D—VFR/IFR Operating Limitations Routes and airports.

135.301 Crewmember: Tests and checks, and Weather Requirements grace provisions, training to accepted 135.201 Applicability.

standards.

135.203 VFR: Minimum altitudes.

135.205 VFR: Visibility requirements.

Subpart H—Training 135.207 VFR: Helicopter surface reference 135.321 Applicability and terms used.

requirements.

135.323 Training program: General.

135.209 VFR: Fuel supply.

135.211 VFR: Over-the-top carrying pas- 135.324 Training program: Special rules.

sengers: Operating limitations. 135.325 Training program and revision: Ini- 135.213 Weather reports and forecasts. tial and final approval.

135.215 IFR: Operating limitations. 135.327 Training program: Curriculum.

135.217 IFR: Takeoff limitations. 135.329 Crewmember training requirements.

135.219 IFR: Destination airport weather 135.330 Crew resource management training.

minimums. 135.331 Crewmember emergency training.

VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:01 Aug 27, 2026 Jkt 268049 PO 00000 Frm 00431 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\268049.XXX 268049 jgilmore on DSK4WB1RN3PROD with CFR 14 CFR Ch. I (1–1–26 Edition) Pt. 135 135.335 Approval of aircraft simulators and 135.389 Large nontransport category air- other training devices. planes: Takeoff limitations.

135.336 Airline transport pilot certification 135.391 Large nontransport category air- training program.

planes: En route limitations: One engine 135.337 Qualifications: Check pilots.

inoperative.

135.338 Qualifications: Flight instructors.

135.393 Large nontransport category air- 135.339 Initial and transition training and planes: Landing limitations: Destination checking: Check pilots.

airports.

135.340 Initial and transition training and 135.395 Large nontransport category air- checking: Flight instructors.

planes: Landing limitations: Alternate 135.341 Pilot and flight attendant crew- airports.

member training programs.

135.397 Small transport category airplane 135.343 Crewmember initial and recurrent performance operating limitations.

training requirements.

135.345 Pilots: Initial, transition, and up- 135.398 Commuter category airplanes per- grade ground training. formance operating limitations.

135.347 Pilots: Initial, transition, upgrade, 135.399 Small nontransport category air- and differences flight training.

plane performance operating limitations.

135.349 Flight attendants: Initial and transi- tion ground training.

Subpart J—Maintenance, Preventive 135.351 Recurrent training.

Maintenance, and Alterations 135.353 [Reserved] 135.411 Applicability.

Subpart I—Airplane Performance 135.413 Responsibility for airworthiness.

Operating Limitations 135.415 Service difficulty reports.

135.417 Mechanical interruption summary 135.361 Applicability.

report.

135.363 General.

135.419 Approved aircraft inspection pro- 135.364 Maximum flying time outside the gram.

United States.

135.365 Large transport category airplanes: 135.421 Additional maintenance require- Reciprocating engine powered: Weight ments.

limitations.

135.422 Aging airplane inspections and 135.367 Large transport category airplanes: records reviews for multiengine airplanes Reciprocating engine powered: Takeoff certificated with nine or fewer passenger limitations.

seats.

135.369 Large transport category airplanes: 135.423 Maintenance, preventive mainte- Reciprocating engine powered: En route nance, and alteration organization.

limitations: All engines operating.

135.425 Maintenance, preventive mainte- 135.371 Large transport category airplanes: nance, and alteration programs.

Reciprocating engine powered: En route 135.426 Contract maintenance.

limitations: One engine inoperative.

135.427 Manual requirements.

135.373 Part 25 transport category airplanes 135.429 Required inspection personnel.

with four or more engines: Reciprocating 135.431 Continuing analysis and surveil- engine powered: En route limitations: lance.

Two engines inoperative.

135.375 Large transport category airplanes: 135.433 Maintenance and preventive mainte- Reciprocating engine powered: Landing nance training program.

limitations: Destination airports.

135.435 Certificate requirements.

135.377 Large transport category airplanes: 135.437 Authority to perform and approve Reciprocating engine powered: Landing maintenance, preventive maintenance, limitations: Alternate airports.

and alterations.

135.379 Large transport category airplanes: 135.439 Maintenance recording require- Turbine engine powered: Takeoff limita- ments.

tions.

135.441 Transfer of maintenance records.

135.381 Large transport category airplanes: 135.443 Airworthiness release or aircraft Turbine engine powered: En route limita- maintenance log entry.

tions: One engine inoperative.

135.383 Large transport category airplanes: Subpart K—Hazardous Materials Training Turbine engine powered: En route limita- Program tions: Two engines inoperative.

135.385 Large transport category airplanes: 135.501 Applicability and definitions.

Turbine engine powered: Landing limita- 135.503 Hazardous materials training: Gen- tions: Destination airports.

eral.

135.387 Large transport category airplanes: Turbine engine powered: Landing limita- 135.505 Hazardous materials training re- tions: Alternate airports. quired.

VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:01 Aug 27, 2026 Jkt 268049 PO 00000 Frm 00432 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\268049.XXX 268049 jgilmore on DSK4WB1RN3PROD with CFR Federal Aviation Administration, DOT § 135.1 135.507 Hazardous materials training S PECIAL F EDERAL A VIATION R EGULATION records.

N O. 97 Subpart L—Helicopter Air Ambulance E DITORIAL N OTE : For the text of SFAR No.

Equipment, Operations, and Training 97, see part 91 of this chapter.

Requirements Subpart A—General 135.601 Applicability and definitions.

135.603 Pilot-in-command instrument quali- § 135.1 Applicability.

fications.

(a) This part prescribes rules gov- 135.605 Helicopter terrain awareness and warning system (HTAWS). erning— 135.607 Flight Data Monitoring System. (1) The commuter or on-demand oper- 135.609 VFR ceiling and visibility require- ations of each person who holds or is ments for Class G airspace.

required to hold an Air Carrier Certifi- 135.611 IFR operations at locations without cate or Operating Certificate under weather reporting.

part 119 of this chapter.

135.613 Approach/departure IFR transitions.

(2) Each person employed or used by 135.615 VFR flight planning.

a certificate holder conducting oper- 135.617 Pre-flight risk analysis.

ations under this part including the 135.619 Operations control centers.

maintenance, preventative mainte- 135.621 Briefing of medical personnel.

nance and alteration of an aircraft.

A PPENDIX A TO P ART 135—A DDITIONAL A IR - (3) The transportation of mail by air- WORTHINESS S TANDARDS FOR 10 OR M ORE craft conducted under a postal service P ASSENGER A IRPLANES contract awarded under 39 U.S.C. 5402c.

A PPENDIX B TO P ART 135—A IRPLANE F LIGHT (4) Each person who applies for provi- R ECORDER S PECIFICATIONS sional approval of an Advanced Quali- A PPENDIX C TO P ART 135—H ELICOPTER F LIGHT fication Program curriculum, cur- R ECORDER S PECIFICATIONS riculum segment, or portion of a cur- A PPENDIX D TO P ART 135—A IRPLANE F LIGHT riculum segment under subpart Y of R ECORDER S PECIFICATION part 121 of this chapter of 14 CFR part A PPENDIX E TO P ART 135—H ELICOPTER F LIGHT 121 and each person employed or used R ECORDER S PECIFICATIONS by an air carrier or commercial oper- A PPENDIX F TO P ART 135—A IRPLANE F LIGHT R ECORDER S PECIFICATIONS ator under this part to perform train- A PPENDIX G TO P ART 135—E XTENDED O PER - ing, qualification, or evaluation func- ATIONS (ETOPS) tions under an Advanced Qualification Program under subpart Y of part 121 of A UTHORITY : 49 U.S.C. 106(f), 40113, 41706, this chapter of 14 CFR part 121.

44701–44702, 44705, 44709, 44711–44713, 44715– (5) Nonstop Commercial Air Tour 44717, 44722, 44730, 45101–45105; Pub. L. 112–95, 126 Stat. 58 (49 U.S.C. 44730). flights conducted for compensation or hire in accordance with § 119.1(e)(2) of S OURCE : Docket 16097, 43 FR 46783, Oct. 10, this chapter that begin and end at the 1978, unless otherwise noted.

same airport and are conducted within a 25-statute-mile radius of that airport; S PECIAL F EDERAL A VIATION R EGULATION provided further that these operations N O. 50–2 must comply only with the drug and alcohol testing requirements in E DITORIAL N OTE : For the text of SFAR No.

§§ 120.31, 120.33, 120.35, 120.37, and 120.39 50–2, see part 91 of this chapter.

of this chapter; and with the provisions of part 136, subpart A, and § 91.147 of S PECIAL F EDERAL A VIATION R EGULATION this chapter by September 11, 2007.

N O. 71 (6) Each person who is on board an aircraft being operated under this part.

E DITORIAL N OTE : For the text of SFAR No.

(7) Each person who is an applicant 71, see part 91 of this chapter.

for an Air Carrier Certificate or an Op- S PECIAL F EDERAL A VIATION R EGULATION erating Certificate under 119 of this N O. 89 chapter, when conducting proving tests.

(8) Commercial Air tours conducted E DITORIAL N OTE : For the text of SFAR No.

89, see part 121 of this chapter. by holders of operations specifications VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:01 Aug 27, 2026 Jkt 268049 PO 00000 Frm 00433 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Y:\SGML\268049.XXX 268049 jgilmore on DSK4WB1RN3PROD with CFR 14 CFR Ch. I (1–1–26 Edition) § 135.2 issued under this part must comply (ii) Transport category turbo- with the provisions of part 136, Subpart propeller powered airplanes that have a A of this chapter by September 11, 2007. passenger seat configuration of 20–30 seats; or (9) Helicopter air ambulance oper- (iii) Turbojet engine powered air- ations as defined in § 135.601(b)(1).

planes having a passenger seat configu- (b) [Reserved] ration of 1–30 seats.

(c) An operator who does not hold a (2) Each person who, after January part 119 certificate and who operates 19, 1996, applies for or obtains an initial under the provisions of § 91.147 of this air carrier or operating certificate and chapter is permitted to use a person operations specifications to conduct who is otherwise authorized to perform scheduled passenger-carrying oper- aircraft maintenance or preventive ations in the kinds of airplanes de- maintenance duties and who is not sub- scribed in paragraphs (a)(1)(i), (a)(1)(ii), ject to anti-drug and alcohol misuse or paragraph (a)(1)(iii) of this section.

prevent programs to perform— (b) Obtaining operations specifications.

(1) Aircraft maintenance or preven- A certificate holder described in para- tive maintenance on the operator’s air- graph (a)(1) of this section may not, craft if the operator would otherwise after March 20, 1997, operate an air- be required to transport the aircraft plane described in paragraphs (a)(1)(i), more than 50 nautical miles further (a)(1)(ii), or (a)(1)(iii) of this section in than the repair point closest to opera- scheduled passenger-carrying oper- tor’s principal place of operation to ob- ations, unless it obtains operations tain these services; or specifications to conduct its scheduled (2) Emergency repairs on the opera- operations under part 121 of this chap- tor’s aircraft if the aircraft cannot be ter on or before March 20, 1997.

safely operated to a location where an (c) Regular or accelerated compliance.

employee subject to FAA-approved pro- Except as provided in paragraphs (d), grams can perform the repairs.

and (e) of this section, each certificate (d) Additional requirements for pow- holder described in paragraph (a)(1) of ered-lift operations, training, check- this section shall comply with each ap- ing, and testing, are set forth in part plicable requirement of part 121 of this 194 of this chapter.

chapter on and after March 20, 1997 or [Docket 16097, 43 FR 46783, Oct. 10, 1978] on and after the date on which the cer- tificate holder is issued operations E DITORIAL N OTE : For F EDERAL R EGISTER ci- specifications under this part, which- tations affecting § 135.1, see the List of CFR ever occurs first. Except as provided in Sections Affected, which appears in the paragraphs (d) and (e) of this section, Finding Aids section of the printed volume and at www.govinfo.gov. each person described in paragraph (a)(2) of this section shall comply with § 135.2 Compliance schedule for opera- each applicable requirement of part 121 tors that transition to part 121 of of this chapter on and after the date on this chapter; certain new entrant which that person is issued a certifi- operators.

cate and operations specifications (a) Applicability. This section applies under part 121 of this chapter.

to the following: (d) Delayed compliance dates. Unless (1) Each certificate holder that was paragraph (e) of this section specifies issued an air carrier or operating cer- an earlier compliance date, no certifi- tificate and operations specifications cate holder that is covered by para- under the requirements of part 135 of graph (a) of this section may operate this chapter or under SFAR No. 38–2 of an airplane in 14 CFR part 121 oper- 14 CFR part 121 before January 19, 1996, ations on or after a date listed in this and that conducts scheduled passenger- paragraph unless that airplane meets carrying operations with: the applicable requirement of this (i) Nontransport category turbo- paragraph: propeller powered airplanes type cer- (1) Nontransport category turbo- tificated after December 31, 1964, that propeller powered airplanes type certifi- have a passenger seat configuration of cated after December 31, 1964, that have a 10–19 seats; passenger seat configuration of 10–19 VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:01 Aug 27, 2026 Jkt 268049 PO 00000 Frm 00434 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Y:\SGML\268049.XXX 268049 jgilmore on DSK4WB1RN3PROD with CFR Federal Aviation Administration, DOT § 135.2 seats. No certificate holder may oper- date listed in this paragraph (e) unless ate under this part an airplane that is that airplane meets the applicable re- described in paragraph (a)(1)(i) of this quirement listed in this paragraph (e).

section on or after a date listed in (1) For nontransport category turbo- paragraph (d)(1) of this section unless propeller powered airplanes type cer- that airplane meets the applicable re- tificated after December 31, 1964, that quirement listed in paragraph (d)(1) of have a passenger seat configuration of this section: 10–19 seats: (i) December 20, 1997: (i) Manufactured on or after March (A) Section 121.289, Landing gear 20, 1997: aural warning.

(A) Section 121.305(j), Third attitude (B) Section 121.308, Lavatory fire pro- indicator.

tection.

(B) Section 121.311(f), Safety belts (C) Section 121.310(e), Emergency exit and shoulder harnesses.

handle illumination.

(ii) Manufactured on or after Decem- (D) Section 121.337(b)(8), Protective ber 20, 1997: Section 121.317(a), Fasten breathing equipment.

seat belt light.

(E) Section 121.340, Emergency flota- tion means. (iii) Manufactured on or after Decem- (ii) December 20, 1999: Section 121.342, ber 20, 1999: Section 121.293, Takeoff Pitot heat indication system.

warning system.

(iii) December 20, 2010: (iv) Manufactured on or after March (A) For airplanes described in 12, 1999: Section 121.310(b)(1), Interior § 121.157(f), the Airplane Performance emergency exit locating sign.

Operating Limitations in §§ 121.189 (2) For transport category turbo- through 121.197.

propeller powered airplanes that have a (B) Section 121.161(b), Ditching ap- passenger seat configuration of 20–30 proval.

seats manufactured on or after March (C) Section 121.305(j), Third attitude 20, 1997: Section 121.305(j), Third atti- indicator.

tude indicator.

(D) Section 121.312(c), Passenger seat (f) New type certification requirements.

cushion flammability.

No person may operate an airplane for (iv) March 12, 1999: Section which the application for a type cer- 121.310(b)(1), Interior emergency exit tificate was filed after March 29, 1995, locating sign.

in 14 CFR part 121 operations unless (2) Transport category turbopropeller that airplane is type certificated under powered airplanes that have a passenger seat configuration of 20–30 seats. No cer- part 25 of this chapter.

tificate holder may operate under this (g) Transition plan. Before March 19, part an airplane that is described in 1996 each certificate holder described in paragraph (a)(1)(ii) of this section on or paragraph (a)(1) of this section must after a date listed in paragraph (d)(2) of submit to the FAA a transition plan this section unless that airplane meets (containing a calendar of events) for the applicable requirement listed in moving from conducting its scheduled paragraph (d)(2) of this section: operations under the commuter re- (i) December 20, 1997: quirements of part 135 of this chapter (A) Section 121.308, Lavatory fire pro- to the requirements for domestic or tection.

flag operations under part 121 of this (B) Section 121.337(b) (8) and (9), Pro- chapter. Each transition plan must tective breathing equipment.

contain details on the following: (C) Section 121.340, Emergency flota- (1) Plans for obtaining new oper- tion means.

ations specifications authorizing do- (ii) December 20, 2010: Section mestic or flag operations; 121.305(j), Third attitude indicator.

(2) Plans for being in compliance (e) Newly manufactured airplanes. No with the applicable requirements of certificate holder that is described in part 121 of this chapter on or before paragraph (a) of this section may oper- March 20, 1997; and ate under part 121 of this chapter an airplane manufactured on or after a VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:01 Aug 27, 2026 Jkt 268049 PO 00000 Frm 00435 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Y:\SGML\268049.XXX 268049 jgilmore on DSK4WB1RN3PROD with CFR 14 CFR Ch. I (1–1–26 Edition) § 135.3 (3) Plans for complying with the com- under this part as second in command pliance date schedules contained in may meet the requirements of § 135.245 paragraphs (d) and (e) of this section.

instead of the requirements of § 121.436.

(d) Additional limitations applicable [Docket 28154, 60 FR 65938, Dec. 20, 1995, as to certificate holders that are required amended by Amdt. 135–65, 61 FR 30435, June 14, 1996; Amdt. 135–66, 62 FR 13257, Mar. 19, by paragraph (b) of this section or au- 1997] thorized in accordance with paragraph (c) of this section, to comply with part § 135.3 Rules applicable to operations 121, subparts N and O of this chapter subject to this part.

instead of subparts E, G, and H of this (a) Each person operating an aircraft part.

in operations under this part shall— (1) Upgrade training. (i) Each certifi- (1) While operating inside the United cate holder must include in upgrade States, comply with the applicable ground training for pilots, instruction rules of this chapter; and in at least the subjects identified in (2) While operating outside the § 121.419(a) of this chapter, as applicable United States, comply with Annex 2, to their assigned duties; and, for pilots Rules of the Air, to the Convention on serving in crews of two or more pilots, International Civil Aviation or the reg- instruction and facilitated discussion ulations of any foreign country, which- in the subjects identified in § 121.419(c) ever applies, and with any rules of parts 61 and 91 of this chapter and this of this chapter.

part that are more restrictive than (ii) Each certificate holder must in- that Annex or those regulations and clude in upgrade flight training for pi- that can be complied with without vio- lots, flight training for the maneuvers lating that Annex or those regulations.

and procedures required in § 121.424(a), Annex 2 is incorporated by reference in (c), (e), and (f) of this chapter; and, for § 91.703(b) of this chapter.

pilots serving in crews of two or more (b) Each certificate holder that con- pilots, the flight training required in ducts commuter operations under this § 121.424(b) of this chapter.

part with airplanes in which two pilots (2) Initial and recurrent leadership are required by the type certification and command and mentoring training.

rules of this chapter shall comply with Certificate holders are not required to subparts N and O of part 121 of this include leadership and command train- chapter instead of the requirements of ing in §§ 121.409(b)(2)(ii)(F), 121.419(c)(1), subparts E, G, and H of this part. Not- 121.424(b) and 121.427(d)(1) of this chap- withstanding the requirements of this ter and mentoring training in paragraph, a pilot serving under this §§ 121.419(c)(2) and 121.427(d)(1) of this part as second in command in a com- chapter in initial and recurrent train- muter operation with airplanes in ing for pilots in command who serve in which two pilots are required by the operations that use only one pilot.

type certification rules of this chapter may meet the requirements of § 135.245 (3) One-time leadership and command instead of the requirements of § 121.436. and mentoring training. Section 121.429 (c) If authorized by the Adminis- of this chapter does not apply to cer- trator upon application, each certifi- tificate holders conducting operations cate holder that conducts operations under this part when those operations under this part to which paragraph (b) use only one pilot.

of this section does not apply, may [Docket 27993, 60 FR 65949, Dec. 20, 1995, as comply with the applicable sections of amended by Amdt. 135–65, 61 FR 30435, June subparts N and O of part 121 instead of 14, 1996; Amdt. 135–127A, 78 FR 77574, Dec. 24, the requirements of subparts E, G, and 2013; Docket FAA–2010–0100, Amdt. 135–127B, H of this part, except that those au- 81 FR 2, Jan. 4, 2016; Amdt. 135–142, 85 FR thorized certificate holders may choose 10935, Feb. 25, 2020; Docket FAA–2019–0360, to comply with the operating experi- Amdt. 135–145, 89 FR 51430, June 18, 2024] ence requirements of § 135.244, instead of the requirements of § 121.434 of this chapter. Notwithstanding the require- ments of this paragraph, a pilot serving VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:01 Aug 27, 2026 Jkt 268049 PO 00000 Frm 00436 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Y:\SGML\268049.XXX 268049 jgilmore on DSK4WB1RN3PROD with CFR Federal Aviation Administration, DOT § 135.4 tion that may adversely affect aircraft § 135.4 Applicability of rules for eligi- ble on-demand operations. performance.

(D) The braking action on the run- (a) An ‘‘eligible on-demand oper- way to be used is reported to be less ation’’ is an on-demand operation con- than ‘‘good.’’ ducted under this part that meets the (E) The crosswind component for the following requirements: runway to be used is in excess of 15 (1) Two-pilot crew. The flightcrew knots.

must consist of at least two qualified (F) Windshear is reported in the vi- pilots employed or contracted by the cinity of the airport.

certificate holder.

(2) Flight crew experience. The crew- (G) Any other condition in which the members must have met the applicable pilot in command determines it to be requirements of part 61 of this chapter prudent to exercise the pilot in com- and have the following experience and mand’s authority.

ratings: (4) Crew pairing. Either the pilot in (i) Total flight time for all pilots: command or the second in command (A) Pilot in command—A minimum must have at least 75 hours of flight of 1,500 hours. time in that aircraft make or model (B) Second in command—A minimum and, if a type rating is required, for of 500 hours. that type aircraft, either as pilot in command or second in command.

(ii) For multi-engine turbine-powered fixed-wing and powered-lift aircraft, (b) The Administrator may authorize the following FAA certification and deviations from paragraphs (a)(2)(i) or ratings requirements: (a)(4) of this section if the responsible (A) Pilot in command—Airline trans- Flight Standards office that issued the port pilot and applicable type ratings. certificate holder’s operations speci- (B) Second in command—Commercial fications finds that the crewmember pilot and instrument ratings. has comparable experience, and can ef- fectively perform the functions associ- (iii) For all other aircraft, the fol- ated with the position in accordance lowing FAA certification and rating re- with the requirements of this chapter.

quirements: The Administrator may, at any time, (A) Pilot in command—Commercial terminate any grant of deviation au- pilot and instrument ratings.

thority issued under this paragraph.

(B) Second in command—Commercial Grants of deviation under this para- pilot and instrument ratings.

graph may be granted after consider- (3) Pilot operating limitations. If the ation of the size and scope of the oper- second in command of a fixed-wing air- ation, the qualifications of the in- craft has fewer than 100 hours of flight tended personnel and the following cir- time as second in command flying in cumstances: the aircraft make and model and, if a type rating is required, in the type air- (1) A newly authorized certificate craft being flown, and the pilot in com- holder does not employ any pilots who mand is not an appropriately qualified meet the minimum requirements of check pilot, the pilot in command shall paragraphs (a)(2)(i) or (a)(4) of this sec- make all takeoffs and landings in any tion.

of the following situations: (2) An existing certificate holder adds to its fleet a new category and class (i) Landings at the destination air- aircraft not used before in its oper- port when a Destination Airport Anal- ation.

ysis is required by § 135.385(f); and (ii) In any of the following condi- (3) An existing certificate holder es- tions: tablishes a new base to which it assigns (A) The prevailing visibility for the pilots who will be required to become airport is at or below ⁄4 mile. qualified on the aircraft operated from that base.

(B) The runway visual range for the runway to be used is at or below 4,000 (c) An eligible on-demand operation feet. may comply with alternative require- (C) The runway to be used has water, ments specified in §§ 135.225(b), snow, slush, ice, or similar contamina- 135.385(f), and 135.387(b) instead of the VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:01 Aug 27, 2026 Jkt 268049 PO 00000 Frm 00437 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Y:\SGML\268049.XXX 268049 jgilmore on DSK4WB1RN3PROD with CFR 14 CFR Ch. I (1–1–26 Edition) § 135.7 requirements that apply to other on- ation involved, including a description demand operations. of the deviation and reasons for it.

[Docket FAA–2001–10047, 68 FR 54585, Sept. 17, [Docket 16097, 43 FR 46783, Oct. 10, 1978, as 2003, as amended by Docket FAA–2018–0119, amended by Docket FAA–2018–0119, Amdt.

135–139, 83 FR 9175, Mar. 5, 2018] Amdt. 135–139, 83 FR 9175, Mar. 5, 2018] § 135.7 Applicability of rules to unau- § 135.21 Manual requirements.

thorized operators.

(a) Each certificate holder, other The rules in this part which apply to than one who uses only one pilot in the a person certificated under part 119 of certificate holder’s operations, shall this chapter also apply to a person who prepare and keep current a manual set- engages in any operation governed by ting forth the certificate holder’s pro- this part without an appropriate cer- cedures and policies acceptable to the tificate and operations specifications Administrator. This manual must be required by part 119 of this chapter. used by the certificate holder’s flight, ground, and maintenance personnel in [Docket 16097, 43 FR 46783, Oct. 10, 1978, as conducting its operations. However, amended by Amdt. 135–58, 60 FR 65939, Dec.

the Administrator may authorize a de- 20, 1995] viation from this paragraph if the Ad- ministrator finds that, because of the § 135.12 Previously trained crew- members. limited size of the operation, all or part of the manual is not necessary for A certificate holder may use a crew- guidance of flight, ground, or mainte- member who received the certificate nance personnel.

holder’s training in accordance with (b) Each certificate holder shall subparts E, G, and H of this part before maintain at least one copy of the man- March 19, 1997 without complying with ual at its principal base of operations.

initial training and qualification re- (c) The manual must not be contrary quirements of subparts N and O of part to any applicable Federal regulations, 121 of this chapter. The crewmember foreign regulation applicable to the must comply with the applicable recur- certificate holder’s operations in for- rent training requirements of part 121 eign countries, or the certificate hold- of this chapter.

er’s operating certificate or operations [Docket 27993, 60 FR 65950, Dec. 20, 1995] specifications.

(d) A copy of the manual, or appro- § 135.19 Emergency operations.

priate portions of the manual (and (a) In an emergency involving the changes and additions) shall be made safety of persons or property, the cer- available to maintenance and ground tificate holder may deviate from the operations personnel by the certificate rules of this part relating to aircraft holder and furnished to— and equipment and weather minimums (1) Its flight crewmembers; and to the extent required to meet that (2) Representatives of the Adminis- emergency.

trator assigned to the certificate hold- (b) In an emergency involving the er.

safety of persons or property, the pilot (e) Each employee of the certificate in command may deviate from the holder to whom a manual or appro- rules of this part to the extent required priate portions of it are furnished to meet that emergency. under paragraph (d)(1) of this section (c) Each person who, under the au- shall keep it up to date with the thority of this section, deviates from a changes and additions furnished to rule of this part shall, within 10 days, them.

excluding Saturdays, Sundays, and (f) The certificate holder must ensure Federal holidays, after the deviation, the appropriate parts of the manual are send to the responsible Flight Stand- accessible to flight, ground, and main- ards office charged with the overall in- tenance personnel at all times when spection of the certificate holder a such personnel are performing their as- complete report of the aircraft oper- signed duties.

VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:01 Aug 27, 2026 Jkt 268049 PO 00000 Frm 00438 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Y:\SGML\268049.XXX 268049 jgilmore on DSK4WB1RN3PROD with CFR Federal Aviation Administration, DOT § 135.23 (g) The information and instructions corrected or that correction has been contained in the manual must be dis- deferred; played clearly and be retrievable in the (h) Procedures to be followed by the English language. pilot in command to obtain mainte- nance, preventive maintenance, and [Docket 16097, 43 FR 46783, Oct. 10, 1978, as servicing of the aircraft at a place amended by Amdt. 135–18, 47 FR 33396, Aug. 2, where previous arrangements have not 1982; Amdt. 135–58, 60 FR 65939, Dec. 20, 1995; been made by the operator, when the Amdt. 135–66, 62 FR 13257, Mar. 19, 1997; Amdt. 135–91, 68 FR 54585, Sept. 17, 2003; pilot is authorized to so act for the op- Docket FAA–2022–0912, Amdt. 135–144, 88 FR erator; 34443, May 30, 2023] (i) Procedures under § 135.179 for the release for, or continuation of, flight if § 135.23 Manual contents.

any item of equipment required for the Each manual accessed in paper for- particular type of operation becomes mat must display the date of last revi- inoperative or unserviceable en route; sion on each page. Each manual (j) Procedures for refueling aircraft, accessed in electronic format must dis- eliminating fuel contamination, pro- play the date of last revision in a man- tecting from fire (including electro- ner in which a person can immediately static protection), and supervising and ascertain it. The manual must include: protecting passengers during refueling; (a) The name of each management (k) Procedures to be followed by the person required under § 119.69(a) of this pilot in command in the briefing under chapter who is authorized to act for § 135.117; the certificate holder, the person’s as- (l) Flight locating procedures, when signed area of responsibility, the per- applicable; son’s duties, responsibilities, and au- (m) Procedures for ensuring compli- thority, and the name and title of each ance with emergency procedures, in- person authorized to exercise oper- cluding a list of the functions assigned ational control under § 135.77; each category of required crew- (b) Procedures for ensuring compli- members in connection with an emer- ance with aircraft weight and balance gency and emergency evacuation du- limitations and, for multiengine air- ties under § 135.123; craft, for determining compliance with (n) En route qualification procedures § 135.185; for pilots, when applicable; (c) Copies of the certificate holder’s (o) The approved aircraft inspection operations specifications or appro- program, when applicable; priate extracted information, including (p)(1) Procedures and information, as area of operations authorized, category described in paragraph (p)(2) of this and class of aircraft authorized, crew section, to assist each crewmember and complements, and types of operations person performing or directly super- authorized; vising the following job functions in- (d) Procedures for complying with ac- volving items for transport on an air- cident notification requirements; craft: (e) Procedures for ensuring that the (i) Acceptance; pilot in command knows that required (ii) Rejection; airworthiness inspections have been (iii) Handling; made and that the aircraft has been ap- (iv) Storage incidental to transport; proved for return to service in compli- (v) Packaging of company material; ance with applicable maintenance re- or quirements; (vi) Loading.

(f) Procedures for reporting and re- (2) Ensure that the procedures and cording mechanical irregularities that information described in this para- come to the attention of the pilot in graph are sufficient to assist a person command before, during, and after in identifying packages that are completion of a flight; marked or labeled as containing haz- (g) Procedures to be followed by the ardous materials or that show signs of pilot in command for determining that containing undeclared hazardous mate- mechanical irregularities or defects re- rials. The procedures and information ported for previous flights have been must include: VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:01 Aug 27, 2026 Jkt 268049 PO 00000 Frm 00439 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Y:\SGML\268049.XXX 268049 jgilmore on DSK4WB1RN3PROD with CFR 14 CFR Ch. I (1–1–26 Edition) § 135.25 (i) Procedures for rejecting packages (5) Airport or area weather reporting; that do not conform to the Hazardous (6) Appropriate additional runway Materials Regulations in 49 CFR parts safety margins, if required; 171 through 180 or that appear to con- (7) Airplane inoperative equipment; tain undeclared hazardous materials; (8) Environmental conditions; and (ii) Procedures for complying with (9) Other criteria affecting aircraft the hazardous materials incident re- performance.

porting requirements of 49 CFR 171.15 (s) Other procedures and policy in- and 171.16 and discrepancy reporting re- structions regarding the certificate quirements of 49 CFR 175.31.

holder’s operations issued by the cer- (iii) The certificate holder’s hazmat tificate holder.

policies and whether the certificate [Docket 16097, 43 FR 46783, Oct. 10, 1978, as holder is authorized to carry, or is pro- amended by Amdt. 135–20, 51 FR 40709, Nov. 7, hibited from carrying, hazardous mate- 1986; Amdt. 135–58, 60 FR 65939, Dec. 20, 1995; rials; and Amdt. 135–91, 68 FR 54586, Sept. 17, 2003; (iv) If the certificate holder’s oper- Amdt. 135–101, 70 FR 58829, Oct. 7, 2005; Dock- ations specifications permit the trans- et FAA–2022–0912, Amdt. 135–144, 88 FR 34443, May 30, 2023] port of hazardous materials, procedures and information to ensure the fol- § 135.25 Aircraft requirements.

lowing: (A) That packages containing haz- (a) Except as provided in paragraph ardous materials are properly offered (d) of this section, no certificate holder and accepted in compliance with 49 may operate an aircraft under this part CFR parts 171 through 180; unless that aircraft— (B) That packages containing haz- (1) Is registered as a civil aircraft of ardous materials are properly handled, the United States and carries an appro- stored, packaged, loaded and carried on priate and current airworthiness cer- board an aircraft in compliance with 49 tificate issued under this chapter; and CFR parts 171 through 180; (2) Is in an airworthy condition and (C) That the requirements for Notice meets the applicable airworthiness re- to the Pilot in Command (49 CFR quirements of this chapter, including 175.33) are complied with; and those relating to identification and (D) That aircraft replacement parts, equipment.

consumable materials or other items (b) Each certificate holder must have regulated by 49 CFR parts 171 through the exclusive use of at least one air- 180 are properly handled, packaged, and craft that meets the requirements for transported. at least one kind of operation author- (q) Procedures for the evacuation of ized in the certificate holder’s oper- persons who may need the assistance of ations specifications. In addition, for another person to move expeditiously each kind of operation for which the to an exit if an emergency occurs; and certificate holder does not have the ex- (r) If required by § 135.385, an ap- clusive use of an aircraft, the certifi- proved Destination Airport Analysis cate holder must have available for use establishing runway safety margins at under a written agreement (including destination airports, taking into ac- arrangements for performing required count the following factors as sup- maintenance) at least one aircraft that ported by published aircraft perform- meets the requirements for that kind ance data supplied by the aircraft man- of operation. However, this paragraph ufacturer for the appropriate runway does not prohibit the operator from conditions— using or authorizing the use of the air- (1) Pilot qualifications and experi- craft for other than operations under ence; this part and does not require the cer- (2) Aircraft performance data to in- tificate holder to have exclusive use of clude normal, abnormal and emergency all aircraft that the certificate holder procedures as supplied by the aircraft uses.

manufacturer; (c) For the purposes of paragraph (b) (3) Airport facilities and topography; of this section, a person has exclusive (4) Runway conditions (including use of an aircraft if that person has the contamination); sole possession, control, and use of it VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:01 Aug 27, 2026 Jkt 268049 PO 00000 Frm 00440 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Y:\SGML\268049.XXX 268049 jgilmore on DSK4WB1RN3PROD with CFR Federal Aviation Administration, DOT § 135.63 for flight, as owner, or has a written operation is a basis for suspending or agreement (including arrangements for revoking the certificate.

performing required maintenance), in [Docket 28154, 60 FR 65939, Dec. 20, 1995] effect when the aircraft is operated, giving the person that possession, con- § 135.43 Crewmember certificates: trol, and use for at least 6 consecutive International operations.

months.

(a) This section describes the certifi- (d) A certificate holder may operate cates that were issued to United States in common carriage, and for the car- citizens who were employed by air car- riage of mail, a civil aircraft which is riers at the time of issuance as flight leased or chartered to it without crew crewmembers on United States reg- and is registered in a country which is istered aircraft engaged in inter- a party to the Convention on Inter- national air commerce. The purpose of national Civil Aviation if— the certificate is to facilitate the entry (1) The aircraft carries an appro- and clearance of those crewmembers priate airworthiness certificate issued into ICAO contracting states. They by the country of registration and were issued under Annex 9, as amended, meets the registration and identifica- to the Convention on International tion requirements of that country; Civil Aviation.

(2) The aircraft is of a type design (b) The holder of a certificate issued which is approved under a U.S. type under this section, or the air carrier by certificate and complies with all of the whom the holder is employed, shall requirements of this chapter (14 CFR surrender the certificate for cancella- chapter I) that would be applicable to tion at the responsible Flight Stand- that aircraft were it registered in the ards office at the termination of the United States, including the require- holder’s employment with that air car- ments which must be met for issuance rier.

of a U.S. standard airworthiness cer- [Docket 28154, 61 FR 30435, June 14, 1996, as tificate (including type design con- amended by Docket FAA–2018–0119, Amdt.

formity, condition for safe operation, 135–139, 83 FR 9175, Mar. 5, 2018] and the noise, fuel venting, and engine emission requirements of this chapter), Subpart B—Flight Operations except that a U.S. registration certifi- cate and a U.S. standard airworthiness § 135.61 General.

certificate will not be issued for the aircraft; This subpart prescribes rules, in addi- (3) The aircraft is operated by U.S.- tion to those in part 91 of this chapter, certificated airmen employed by the that apply to operations under this certificate holder; and part.

(4) The certificate holder files a copy § 135.63 Recordkeeping requirements.

of the aircraft lease or charter agree- ment with the FAA Aircraft Registry, (a) Each certificate holder shall keep Department of Transportation, 6400 at its principal business office or at South MacArthur Boulevard, Okla- other places approved by the Adminis- homa City, OK (Mailing address: P.O.

trator, and shall make available for in- Box 25504, Oklahoma City, OK 73125).

spection by the Administrator the fol- lowing— [Docket 16097, 43 FR 46783, Oct. 10, 1978, as (1) The certificate holder’s operating amended by Amdt. 135–8, 45 FR 68649, Oct. 16, certificate; 1980; Amdt. 135–66, 62 FR 13257, Mar. 19, 1997] (2) The certificate holder’s operations § 135.41 Carriage of narcotic drugs, specifications; marihuana, and depressant or stim- (3) A current list of the aircraft used ulant drugs or substances.

or available for use in operations under If the holder of a certificate oper- this part and the operations for which ating under this part allows any air- each is equipped; craft owned or leased by that holder to (4) An individual record of each pilot be engaged in any operation that the used in operations under this part, in- certificate holder knows to be in viola- cluding the following information: tion of § 91.19(a) of this chapter, that (i) The full name of the pilot.

VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:01 Aug 27, 2026 Jkt 268049 PO 00000 Frm 00441 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Y:\SGML\268049.XXX 268049 jgilmore on DSK4WB1RN3PROD with CFR 14 CFR Ch. I (1–1–26 Edition) § 135.64 (ii) The pilot certificate (by type and (5) The center of gravity of the load- number) and ratings that the pilot ed aircraft, except that the actual cen- holds.

ter of gravity need not be computed if (iii) The pilot’s aeronautical experi- the aircraft is loaded according to a ence in sufficient detail to determine loading schedule or other approved the pilot’s qualifications to pilot air- method that ensures that the center of craft in operations under this part. gravity of the loaded aircraft is within (iv) The pilot’s current duties and the approved limits. In those cases, an date of the pilot’s assignment to those entry shall be made on the manifest in- duties.

dicating that the center of gravity is (v) The effective date and class of the within limits according to a loading medical certificate that the pilot schedule or other approved method; holds.

(6) The registration number of the (vi) The date and result of each of the aircraft or flight number; initial and recurrent competency tests (7) The origin and destination; and and proficiency and route checks re- (8) Identification of crew members quired by this part and the type of air- and their crew position assignments.

craft flown during that test or check.

(d) The pilot in command of an air- (vii) The pilot’s flight time in suffi- craft for which a load manifest must be cient detail to determine compliance prepared shall carry a copy of the com- with the flight time limitations of this pleted load manifest in the aircraft to part.

its destination. The certificate holder (viii) The pilot’s check pilot author- shall keep copies of completed load ization, if any.

manifests for at least 30 days at its (ix) Any action taken concerning the principal operations base, or at another pilot’s release from employment for location used by it and approved by the physical or professional disqualifica- Administrator.

tion.

[Docket 16097, 43 FR 46783, Oct. 10, 1978, as (x) The date of the completion of the amended by Amdt. 135–52, 59 FR 42993, Aug.

initial phase and each recurrent phase 19, 1994] of the training required by this part; and § 135.64 Retention of contracts and (5) An individual record for each amendments: Commercial operators flight attendant who is required under who conduct intrastate operations this part, maintained in sufficient de- for compensation or hire.

tail to determine compliance with the Each commercial operator who con- applicable portions of § 135.273 of this ducts intrastate operations for com- part.

pensation or hire shall keep a copy of (b) Each certificate holder must keep each written contract under which it each record required by paragraph provides services as a commercial oper- (a)(3) of this section for at least 6 ator for a period of at least one year months, and must keep each record re- after the date of execution of the con- quired by paragraphs (a)(4) and (a)(5) of tract. In the case of an oral contract, it this section for at least 12 months.

shall keep a memorandum stating its (c) For multiengine aircraft, each elements, and of any amendments to it, certificate holder is responsible for the for a period of at least one year after preparation and accuracy of a load the execution of that contract or manifest in duplicate containing infor- change.

mation concerning the loading of the aircraft. The manifest must be pre- [Docket 28154, 60 FR 65939, Dec. 20, 1995, as pared before each takeoff and must in- amended by Amdt. 135–65, 61 FR 30435, June clude: 14, 1996; Amdt. 135–66, 62 FR 13257, Mar. 19, (1) The number of passengers; 1997] (2) The total weight of the loaded air- § 135.65 Reporting mechanical irreg- craft; ularities.

(3) The maximum allowable takeoff weight for that flight; (a) Each certificate holder shall pro- (4) The center of gravity limits; vide an aircraft maintenance log to be VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:01 Aug 27, 2026 Jkt 268049 PO 00000 Frm 00442 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Y:\SGML\268049.XXX 268049 jgilmore on DSK4WB1RN3PROD with CFR Federal Aviation Administration, DOT § 135.75 carried on board each aircraft for re- (b) No pilot in command may allow a cording or deferring mechanical irreg- flight to continue toward any airport ularities and their correction. of intended landing under the condi- tions set forth in paragraph (a) of this (b) The pilot in command shall enter section, unless, in the opinion of the or have entered in the aircraft mainte- pilot in command, the conditions that nance log each mechanical irregularity are a hazard to safe operations may that comes to the pilot’s attention dur- reasonably be expected to be corrected ing flight time. Before each flight, the by the estimated time of arrival or, un- pilot in command shall, if the pilot less there is no safer procedure. In the does not already know, determine the latter event, the continuation toward status of each irregularity entered in that airport is an emergency situation the maintenance log at the end of the under § 135.19.

preceding flight.

(c) Each person who takes corrective § 135.71 Airworthiness check.

action or defers action concerning a re- The pilot in command may not begin ported or observed failure or malfunc- a flight unless the pilot determines tion of an airframe, powerplant, pro- that the airworthiness inspections re- peller, rotor, or appliance, shall record quired by § 91.409 of this chapter, or the action taken in the aircraft main- § 135.419, whichever is applicable, have tenance log under the applicable main- been made.

tenance requirements of this chapter.

[Docket 16097, 43 FR 46783, Oct. 10, 1978, as (d) Each certificate holder shall es- amended by Amdt. 135–32, 54 FR 34332, Aug.

tablish a procedure for keeping copies 18, 1989] of the aircraft maintenance log re- quired by this section in the aircraft § 135.73 Inspections and tests.

for access by appropriate personnel and Each certificate holder and each per- shall include that procedure in the son employed by the certificate holder manual required by § 135.21.

shall allow the Administrator, at any time or place, to make inspections or § 135.67 Reporting potentially haz- tests (including en route inspections) ardous meteorological conditions and irregularities of ground facili- to determine the holder’s compliance ties or navigation aids.

with the Federal Aviation Act of 1958, applicable regulations, and the certifi- Whenever a pilot encounters a poten- cate holder’s operating certificate, and tially hazardous meteorological condi- operations specifications.

tion or an irregularity in a ground fa- cility or navigation aid in flight, the § 135.75 Inspectors credentials: Admis- knowledge of which the pilot considers sion to pilots’ compartment: For- essential to the safety of other flights, ward observer’s seat.

the pilot shall notify an appropriate (a) Whenever, in performing the du- ground radio station as soon as prac- ties of conducting an inspection, an ticable.

FAA inspector presents an Aviation Safety Inspector credential, FAA Form [Docket 16097, 43 FR 46783, Oct. 1, 1978, as amended by Amdt. 135–1, 44 FR 26737, May 7, 110A, to the pilot in command of an 1979; Amdt. 135–110, 72 FR 31684, June 7, 2007] aircraft operated by the certificate holder, the inspector must be given § 135.69 Restriction or suspension of free and uninterrupted access to the operations: Continuation of flight in pilot compartment of that aircraft.

an emergency.

However, this paragraph does not limit (a) During operations under this part, the emergency authority of the pilot in if a certificate holder or pilot in com- command to exclude any person from mand knows of conditions, including the pilot compartment in the interest airport and runway conditions, that of safety.

are a hazard to safe operations, the cer- (b) A forward observer’s seat on the tificate holder or pilot in command, as flight deck, or forward passenger seat the case may be, shall restrict or sus- with headset or speaker must be pro- pend operations as necessary until vided for use by the Administrator those conditions are corrected. while conducting en route inspections.

VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:01 Aug 27, 2026 Jkt 268049 PO 00000 Frm 00443 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Y:\SGML\268049.XXX 268049 jgilmore on DSK4WB1RN3PROD with CFR 14 CFR Ch. I (1–1–26 Edition) § 135.76 The suitability of the location of the each flight, for which an FAA flight seat and the headset or speaker for use plan is not filed, that— in conducting en route inspections is (1) Provide the certificate holder determined by the Administrator.

with at least the information required to be included in a VFR flight plan; § 135.76 DOD Commercial Air Carrier (2) Provide for timely notification of Evaluator’s Credentials: Admission an FAA facility or search and rescue to pilots compartment: Forward ob- server’s seat. facility, if an aircraft is overdue or missing; and (a) Whenever, in performing the du- (3) Provide the certificate holder ties of conducting an evaluation, a with the location, date, and estimated DOD commercial air carrier evaluator time for reestablishing communica- presents S&A Form 110B, ‘‘DOD Com- tions, if the flight will operate in an mercial Air Carrier Evaluator’s Cre- area where communications cannot be dential,’’ to the pilot in command of an aircraft operated by the certificate maintained.

holder, the evaluator must be given (b) Flight locating information shall free and uninterrupted access to the pi- be retained at the certificate holder’s lot’s compartment of that aircraft.

principal place of business, or at other However, this paragraph does not limit places designated by the certificate the emergency authority of the pilot in holder in the flight locating proce- command to exclude any person from dures, until the completion of the the pilot compartment in the interest flight.

of safety.

(c) Each certificate holder shall fur- (b) A forward observer’s seat on the nish the representative of the Adminis- flight deck or forward passenger seat trator assigned to it with a copy of its with headset or speaker must be pro- flight locating procedures and any vided for use by the evaluator while changes or additions, unless those pro- conducting en route evaluations. The cedures are included in a manual re- suitability of the location of the seat quired under this part.

and the headset or speaker for use in conducting en route evaluations is de- [Docket 16097, 43 FR 46783, Oct. 10, 1978, as termined by the FAA. amended by Amdt. 135–110, 72 FR 31684, June 7, 2007] [Docket FAA–2003–15571, 68 FR 41218, July 10, 2003] § 135.81 Informing personnel of oper- ational information and appro- § 135.77 Responsibility for operational priate changes.

control.

Each certificate holder shall inform Each certificate holder is responsible each person in its employment of the for operational control and shall list, operations specifications that apply to in the manual required by § 135.21, the that person’s duties and responsibil- name and title of each person author- ities and shall make available to each ized by it to exercise operational con- pilot in the certificate holder’s employ trol.

the following materials in current § 135.78 Instrument approach proce- form: dures and IFR landing minimums.

(a) Airman’s Information Manual No person may make an instrument (Alaska Supplement in Alaska and Pa- approach at an airport except in ac- cific Chart Supplement in Pacific-Asia cordance with IFR weather minimums Regions) or a commercial publication and instrument approach procedures that contains the same information.

set forth in the certificate holder’s op- (b) This part and part 91 of this chap- erations specifications.

ter.

(c) Aircraft Equipment Manuals, and [Docket FAA–2002–14002, 72 FR 31684, June 7, 2007] Aircraft Flight Manual or equivalent.

(d) For foreign operations, the Inter- § 135.79 Flight locating requirements.

national Flight Information Manual or (a) Each certificate holder must have a commercial publication that con- procedures established for locating tains the same information concerning VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:01 Aug 27, 2026 Jkt 268049 PO 00000 Frm 00444 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Y:\SGML\268049.XXX 268049 jgilmore on DSK4WB1RN3PROD with CFR Federal Aviation Administration, DOT § 135.87 the pertinent operational and entry re- (a) A crewmember or other employee quirements of the foreign country or of the certificate holder.

countries involved. (b) A person necessary for the safe handling of animals on the aircraft.

§ 135.83 Operating information re- (c) A person necessary for the safe quired.

handling of hazardous materials (as de- (a) The operator of an aircraft must fined in subchapter C of title 49 CFR).

provide the following materials, in cur- (d) A person performing duty as a se- rent and appropriate form, accessible curity or honor guard accompanying a to the pilot at the pilot station, and shipment made by or under the author- the pilot shall use them: ity of the U.S. Government.

(1) A cockpit checklist.

(e) A military courier or a military (2) For multiengine aircraft or for route supervisor carried by a military aircraft with retractable landing gear, cargo contract air carrier or commer- an emergency cockpit checklist con- cial operator in operations under a taining the procedures required by military cargo contract, if that car- paragraph (c) of this section, as appro- riage is specifically authorized by the priate. appropriate military service.

(3) Pertinent aeronautical charts. (f) An authorized representative of the Administrator conducting an en (4) For IFR operations, each perti- route inspection.

nent navigational en route, terminal area, and approach and letdown chart. (g) A person, authorized by the Ad- (5) For multiengine aircraft, one-en- ministrator, who is performing a duty gine-inoperative climb performance connected with a cargo operation of data and if the aircraft is approved for the certificate holder.

use in IFR or over-the-top operations, (h) A DOD commercial air carrier that data must be sufficient to enable evaluator conducting an en route eval- the pilot to determine compliance with uation.

§ 135.181(a)(2).

[Docket 16097, 43 FR 46783, Oct. 10, 1978, as (b) Each cockpit checklist required amended by Amdt. 135–88, 68 FR 41218, July by paragraph (a)(1) of this section must 10, 2003] contain the following procedures: (1) Before starting engines; § 135.87 Carriage of cargo including carry-on baggage.

(2) Before takeoff; (3) Cruise; No person may carry cargo, including (4) Before landing; carry-on baggage, in or on any aircraft (5) After landing; unless— (6) Stopping engines. (a) It is carried in an approved cargo (c) Each emergency cockpit checklist rack, bin, or compartment installed in required by paragraph (a)(2) of this sec- or on the aircraft; tion must contain the following proce- (b) It is secured by an approved dures, as appropriate: means; or (1) Emergency operation of fuel, hy- (c) It is carried in accordance with draulic, electrical, and mechanical sys- each of the following: tems. (1) For cargo, it is properly secured (2) Emergency operation of instru- by a safety belt or other tie-down hav- ments and controls. ing enough strength to eliminate the possibility of shifting under all nor- (3) Engine inoperative procedures.

mally anticipated flight and ground (4) Any other emergency procedures conditions, or for carry-on baggage, it necessary for safety.

is restrained so as to prevent its move- § 135.85 Carriage of persons without ment during air turbulence.

compliance with the passenger-car- (2) It is packaged or covered to avoid rying provisions of this part.

possible injury to occupants.

The following persons may be carried (3) It does not impose any load on aboard an aircraft without complying seats or on the floor structure that ex- with the passenger-carrying require- ceeds the load limitation for those ments of this part: components.

VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:01 Aug 27, 2026 Jkt 268049 PO 00000 Frm 00445 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Y:\SGML\268049.XXX 268049 jgilmore on DSK4WB1RN3PROD with CFR 14 CFR Ch. I (1–1–26 Edition) § 135.89 (4) It is not located in a position that (2) Whenever a pressurized aircraft is obstructs the access to, or use of, any operated at altitudes above 25,000 feet required emergency or regular exit, or through 35,000 feet MSL, unless each the use of the aisle between the crew pilot has an approved quick-donning and the passenger compartment, or lo- type oxygen mask— cated in a position that obscures any (i) At least one pilot at the controls passenger’s view of the ‘‘seat belt’’ shall wear, secured and sealed, an oxy- sign, ‘‘no smoking’’ sign, or any re- gen mask that either supplies oxygen quired exit sign, unless an auxiliary at all times or automatically supplies sign or other approved means for prop- oxygen whenever the cabin pressure al- er notification of the passengers is pro- titude exceeds 12,000 feet MSL; and vided.

(ii) During that flight, each other (5) It is not carried directly above pilot on flight deck duty shall have an seated occupants.

oxygen mask, connected to an oxygen (6) It is stowed in compliance with supply, located so as to allow imme- this section for takeoff and landing. diate placing of the mask on the pilot’s (7) For cargo only operations, para- face sealed and secured for use.

graph (c)(4) of this section does not (3) Whenever a pressurized aircraft is apply if the cargo is loaded so that at operated at altitudes above 35,000 feet least one emergency or regular exit is MSL, at least one pilot at the controls available to provide all occupants of shall wear, secured and sealed, an oxy- the aircraft a means of unobstructed gen mask required by paragraph exit from the aircraft if an emergency (b)(2)(i) of this section.

occurs.

(4) If one pilot leaves a pilot duty sta- (d) Each passenger seat under which tion of an aircraft when operating at baggage is stowed shall be fitted with a altitudes above 25,000 feet MSL, the re- means to prevent articles of baggage maining pilot at the controls shall put stowed under it from sliding under on and use an approved oxygen mask crash impacts severe enough to induce until the other pilot returns to the the ultimate inertia forces specified in pilot duty station of the aircraft.

the emergency landing condition regu- lations under which the aircraft was § 135.91 Oxygen and portable oxygen type certificated. concentrators for medical use by passengers.

(e) When cargo is carried in cargo compartments that are designed to re- (a) Except as provided in paragraphs quire the physical entry of a crew- (d) and (e) of this section, no certifi- member to extinguish any fire that cate holder may allow the carriage or may occur during flight, the cargo operation of equipment for the storage, must be loaded so as to allow a crew- generation or dispensing of medical ox- member to effectively reach all parts ygen unless the conditions in para- of the compartment with the contents graphs (a) through (c) of this section of a hand fire extinguisher.

are satisfied. Beginning August 22, 2016, a certificate holder may allow a pas- § 135.89 Pilot requirements: Use of ox- senger to carry and operate a portable ygen.

oxygen concentrator when the condi- (a) Unpressurized aircraft. Each pilot tions in paragraphs (b) and (f) of this of an unpressurized aircraft shall use section are satisfied.

oxygen continuously when flying— (1) The equipment must be— (1) At altitudes above 10,000 feet (i) Of an approved type or in con- through 12,000 feet MSL for that part of formity with the manufacturing, pack- the flight at those altitudes that is of aging, marking, labeling, and mainte- more than 30 minutes duration; and nance requirements of title 49 CFR (2) Above 12,000 feet MSL. parts 171, 172, and 173, except § 173.24(a)(1); (b) Pressurized aircraft. (1) Whenever a pressurized aircraft is operated with (ii) When owned by the certificate the cabin pressure altitude more than holder, maintained under the certifi- 10,000 feet MSL, each pilot shall com- cate holder’s approved maintenance ply with paragraph (a) of this section. program; VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:01 Aug 27, 2026 Jkt 268049 PO 00000 Frm 00446 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Y:\SGML\268049.XXX 268049 jgilmore on DSK4WB1RN3PROD with CFR Federal Aviation Administration, DOT § 135.91 (iii) Free of flammable contaminants (e) Each certificate holder who, under on all exterior surfaces; the authority of paragraph (d) of this (iv) Constructed so that all valves, section, deviates from paragraph fittings, and gauges are protected from (a)(1)(i) of this section under a medical damage during carriage or operation; emergency shall, within 10 days, ex- and cluding Saturdays, Sundays, and Fed- (v) Appropriately secured. eral holidays, after the deviation, send (2) When the oxygen is stored in the to the responsible Flight Standards of- form of a liquid, the equipment must fice a complete report of the operation have been under the certificate holder’s involved, including a description of the approved maintenance program since deviation and the reasons for it.

its purchase new or since the storage (f) Portable oxygen concentrators —(1) container was last purged. Acceptance criteria. A passenger may (3) When the oxygen is stored in the carry or operate a portable oxygen con- form of a compressed gas as defined in centrator for personal use on board an title 49 CFR 173.115(b)— aircraft and a certificate holder may (i) When owned by the certificate allow a passenger to carry or operate a holder, it must be maintained under its portable oxygen concentrator on board approved maintenance program; and an aircraft operated under this part (ii) The pressure in any oxygen cyl- during all phases of flight if the port- inder must not exceed the rated cyl- able oxygen concentrator satisfies all inder pressure. of the requirements of this paragraph (4) The pilot in command must be ad- (f): vised when the equipment is on board, (i) Is legally marketed in the United and when it is intended to be used. States in accordance with Food and (5) The equipment must be stowed, Drug Administration requirements in and each person using the equipment title 21 of the CFR; must be seated, so as not to restrict ac- (ii) Does not radiate radio frequency cess to or use of any required emer- emissions that interfere with aircraft gency or regular exit, or of the aisle in systems; the passenger compartment. (iii) Generates a maximum oxygen (b) No person may smoke or create pressure of less than 200 kPa gauge an open flame and no certificate holder (29.0 psig/43.8 psia) at 20 ° C (68 ° F); may allow any person to smoke or cre- (iv) Does not contain any hazardous ate an open flame within 10 feet of oxy- materials subject to the Hazardous Ma- gen storage and dispensing equipment terials Regulations (49 CFR parts 171 carried under paragraph (a) of this sec- through 180) except as provided in 49 tion or a portable oxygen concentrator CFR 175.10 for batteries used to power carried and operated under paragraph portable electronic devices and that do (f) of this section. not require aircraft operator approval; (c) No certificate holder may allow and any person other than a person trained (v) Bears a label on the exterior of in the use of medical oxygen equip- the device applied in a manner that en- ment to connect or disconnect oxygen sures the label will remain affixed for bottles or any other ancillary compo- the life of the device and containing nent while any passenger is aboard the the following certification statement aircraft. in red lettering: ‘‘The manufacturer of (d) Paragraph (a)(1)(i) of this section this POC has determined this device does not apply when that equipment is conforms to all applicable FAA accept- furnished by a professional or medical ance criteria for POC carriage and use emergency service for use on board an on board aircraft.’’ The label require- aircraft in a medical emergency when ments in this paragraph (f)(1)(v) do not no other practical means of transpor- apply to the following portable oxygen tation (including any other properly concentrators approved by the FAA for equipped certificate holder) is reason- use on board aircraft prior to May 24, ably available and the person carried 2016: under the medical emergency is accom- (A) AirSep Focus; panied by a person trained in the use of (B) AirSep FreeStyle; medical oxygen. (C) AirSep FreeStyle 5; VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:01 Aug 27, 2026 Jkt 268049 PO 00000 Frm 00447 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Y:\SGML\268049.XXX 268049 jgilmore on DSK4WB1RN3PROD with CFR 14 CFR Ch. I (1–1–26 Edition) § 135.93 (D) AirSep LifeStyle; § 135.93 Minimum altitudes for use of autopilot.

(E) Delphi RS–00400; (F) DeVilbiss Healthcare iGo; (a) Definitions. For purpose of this (G) Inogen One; section— (H) Inogen One G2; (1) Altitudes for takeoff/initial climb (I) Inogen One G3; and go-around/missed approach are de- fined as above the airport elevation.

(J) Inova Labs LifeChoice; (2) Altitudes for enroute operations (K) Inova Labs LifeChoice Activox; are defined as above terrain elevation.

(L) International Biophysics (3) Altitudes for approach are defined LifeChoice; as above the touchdown zone elevation (M) Invacare Solo2; (TDZE), unless the altitude is specifi- (N) Invacare XPO2; cally in reference to DA (H) or MDA, in (O) Oxlife Independence Oxygen Con- which case the altitude is defined by centrator; reference to the DA(H) or MDA itself.

(P) Oxus RS–00400; (b) Takeoff and initial climb. No person (Q) Precision Medical EasyPulse; may use an autopilot for takeoff or ini- (R) Respironics EverGo; tial climb below the higher of 500 feet (S) Respironics SimplyGo; or an altitude that is no lower than (T) SeQual Eclipse; twice the altitude loss specified in the (U) SeQual eQuinox Oxygen System Airplane Flight Manual (AFM), except (model 4000); as follows— (1) At a minimum engagement alti- (V) SeQual Oxywell Oxygen System tude specified in the AFM; or (model 4000); (2) At an altitude specified by the Ad- (W) SeQual SAROS; and ministrator, whichever is greater.

(X) VBox Trooper Oxygen Concen- (c) Enroute. No person may use an trator.

autopilot enroute, including climb and (2) Operating requirements. Portable descent, below the following— oxygen concentrators that satisfy the (1) 500 feet; acceptance criteria identified in para- (2) At an altitude that is no lower graph (f)(1) of this section may be car- than twice the altitude loss specified in ried on or operated by a passenger on the AFM for an autopilot malfunction board an aircraft provided the aircraft in cruise conditions; or operator ensures that all of the condi- (3) At an altitude specified by the Ad- tions in this paragraph (f)(2) are satis- ministrator, whichever is greater.

fied: (d) Approach. No person may use an (i) Exit seats. No person operating a autopilot at an altitude lower than 50 portable oxygen concentrator is per- feet below the DA(H) or MDA for the mitted to occupy an exit seat.

instrument procedure being flown, ex- (ii) Stowage of device. During move- cept as follows— ment on the surface, takeoff and land- (1) For autopilots with an AFM speci- ing, the device must be stowed under fied altitude loss for approach oper- the seat in front of the user, or in an- ations— other approved stowage location so (i) An altitude no lower than twice that it does not block the aisle way or the specified altitude loss if higher the entryway to the row. If the device than 50 feet below the MDA or DA(H); is to be operated by the user, it must (ii) An altitude no lower than 50 feet be operated only at a seat location that higher than the altitude loss specified does not restrict any passenger’s access in the AFM, when the following condi- to, or use of, any required emergency tions are met— or regular exit, or the aisle(s) in the (A) Reported weather conditions are passenger compartment.

less than the basic VFR weather condi- tions in § 91.155 of this chapter; [Docket 16097, 43 FR 46783, Oct. 10, 1978, as (B) Suitable visual references speci- amended by Amdt. 135–60, 61 FR 2616, Jan. 26, fied in § 91.175 of this chapter have been 1996; Docket FAA–2014–0554, Amdt. 135–133, 81 established on the instrument ap- FR 33119, May 24, 2016; Docket FAA–2018–0119, Amdt. 135–139, 83 FR 9175, Mar. 5, 2018] proach procedure; and VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:01 Aug 27, 2026 Jkt 268049 PO 00000 Frm 00448 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Y:\SGML\268049.XXX 268049 jgilmore on DSK4WB1RN3PROD with CFR Federal Aviation Administration, DOT § 135.98 (C) The autopilot is coupled and re- an operations specification issued to ceiving both lateral and vertical path the operator.

references; (g) This section does not apply to op- erations conducted in rotorcraft.

(iii) An altitude no lower than the higher of the altitude loss specified in [Docket FAA–2012–1059, 79 FR 6088, Feb. 3, the AFM or 50 feet above the TDZE, 2014] when the following conditions are met— § 135.95 Airmen: Limitations on use of (A) Reported weather conditions are services.

equal to or better than the basic VFR (a) No certificate holder may use the weather conditions in § 91.155 of this services of any person as an airman un- chapter; and less the person performing those serv- (B) The autopilot is coupled and re- ices— ceiving both lateral and vertical path (1) Holds an appropriate and current references; or airman certificate; and (iv) A greater altitude specified by (2) Is qualified, under this chapter, the Administrator.

for the operation for which the person (2) For autopilots with AFM specified is to be used.

approach altitude limitations, the (b) A certificate holder may obtain greater of— approval to provide a temporary docu- (i) The minimum use altitude speci- ment verifying a flightcrew member’s fied for the coupled approach mode se- airman certificate and medical certifi- lected; cate privileges under an approved cer- tificate verification plan set forth in (ii) 50 feet; or the certificate holder’s operations (iii) An altitude specified by Admin- specifications. A document provided by istrator.

the certificate holder may be carried as (3) For autopilots with an AFM speci- an airman certificate or medical cer- fied negligible or zero altitude loss for tificate on flights within the United an autopilot approach mode malfunc- States for up to 72 hours.

tion, the greater of— (i) 50 feet; or [Amdt. 135–140, 83 FR 30282, June 27, 2018] (ii) An altitude specified by Adminis- § 135.97 Aircraft and facilities for re- trator.

cent flight experience.

(4) If executing an autopilot coupled go-around or missed approach using a Each certificate holder shall provide certificated and functioning autopilot aircraft and facilities to enable each of in accordance with paragraph (e) in its pilots to maintain and demonstrate this section.

the pilot’s ability to conduct all oper- (e) Go-Around/Missed Approach. No ations for which the pilot is author- person may engage an autopilot during ized.

a go-around or missed approach below § 135.98 Operations in the North Polar the minimum engagement altitude Area.

specified for takeoff and initial climb in paragraph (b) in this section. An After August 13, 2008, no certificate autopilot minimum use altitude does holder may operate an aircraft in the not apply to a go-around/missed ap- region north of 78 ° N latitude (‘‘North proach initiated with an engaged auto- Polar Area’’), other than intrastate op- pilot. Performing a go-around or erations wholly within the state of missed approach with an engaged auto- Alaska, unless authorized by the FAA.

pilot must not adversely affect safe ob- The certificate holder’s operation spec- stacle clearance.

ifications must include the following: (f) Landing. Notwithstanding para- (a) The designation of airports that graph (d) of this section, autopilot min- may be used for en-route diversions imum use altitudes do not apply to and the requirements the airports must autopilot operations when an approved meet at the time of diversion.

automatic landing system mode is (b) Except for all-cargo operations, a being used for landing. Automatic recovery plan for passengers at des- landing systems must be authorized in ignated diversion airports.

VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:01 Aug 27, 2026 Jkt 268049 PO 00000 Frm 00449 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Y:\SGML\268049.XXX 268049 jgilmore on DSK4WB1RN3PROD with CFR 14 CFR Ch. I (1–1–26 Edition) § 135.99 (c) A fuel-freeze strategy and proce- command professional development dures for monitoring fuel freezing for program; and— operations in the North Polar Area.

(1) The certificate holder: (d) A plan to ensure communication (i) Maintains records for each as- capability for operations in the North signed second in command consistent Polar Area.

with the requirements in § 135.63; (e) An MEL for operations in the (ii) Provides a copy of the records re- North Polar Area.

quired by § 135.63(a)(4)(vi) and (x) to the (f) A training plan for operations in assigned second in command upon re- the North Polar Area.

quest and within a reasonable time; (g) A plan for mitigating crew expo- and sure to radiation during solar flare ac- (iii) Establishes and maintains a data tivity.

collection and analysis process that (h) A plan for providing at least two will enable the certificate holder and cold weather anti-exposure suits in the the FAA to determine whether the sec- aircraft, to protect crewmembers dur- ond-in-command professional develop- ing outside activity at a diversion air- ment program is accomplishing its ob- port with extreme climatic conditions.

jectives.

The FAA may relieve the certificate (2) The aircraft is a multiengine air- holder from this requirement if the plane or a single-engine turbine-pow- season of the year makes the equip- ered airplane. The aircraft must have ment unnecessary.

an independent set of controls for a second pilot flightcrew member, which [Docket FAA–2002–6717, 72 FR 1885, Jan. 16, may not include a throwover control 2007, as amended by Amdt. 135–112, 73 FR 8798, Feb. 15, 2008] wheel. The aircraft must also have the following equipment and independent § 135.99 Composition of flight crew.

instrumentation for a second pilot: (i) An airspeed indicator; (a) No certificate holder may operate an aircraft with less than the min- (ii) Sensitive altimeter adjustable for imum flight crew specified in the air- barometric pressure; craft operating limitations or the Air- (iii) Gyroscopic bank and pitch indi- craft Flight Manual for that aircraft cator; and required by this part for the kind (iv) Gyroscopic rate-of-turn indicator of operation being conducted.

combined with an integral slip-skid in- (b) No certificate holder may operate dicator; an aircraft without a second in com- (v) Gyroscopic direction indicator; mand if that aircraft has a passenger (vi) For IFR operations, a vertical seating configuration, excluding any speed indicator; pilot seat, of ten seats or more.

(vii) For IFR operations, course guid- (c) Except as provided in paragraph ance for en route navigation and in- (d) of this section, a certificate holder strument approaches; and authorized to conduct operations under (viii) A microphone, transmit switch, instrument flight rules may receive au- and headphone or speaker.

thorization from the Administrator (3) The pilot assigned to serve as sec- through its operations specifications to ond in command satisfies the following establish a second-in-command profes- requirements: sional development program. As part of (i) The second in command qualifica- that program, a pilot employed by the tions in § 135.245; certificate holder may log time as sec- (ii) The flight time and duty period ond in command in operations con- limitations and rest requirements in ducted under this part and part 91 of subpart F of this part; this chapter that do not require a sec- (iii) The crewmember testing require- ond pilot by type certification of the ments for second in command in sub- aircraft or the regulation under which part G of this part; and the flight is being conducted, provided the flight operation is conducted in ac- (iv) The crewmember training re- cordance with the certificate holder’s quirements for second in command in operations specifications for second-in- subpart H of this part.

VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:01 Aug 27, 2026 Jkt 268049 PO 00000 Frm 00450 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Y:\SGML\268049.XXX 268049 jgilmore on DSK4WB1RN3PROD with CFR Federal Aviation Administration, DOT § 135.105 (4) The pilot assigned to serve as (c) For the purposes of this section, pilot in command satisfies the fol- critical phases of flight includes all lowing requirements: ground operations involving taxi, take- (i) Has been fully qualified to serve as off and landing, and all other flight op- a pilot in command for the certificate erations conducted below 10,000 feet, holder for at least the previous 6 cal- except cruise flight.

endar months; and (d) For the purposes of this section, (ii) Has completed mentoring train- taxi is defined as movement of an air- ing, including techniques for rein- craft under its own power on the sur- forcing the highest standards of tech- face of an airport and includes hover nical performance, airmanship and pro- taxi which is movement of a helicopter fessionalism within the preceding 36 or any vertical takeoff and landing air- calendar months.

craft conducted above the surface and (d) The following certificate holders in ground effect at airspeeds less than are not eligible to receive authoriza- approximately 20 knots, and air taxi tion for a second-in-command profes- which is movement of a helicopter or sional development program under any vertical takeoff and landing air- paragraph (c) of this section: craft conducted above the surface but (1) A certificate holder that uses only normally not above 100 feet AGL.

one pilot in its operations; and [Docket 20661, 46 FR 5502, Jan. 19, 1981, as (2) A certificate holder that has been amended by Docket FAA–2023–1275, Amdt.

approved to deviate from the require- 135–147, 89 FR 92486, Nov. 21, 2024] ments in § 135.21(a), § 135.341(a), or § 119.69(a) of this chapter.

§ 135.101 Second in command required [Docket 16097, 43 FR 46783, Oct. 10, 1978, as under IFR.

amended at 83 FR 30282, June 27, 2018] Except as provided in § 135.105, no per- son may operate an aircraft carrying § 135.100 Flight crewmember duties.

passengers under IFR unless there is a (a) No certificate holder shall re- second in command in the aircraft.

quire, nor may any flight crewmember perform, any duties during a critical [Docket 28743, 62 FR 42374, Aug. 6, 1997] phase of flight except those duties re- § 135.103 [Reserved] quired for the safe operation of the air- craft. Duties such as company required § 135.105 Exception to second in com- calls made for such nonsafety related mand requirement: Approval for purposes as ordering galley supplies use of autopilot system.

and confirming passenger connections, (a) Except as provided in §§ 135.99 and announcements made to passengers 135.111, unless two pilots are required promoting the air carrier or pointing by this chapter for operations under out sights of interest, and filling out VFR, a person may operate an aircraft company payroll and related records without a second in command, if it is are not required for the safe operation equipped with an operative approved of the aircraft.

autopilot system and the use of that (b) No flight crewmember may en- system is authorized by appropriate op- gage in, nor may any pilot in command erations specifications. No certificate permit, any activity during a critical holder may use any person, nor may phase of flight which could distract any person serve, as a pilot in com- any flight crewmember from the per- mand under this section of an aircraft formance of his or her duties or which operated in a commuter operation, as could interfere in any way with the defined in part 119 of this chapter un- proper conduct of those duties. Activi- less that person has at least 100 hours ties such as eating meals, engaging in pilot in command flight time in the nonessential conversations within the make and model of aircraft to be flown cockpit and nonessential communica- and has met all other applicable re- tions between the cabin and cockpit quirements of this part.

crews, and reading publications not re- lated to the proper conduct of the (b) The certificate holder may apply flight are not required for the safe op- for an amendment of its operations eration of the aircraft. specifications to authorize the use of VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:01 Aug 27, 2026 Jkt 268049 PO 00000 Frm 00451 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Y:\SGML\268049.XXX 268049 jgilmore on DSK4WB1RN3PROD with CFR 14 CFR Ch. I (1–1–26 Edition) § 135.107 an autopilot system in place of a sec- of more than eight seats if any person ond in command. other than the pilot in command, a sec- (c) The Administrator issues an ond in command, a company check amendment to the operations specifica- pilot, or an authorized representative tions authorizing the use of an auto- of the Administrator, the National Transportation Safety Board, or the pilot system, in place of a second in United States Postal Service occupies command, if— a pilot seat.

(1) The autopilot is capable of oper- ating the aircraft controls to maintain [Docket FAA–2019–0360, Amdt. 135–145, 89 FR flight and maneuver it about the three 51430, June 18, 2024] axes; and (2) The certificate holder shows, to § 135.115 Manipulation of controls.

the satisfaction of the Administrator, No pilot in command may allow any that operations using the autopilot person to manipulate the flight con- system can be conducted safely and in trols of an aircraft during flight con- compliance with this part.

ducted under this part, nor may any The amendment contains any condi- person manipulate the controls during tions or limitations on the use of the such flight unless that person is— autopilot system that the Adminis- (a) A pilot employed by the certifi- trator determines are needed in the in- cate holder and qualified in the air- terest of safety.

craft; or (b) An authorized safety representa- [Docket 16097, 43 FR 46783, Oct. 10, 1978, as tive of the Administrator who has the amended by Amdt. 135–3, 45 FR 7542, Feb. 4, 1980; Amdt. 135–58, 60 FR 65939, Dec. 20, 1995] permission of the pilot in command, is qualified in the aircraft, and is check- § 135.107 Flight attendant crew- ing flight operations.

member requirement.

§ 135.117 Briefing of passengers before No certificate holder may operate an flight.

aircraft that has a passenger seating configuration, excluding any pilot seat, (a) Before each takeoff each pilot in command of an aircraft carrying pas- of more than 19 unless there is a flight sengers shall ensure that all passengers attendant crewmember on board the have been orally briefed on— aircraft.

(1) Smoking. Each passenger shall be § 135.109 Pilot in command or second briefed on when, where, and under what in command: Designation required.

conditions smoking is prohibited (in- cluding, but not limited to, any appli- (a) Each certificate holder shall des- cable requirements of part 252 of this ignate a— title). This briefing shall include a (1) Pilot in command for each flight; statement that the Federal Aviation and (2) Second in command for each Regulations require passenger compli- flight requiring two pilots. ance with the lighted passenger infor- (b) The pilot in command, as des- mation signs (if such signs are re- ignated by the certificate holder, shall quired), posted placards, areas des- remain the pilot in command at all ignated for safety purposes as no smok- times during that flight. ing areas, and crewmember instruc- tions with regard to these items. The § 135.111 Second in command required briefing shall also include a statement in Category II operations.

(if the aircraft is equipped with a lava- No person may operate an aircraft in tory) that Federal law prohibits: tam- a Category II operation unless there is pering with, disabling, or destroying a second in command of the aircraft. any smoke detector installed in an air- craft lavatory; smoking in lavatories; § 135.113 Passenger occupancy of pilot and, when applicable, smoking in pas- seat.

senger compartments.

No certificate holder may operate an (2) The use of safety belts, including aircraft type certificated after October instructions on how to fasten and un- 15, 1971, that has a passenger seating fasten the safety belts. Each passenger configuration, excluding any pilot seat, shall be briefed on when, where, and VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:01 Aug 27, 2026 Jkt 268049 PO 00000 Frm 00452 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Y:\SGML\268049.XXX 268049 jgilmore on DSK4WB1RN3PROD with CFR Federal Aviation Administration, DOT § 135.119 under what conditions the safety belt (e) The oral briefing required by must be fastened about that passenger. paragraph (a) of this section must be This briefing shall include a statement supplemented by printed cards which that the Federal Aviation Regulations must be carried in the aircraft in loca- require passenger compliance with tions convenient for the use of each lighted passenger information signs passenger. The cards must— and crewmember instructions con- (1) Be appropriate for the aircraft on cerning the use of safety belts.

which they are to be used; (3) The placement of seat backs in an (2) Contain a diagram of, and method upright position before takeoff and of operating, the emergency exits; landing; (3) Contain other instructions nec- (4) Location and means for opening essary for the use of emergency equip- the passenger entry door and emer- ment on board the aircraft; and gency exits; (4) No later than June 12, 2005, for (5) Location of survival equipment; scheduled Commuter passenger-car- (6) If the flight involves extended rying flights, include the sentence, overwater operation, ditching proce- ‘‘Final assembly of this aircraft was dures and the use of required flotation completed in [INSERT NAME OF equipment; COUNTRY].’’ (7) If the flight involves operations (f) The briefing required by para- above 12,000 feet MSL, the normal and graph (a) may be delivered by means of emergency use of oxygen; and an approved recording playback device (8) Location and operation of fire ex- that is audible to each passenger under tinguishers.

normal noise levels.

(9) If a rotorcraft operation involves (g) If any passengers on board a flight flight beyond autorotational distance conducted under this part are secured from the shoreline, as defined in with a supplemental restraint system, § 135.168(a), use of life preservers, ditch- the pilot in command of that flight ing procedures and emergency exit must ensure those passengers are from the rotorcraft in the event of a briefed in accordance with § 91.108(g) of ditching; and the location and use of this chapter.

life rafts and other life preserver de- vices if applicable.

[Docket 16097, 43 FR 46783, Oct. 10, 1978, as (b) Before each takeoff the pilot in amended by Amdt. 135–9, 51 FR 40709, Nov. 7, command shall ensure that each person 1986; Amdt. 135–25, 53 FR 12362, Apr. 13, 1988; who may need the assistance of an- Amdt. 135–44, 57 FR 42675, Sept. 15, 1992; 57 other person to move expeditiously to FR 43776, Sept. 22, 1992; 69 FR 39294, June 29, an exit if an emergency occurs and 2004; Amdt. 135–129, 79 FR 9973, Feb. 21, 2014; that person’s attendant, if any, has re- Docket FAA–2023–2250, Amdt. 135–146, 89 FR 67850, Aug. 22, 2024] ceived a briefing as to the procedures to be followed if an evacuation occurs.

§ 135.119 Prohibition against carriage This paragraph does not apply to a per- of weapons.

son who has been given a briefing be- fore a previous leg of a flight in the No person may, while on board an same aircraft.

aircraft being operated by a certificate (c) The oral briefing required by holder, carry on or about that person a paragraph (a) of this section shall be deadly or dangerous weapon, either given by the pilot in command or a concealed or unconcealed. This section crewmember.

does not apply to— (d) Notwithstanding the provisions of (a) Officials or employees of a mu- paragraph (c) of this section, for air- nicipality or a State, or of the United craft certificated to carry 19 passengers States, who are authorized to carry or less, the oral briefing required by arms; or paragraph (a) of this section shall be (b) Crewmembers and other persons given by the pilot in command, a crew- authorized by the certificate holder to member, or other qualified person des- carry arms.

ignated by the certificate holder and approved by the Administrator.

VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:01 Aug 27, 2026 Jkt 268049 PO 00000 Frm 00453 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Y:\SGML\268049.XXX 268049 jgilmore on DSK4WB1RN3PROD with CFR 14 CFR Ch. I (1–1–26 Edition) § 135.120 those functions can be practicably ac- § 135.120 Prohibition on interference with crewmembers. complished, and will meet any reason- ably anticipated emergency including No person may assault, threaten, in- incapacitation of individual crew- timidate, or interfere with a crew- members or their inability to reach the member in the performance of the passenger cabin because of shifting crewmember’s duties aboard an air- cargo in combination cargo-passenger craft being operated under this part.

aircraft.

[Docket FAA–1998–4954, 64 FR 1080, Jan. 7, (b) The certificate holder shall de- 1999] scribe in the manual required under § 135.21 the functions of each category § 135.121 Alcoholic beverages.

of required crewmembers assigned (a) No person may drink any alco- under paragraph (a) of this section.

holic beverage aboard an aircraft un- § 135.125 Aircraft security.

less the certificate holder operating the aircraft has served that beverage.

Certificate holders conducting opera- (b) No certificate holder may serve tors conducting operations under this any alcoholic beverage to any person part must comply with the applicable aboard its aircraft if that person ap- security requirements in 49 CFR chap- pears to be intoxicated.

ter XII.

(c) No certificate holder may allow [67 FR 8350, Feb. 22, 2002] any person to board any of its aircraft if that person appears to be intoxi- § 135.127 Passenger information re- cated.

quirements and smoking prohibi- tions.

§ 135.122 Stowage of food, beverage, (a) No person may conduct a sched- and passenger service equipment uled flight on which smoking is prohib- during aircraft movement on the ited by part 252 of this title unless the surface, takeoff, and landing.

‘‘No Smoking’’ passenger information (a) No certificate holder may move signs are lighted during the entire an aircraft on the surface, take off, or flight, or one or more ‘‘No Smoking’’ land when any food, beverage, or table- placards meeting the requirements of ware furnished by the certificate hold- § 25.1541 of this chapter are posted dur- er is located at any passenger seat.

ing the entire flight. If both the lighted (b) No certificate holder may move signs and the placards are used, the an aircraft on the surface, take off, or signs must remain lighted during the land unless each food and beverage entire flight segment.

tray and seat back tray table is se- (b) No person may smoke while a ‘‘No cured in its stowed position.

Smoking’’ sign is lighted or while ‘‘No (c) No certificate holder may permit Smoking’’ placards are posted, except an aircraft to move on the surface, as follows: take off, or land unless each passenger (1) On-demand operations. The pilot in serving cart is secured in its stowed po- command of an aircraft engaged in an sition.

on-demand operation may authorize (d) Each passenger shall comply with smoking on the flight deck (if it is instructions given by a crewmember physically separated from any pas- with regard to compliance with this senger compartment), except in any of section.

the following situations: [Docket 26142, 57 FR 42675, Sept. 15, 1992] (i) During aircraft movement on the surface or during takeoff or landing; § 135.123 Emergency and emergency (ii) During scheduled passenger-car- evacuation duties.

rying public charter operations con- (a) Each certificate holder shall as- ducted under part 380 of this title; sign to each required crewmember for (iii) During on-demand operations each type of aircraft as appropriate, conducted interstate that meet para- the necessary functions to be per- graph (2) of the definition ‘‘On-demand formed in an emergency or in a situa- operation’’ in § 110.2 of this chapter, un- tion requiring emergency evacuation. less permitted under paragraph (b)(2) of The certificate holder shall ensure that this section; or VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:01 Aug 27, 2026 Jkt 268049 PO 00000 Frm 00454 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Y:\SGML\268049.XXX 268049 jgilmore on DSK4WB1RN3PROD with CFR Federal Aviation Administration, DOT § 135.128 (iv) During any operation where members regarding compliance with smoking is prohibited by part 252 of paragraphs (b), (c), and (e) of this sec- this title or by international agree- tion.

ment.

[Docket 25590, 55 FR 8367, Mar. 7, 1990, as (2) Certain intrastate commuter oper- amended by Amdt. 135–35, 55 FR 20135, May ations and certain intrastate on-demand 15, 1990; Amdt. 135–44, 57 FR 42675, Sept. 15, operations. Except during aircraft 1992; Amdt. 135–60, 61 FR 2616, Jan. 26, 1996; movement on the surface or during Amdt. 135–76, 65 FR 36780, June 9, 2000; Amdt.

takeoff or landing, a pilot in command 135–124, 76 FR 7491, Feb. 10, 2011] of an aircraft engaged in a commuter § 135.128 Use of safety belts and child operation or an on-demand operation restraint systems.

that meets paragraph (2) of the defini- tion of ‘‘On-demand operation’’ in (a) Except as provided in this para- § 110.2 of this chapter may authorize graph, each person on board an aircraft smoking on the flight deck (if it is operated under this part shall occupy physically separated from the pas- an approved seat or berth with a sepa- senger compartment, if any) if— rate safety belt properly secured about (i) Smoking on the flight deck is not him or her during movement on the otherwise prohibited by part 252 of this surface, takeoff, and landing. For sea- title; plane and float equipped rotorcraft op- (ii) The flight is conducted entirely erations during movement on the sur- within the same State of the United face, the person pushing off the sea- States (a flight from one place in Ha- plane or rotorcraft from the dock and waii to another place in Hawaii the person mooring the seaplane or through the airspace over a place out- rotorcraft at the dock are excepted side Hawaii is not entirely within the from the preceding seating and safety same State); and belt requirements. A safety belt pro- (iii) The aircraft is either not tur- vided for the occupant of a seat may bojet-powered or the aircraft is not ca- not be used by more than one person pable of carrying at least 30 passengers.

who has reached his or her second (c) No person may smoke in any air- birthday. Notwithstanding the pre- craft lavatory.

ceding requirements, a child may: (d) No person may operate an aircraft (1) Be held by an adult, except as out- with a lavatory equipped with a smoke lined in § 91.108(j) of this chapter, who detector unless there is in that lava- is occupying an approved seat or berth, tory a sign or placard which reads: provided the child has not reached his ‘‘Federal law provides for a penalty of or her second birthday and the child up to $2,000 for tampering with the does not occupy or use any restraining smoke detector installed in this lava- device; or tory.’’ (2) Notwithstanding any other re- (e) No person may tamper with, dis- quirement of this chapter, occupy an able, or destroy any smoke detector in- approved child restraint system fur- stalled in any aircraft lavatory.

nished by the certificate holder or one (f) On flight segments other than of the persons described in paragraph those described in paragraph (a) of this (a)(2)(i) of this section, provided: section, the ‘‘No Smoking’’ sign re- (i) The child is accompanied by a par- quired by § 135.177(a)(3) of this part ent, guardian, or attendant designated must be turned on during any move- by the child’s parent or guardian to at- ment of the aircraft on the surface, for tend to the safety of the child during each takeoff or landing, and at any the flight; other time considered necessary by the (ii) Except as provided in paragraph pilot in command.

(a)(2)(ii)(D) of this section, the ap- (g) The passenger information re- proved child restraint system bears one quirements prescribed in § 91.517 (b) and or more labels as follows: (d) of this chapter are in addition to the requirements prescribed in this sec- (A) Seats manufactured to U.S.

tion. standards between January 1, 1981, and (h) Each passenger shall comply with February 25, 1985, must bear the label: instructions given him or her by crew- ‘‘This child restraint system conforms VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:01 Aug 27, 2026 Jkt 268049 PO 00000 Frm 00455 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Y:\SGML\268049.XXX 268049 jgilmore on DSK4WB1RN3PROD with CFR 14 CFR Ch. I (1–1–26 Edition) § 135.129 to all applicable Federal motor vehicle (C) The restraint system must bear safety standards’’; the appropriate label(s).

(B) Seats manufactured to U.S. (b) Except as provided in paragraph standards on or after February 26, 1985, (b)(3) of this section, the following pro- must bear two labels: hibitions apply to certificate holders: ( 1 ) ‘‘This child restraint system con- (1) Except as provided in § 135.128 forms to all applicable Federal motor (a)(2)(ii)(C)( 3 ) and § 135.128 vehicle safety standards’’; and (a)(2)(ii)(C)( 4 ), no certificate holder ( 2 ) ‘‘THIS RESTRAINT IS CER- may permit a child, in an aircraft, to TIFIED FOR USE IN MOTOR VEHI- occupy a booster-type child restraint CLES AND AIRCRAFT’’ in red let- system, a vest-type child restraint sys- tering; tem, a harness-type child restraint sys- (C) Seats that do not qualify under tem, or a lap held child restraint sys- paragraphs (a)(2)(ii)(A) and (a)(2)(ii)(B) tem during take off, landing, and of this section must bear a label or movement on the surface.

markings showing: (2) Except as required in paragraph ( 1 ) That the seat was approved by a (b)(1) of this section, no certificate foreign government; holder may prohibit a child, if re- ( 2 ) That the seat was manufactured quested by the child’s parent, guardian, under the standards of the United Na- or designated attendant, from occu- tions; pying a child restraint system fur- ( 3 ) That the seat or child restraint nished by the child’s parent, guardian, device furnished by the certificate or designated attendant provided: holder was approved by the FAA (i) The child holds a ticket for an ap- through Type Certificate or Supple- proved seat or berth or such seat or mental Type Certificate; or berth is otherwise made available by ( 4 ) That the seat or child restraint the certificate holder for the child’s device furnished by the certificate use; holder, or one of the persons described (ii) The requirements of paragraph in paragraph (a)(2)(i) of this section, (a)(2)(i) of this section are met; was approved by the FAA in accord- (iii) The requirements of paragraph ance with § 21.8(d) of this chapter or (a)(2)(iii) of this section are met; and Technical Standard Order C–100b, or a (iv) The child restraint system has later version. The child restraint de- one or more of the labels described in vice manufactured by AmSafe, Inc.

paragraphs (a)(2)(ii)(A) through (CARES, Part No. 4082) and approved (a)(2)(ii)(C) of this section.

by the FAA in accordance with (3) This section does not prohibit the § 21.305(d) (2010 ed.) of this chapter may certificate holder from providing child continue to bear a label or markings restraint systems authorized by this showing FAA approval in accordance or, consistent with safe operating prac- with § 21.305(d) (2010 ed.) of this chapter.

tices, determining the most appro- (D) Except as provided in priate passenger seat location for the § 135.128(a)(2)(ii)(C)( 3 ) and child restraint system.

§ 135.128(a)(2)(ii)(C)( 4 ), booster-type [Docket 26142, 57 FR 42676, Sept. 15, 1992, as child restraint systems (as defined in amended by Amdt. 135–62, 61 FR 28422, June Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard 4, 1996; Amdt. 135–100, 70 FR 50907, Aug. 26, No. 213 (49 CFR 571.213)), vest- and har- 2005; Amdt. 135–106, 71 FR 40010, July 14, 2006; ness-type child restraint systems, and 71 FR 59374, Oct. 10, 2006; Amdt. 135–130, 79 FR lap held child restraints are not ap- 28812, May 20, 2014; Docket FAA–2023–2250, Amdt. 135–146, 89 FR 67850, Aug. 22, 2024] proved for use in aircraft; and (iii) The certificate holder complies § 135.129 Exit seating.

with the following requirements: (A) The restraint system must be (a)(1) Applicability. This section ap- properly secured to an approved for- plies to all certificate holders oper- ward-facing seat or berth; ating under this part, except for on-de- (B) The child must be properly se- mand operations with aircraft having cured in the restraint system and must 19 or fewer passenger seats and com- not exceed the specified weight limit muter operations with aircraft having for the restraint system; and 9 or fewer passenger seats.

VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:01 Aug 27, 2026 Jkt 268049 PO 00000 Frm 00456 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Y:\SGML\268049.XXX 268049 jgilmore on DSK4WB1RN3PROD with CFR Federal Aviation Administration, DOT § 135.129 (2) Duty to make determination of suit- (iv) To lift out, hold, deposit on near- ability. Each certificate holder shall de- by seats, or maneuver over the termine, to the extent necessary to seatbacks to the next row objects the perform the applicable functions of size and weight of over-wing window paragraph (d) of this section, the suit- exit doors; ability of each person it permits to oc- (v) To remove obstructions of size cupy an exit seat. For the purpose of and weight similar over-wing exit this section— doors; (i) Exit seat means— (vi) To reach the emergency exit ex- (A) Each seat having direct access to peditiously; an exit; and (vii) To maintain balance while re- (B) Each seat in a row of seats moving obstructions; through which passengers would have (viii) To exit expeditiously; to pass to gain access to an exit, from (ix) To stabilize an escape slide after the first seat inboard of the exit to the deployment; or first aisle inboard of the exit.

(x) To assist others in getting off an (ii) A passenger seat having direct ac- escape slide; cess means a seat from which a pas- (2) The person is less than 15 years of senger can proceed directly to the exit age or lacks the capacity to perform without entering an aisle or passing one or more of the applicable functions around an obstruction.

listed in paragraph (d) of this section (3) Persons designated to make deter- without the assistance of an adult com- mination. Each certificate holder shall make the passenger exit seating deter- panion, parent, or other relative; minations required by this paragraph (3) The person lacks the ability to in a non-discriminatory manner con- read and understand instructions re- sistent with the requirements of this quired by this section and related to section, by persons designated in the emergency evacuation provided by the certificate holder’s required operations certificate holder in printed or graphic manual.

form or the ability to understand oral (4) Submission of designation for ap- crew commands.

proval. Each certificate holder shall (4) The person lacks sufficient visual designate the exit seats for each pas- capacity to perform one or more of the senger seating configuration in its fleet applicable functions in paragraph (d) of in accordance with the definitions in this section without the assistance of this paragraph and submit those des- visual aids beyond contact lenses or ignations for approval as part of the eyeglasses; procedures required to be submitted for (5) The person lacks sufficient aural approval under paragraphs (n) and (p) capacity to hear and understand in- of this section.

structions shouted by flight attend- (b) No certificate holder may seat a ants, without assistance beyond a hear- person in a seat affected by this section ing aid; if the certificate holder determines (6) The person lacks the ability ade- that it is likely that the person would quately to impart information orally be unable to perform one or more of to other passengers; or, the applicable functions listed in para- (7) The person has: graph (d) of this section because— (i) A condition or responsibilities, (1) The person lacks sufficient mobil- such as caring for small children, that ity, strength, or dexterity in both arms might prevent the person from per- and hands, and both legs: forming one or more of the applicable (i) To reach upward, sideways, and functions listed in paragraph (d) of this downward to the location of emergency section; or exit and exit-slide operating mecha- (ii) A condition that might cause the nisms; person harm if he or she performs one (ii) To grasp and push, pull, turn, or or more of the applicable functions otherwise manipulate those mecha- listed in paragraph (d) of this section.

nisms; (iii) To push, shove, pull, or other- (c) Each passenger shall comply with wise open emergency exits; instructions given by a crewmember or VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:01 Aug 27, 2026 Jkt 268049 PO 00000 Frm 00457 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Y:\SGML\268049.XXX 268049 jgilmore on DSK4WB1RN3PROD with CFR 14 CFR Ch. I (1–1–26 Edition) § 135.129 other authorized employee of the cer- (2) In each language used by the cer- tificate holder implementing exit seat- tificate holder for passenger informa- ing restrictions established in accord- tion cards, a request that a passenger ance with this section.

identify himself or herself to allow re- (d) Each certificate holder shall in- seating if he or she lacks the ability to clude on passenger information cards, read, speak, or understand the lan- presented in the language in which guage or the graphic form in which in- briefings and oral commands are given structions required by this section and by the crew, at each exit seat affected related to emergency evacuation are by this section, information that, in provided by the certificate holder, or the event of an emergency in which a the ability to understand the specified crewmember is not available to assist, language in which crew commands will a passenger occupying an exit seat may be given in an emergency; use if called upon to perform the fol- (3) May suffer bodily harm as the re- lowing functions: sult of performing one or more of those (1) Locate the emergency exit; functions; or, (2) Recognize the emergency exit (4) Does not wish to perform those opening mechanism; functions.

(3) Comprehend the instructions for operating the emergency exit; A certificate holder shall not require (4) Operate the emergency exit; the passenger to disclose his or her rea- (5) Assess whether opening the emer- son for needing reseating.

gency exit will increase the hazards to (f) Each certificate holder shall make which passengers may be exposed; available for inspection by the public (6) Follow oral directions and hand at all passenger loading gates and tick- signals given by a crewmember; et counters at each airport where it (7) Stow or secure the emergency exit conducts passenger operations, written door so that it will not impede use of procedures established for making de- the exit; terminations in regard to exit row (8) Assess the condition of an escape seating.

slide, activate the slide, and stabilize (g) No certificate holder may allow the slide after deployment to assist taxi or pushback unless at least one re- others in getting off the slide; quired crewmember has verified that (9) Pass expeditiously through the no exit seat is occupied by a person the emergency exit; and crewmember determines is likely to be (10) Assess, select, and follow a safe unable to perform the applicable func- path away from the emergency exit.

tions listed in paragraph (d) of this sec- (e) Each certificate holder shall in- tion.

clude on passenger information cards, (h) Each certificate holder shall in- at each exit seat— clude in its passenger briefings a ref- (1) In the primary language in which erence to the passenger information emergency commands are given by the cards, required by paragraphs (d) and crew, the selection criteria set forth in (e), the selection criteria set forth in paragraph (b) of this section, and a re- paragraph (b), and the functions to be quest that a passenger identify himself performed, set forth in paragraph (d) of or herself to allow reseating if he or this section.

she— (i) Each certificate holder shall in- (i) Cannot meet the selection criteria clude in its passenger briefings a re- set forth in paragraph (b) of this sec- quest that a passenger identify himself tion; or herself to allow reseating if he or (ii) Has a nondiscernible condition she— that will prevent him or her from per- (1) Cannot meet the selection criteria forming the applicable functions listed set forth in paragraph (b) of this sec- in paragraph (d) of this section; tion; (iii) May suffer bodily harm as the re- sult of performing one or more of those (2) Has a nondiscernible condition functions; or that will prevent him or her from per- (iv) Does not wish to perform those forming the applicable functions listed functions; and, in paragraph (d) of this section; VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:01 Aug 27, 2026 Jkt 268049 PO 00000 Frm 00458 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Y:\SGML\268049.XXX 268049 jgilmore on DSK4WB1RN3PROD with CFR Federal Aviation Administration, DOT § 135.143 (3) May suffer bodily harm as the re- (2) Submit their procedures for pre- sult of performing one or more of those liminary review and approval to the functions; or, principal operations inspectors as- (4) Does not wish to perform those signed to them at the responsible functions.

Flight Standards office.

(o) Certificate holders shall assign A certificate holder shall not require seats prior to boarding consistent with the passenger to disclose his or her rea- the criteria listed in paragraph (b) and son for needing reseating.

the functions listed in paragraph (d) of (j) [Reserved] this section, to the maximum extent (k) In the event a certificate holder feasible.

determines in accordance with this sec- (p) The procedures required by para- tion that it is likely that a passenger graph (n) of this section will not be- assigned to an exit seat would be un- come effective until final approval is able to perform the functions listed in granted by the Executive Director, paragraph (d) of this section or a pas- Flight Standards Service, Washington, senger requests a non-exit seat, the DC. Approval will be based solely upon certificate holder shall expeditiously the safety aspects of the certificate relocate the passenger to a non-exit holder’s procedures.

seat.

(l) In the event of full booking in the [Docket 25821, 55 FR 8073, Mar. 6, 1990, as amended by Amdt. 135–45, 57 FR 48664, Oct.

non-exit seats and if necessary to ac- 27, 1992; Amdt. 135–50, 59 FR 33603, June 29, commodate a passenger being relocated 1994; Amdt. 135–60, 61 FR 2616, Jan. 26, 1996; from an exit seat, the certificate hold- Docket FAA–2018–0119, Amdt. 135–139, 83 FR er shall move a passenger who is will- 9175, Mar. 5, 2018] ing and able to assume the evacuation functions that may be required, to an Subpart C—Aircraft and exit seat.

Equipment (m) A certificate holder may deny transportation to any passenger under § 135.141 Applicability.

this section only because— This subpart prescribes aircraft and (1) The passenger refuses to comply equipment requirements for operations with instructions given by a crew- under this part. The requirements of member or other authorized employee this subpart are in addition to the air- of the certificate holder implementing craft and equipment requirements of exit seating restrictions established in part 91 of this chapter. However, this accordance with this section, or part does not require the duplication of (2) The only seat that will physically any equipment required by this chap- accommodate the person’s handicap is ter.

an exit seat.

(n) In order to comply with this sec- § 135.143 General requirements.

tion certificate holders shall— (1) Establish procedures that address: (a) No person may operate an aircraft (i) The criteria listed in paragraph under this part unless that aircraft and (b) of this section; its equipment meet the applicable reg- (ii) The functions listed in paragraph ulations of this chapter.

(d) of this section; (b) Except as provided in § 135.179, no (iii) The requirements for airport in- person may operate an aircraft under formation, passenger information this part unless the required instru- cards, crewmember verification of ap- ments and equipment in it have been propriate seating in exit seats, pas- approved and are in an operable condi- senger briefings, seat assignments, and tion.

denial of transportation as set forth in (c) ATC transponder equipment in- this section; stalled within the time periods indi- (iv) How to resolve disputes arising cated below must meet the perform- from implementation of this section, ance and environmental requirements including identification of the certifi- of the following TSO’s: cate holder employee on the airport to (1) Through January 1, 1992: (i) Any whom complaints should be addressed class of TSO-C74b or any class of TSO- for resolution; and, C74c as appropriate, provided that the VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:01 Aug 27, 2026 Jkt 268049 PO 00000 Frm 00459 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Y:\SGML\268049.XXX 268049 jgilmore on DSK4WB1RN3PROD with CFR 14 CFR Ch. I (1–1–26 Edition) § 135.144 equipment was manufactured before craft, for which two pilots are required January 1, 1990; or by this chapter for operations under (ii) The appropriate class of TSO-C112 VFR, if it has not previously proved (Mode S). such an aircraft in operations under (2) After January 1, 1992: The appro- this part in at least 25 hours of proving priate class of TSO-C112 (Mode S). For tests acceptable to the Administrator purposes of paragraph (c)(2) of this sec- including— tion, ‘‘installation’’ does not include— (1) Five hours of night time, if night (i) Temporary installation of TSO- flights are to be authorized; C74b or TSO-C74c substitute equip- (2) Five instrument approach proce- ment, as appropriate, during mainte- dures under simulated or actual condi- nance of the permanent equipment; tions, if IFR flights are to be author- (ii) Reinstallation of equipment after ized; and temporary removal for maintenance; or (3) Entry into a representative num- (iii) For fleet operations, installation ber of en route airports as determined of equipment in a fleet aircraft after by the Administrator.

removal of the equipment for mainte- (b) No certificate holder may operate nance from another aircraft in the a turbojet airplane if it has not pre- same operator’s fleet.

viously proved a turbojet airplane in operations under this part in at least 25 [Docket 16097, 43 FR 46783, Oct. 10, 1978, as hours of proving tests acceptable to the amended by Amdt. 135–22, 52 FR 3392, Feb. 3, 1987] Administrator including— (1) Five hours of night time, if night § 135.144 Portable electronic devices.

flights are to be authorized; (a) Except as provided in paragraph (2) Five instrument approach proce- (b) of this section, no person may oper- dures under simulated or actual condi- ate, nor may any operator or pilot in tions, if IFR flights are to be author- command of an aircraft allow the oper- ized; and ation of, any portable electronic device (3) Entry into a representative num- on any U.S.-registered civil aircraft op- ber of en route airports as determined erating under this part. by the Administrator.

(b) Paragraph (a) of this section does (c) No certificate holder may carry not apply to— passengers in an aircraft during prov- (1) Portable voice recorders; ing tests, except those needed to make (2) Hearing aids; the tests and those designated by the (3) Heart pacemakers; Administrator to observe the tests.

(4) Electric shavers; However, pilot flight training may be (5) Portable oxygen concentrators conducted during the proving tests.

that comply with the requirements in (d) Validation testing is required to § 135.91; or determine that a certificate holder is (6) Any other portable electronic de- capable of conducting operations safely vice that the part 119 certificate holder and in compliance with applicable reg- has determined will not cause inter- ulatory standards. Validation tests are ference with the navigation or commu- required for the following authoriza- nication system of the aircraft on tions: which it is to be used.

(1) The addition of an aircraft for (c). The determination required by which two pilots are required for oper- paragraph (b)(6) of this section shall be ations under VFR or a turbojet air- made by that part 119 certificate holder plane, if that aircraft or an aircraft of operating the aircraft on which the the same make or similar design has particular device is to be used.

not been previously proved or validated in operations under this part.

[Docket FAA–1998–4954, 64 FR 1080, Jan. 7, (2) Operations outside U.S. airspace.

1999, as amended by Docket FAA–2014–0554, Amdt. 135–133, 81 FR 33120, May 24, 2016] (3) Class II navigation authoriza- tions.

§ 135.145 Aircraft proving and valida- (4) Special performance or oper- tion tests.

ational authorizations.

(a) No certificate holder may operate (e) Validation tests must be accom- an aircraft, other than a turbojet air- plished by test methods acceptable to VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:01 Aug 27, 2026 Jkt 268049 PO 00000 Frm 00460 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Y:\SGML\268049.XXX 268049 jgilmore on DSK4WB1RN3PROD with CFR Federal Aviation Administration, DOT § 135.150 the Administrator. Actual flights may (1) Is capable of operation inde- not be required when an applicant can pendent of the crewmember interphone demonstrate competence and compli- system required by paragraph (b) of ance with appropriate regulations this section, except for handsets, head- without conducting a flight.

sets, microphones, selector switches, (f) Proving tests and validation tests and signaling devices; may be conducted simultaneously (2) Is approved in accordance with when appropriate.

§ 21.305 of this chapter; (g) The Administrator may authorize (3) Is accessible for immediate use deviations from this section if the Ad- from each of two flight crewmember ministrator finds that special cir- stations in the pilot compartment; cumstances make full compliance with (4) For each required floor-level pas- this section unnecessary.

senger emergency exit which has an ad- jacent flight attendant seat, has a [Docket FAA–2001–10047, 68 FR 54586, Sept. 17, 2003] microphone which is readily accessible to the seated flight attendant, except § 135.147 Dual controls required.

that one microphone may serve more No person may operate an aircraft in than one exit, provided the proximity operations requiring two pilots unless of the exits allows unassisted verbal it is equipped with functioning dual communication between seated flight controls. However, if the aircraft type attendants; certification operating limitations do (5) Is capable of operation within 10 not require two pilots, a throwover seconds by a flight attendant at each of control wheel may be used in place of those stations in the passenger com- two control wheels.

partment from which its use is acces- sible; § 135.149 Equipment requirements: (6) Is audible at all passenger seats, General.

lavatories, and flight attendant seats No person may operate an aircraft and work stations; and unless it is equipped with— (7) For transport category airplanes (a) A sensitive altimeter that is ad- manufactured on or after November 27, justable for barometric pressure; 1990, meets the requirements of § 25.1423 (b) Heating or deicing equipment for of this chapter.

each carburetor or, for a pressure car- (b) A crewmember interphone system buretor, an alternate air source; which— (c) For turbojet airplanes, in addition (1) Is capable of operation inde- to two gyroscopic bank-and-pitch indi- pendent of the public address system cators (artificial horizons) for use at required by paragraph (a) of this sec- the pilot stations, a third indicator tion, except for handsets, headsets, that is installed in accordance with the microphones, selector switches, and instrument requirements prescribed in signaling devices; § 121.305(j) of this chapter.

(2) Is approved in accordance with (d) [Reserved] § 21.305 of this chapter; (e) For turbine powered aircraft, any (3) Provides a means of two-way com- other equipment as the Administrator munication between the pilot compart- may require.

ment and— [Docket 16097, 43 FR 46783, Oct. 10, 1978, as (i) Each passenger compartment; and amended by Amdt. 135–1, 44 FR 26737, May 7, (ii) Each galley located on other than 1979; Amdt. 135–34, 54 FR 43926, Oct. 27, 1989; the main passenger deck level; Amdt. 135–38, 55 FR 43310, Oct. 26, 1990] (4) Is accessible for immediate use § 135.150 Public address and crew- from each of two flight crewmember member interphone systems.

stations in the pilot compartment; (5) Is accessible for use from at least No person may operate an aircraft one normal flight attendant station in having a passenger seating configura- each passenger compartment; tion, excluding any pilot seat, of more than 19 unless it is equipped with— (6) Is capable of operation within 10 (a) A public address system which— seconds by a flight attendant at each of VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:01 Aug 27, 2026 Jkt 268049 PO 00000 Frm 00461 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Y:\SGML\268049.XXX 268049 jgilmore on DSK4WB1RN3PROD with CFR 14 CFR Ch. I (1–1–26 Edition) § 135.151 those stations in each passenger com- rotorcraft having a passenger seating partment from which its use is acces- configuration of 20 or more seats unless sible; and it is equipped with an approved cockpit (7) For large turbojet-powered air- voice recorder that— planes— (1) Is installed in accordance with the (i) Is accessible for use at enough requirements of § 23.1457 (except para- flight attendant stations so that all graphs (a)(6), (d)(1)(ii), (4), and (5)); floor-level emergency exits (or § 25.1457 (except paragraphs (a)(6), entryways to those exits in the case of (d)(1)(ii), (4), and (5)); § 27.1457 (except exits located within galleys) in each paragraphs (a)(6), (d)(1)(ii), (4), and (5)); passenger compartment are observable or § 29.1457 (except paragraphs (a)(6), from one or more of those stations so (d)(1)(ii), (4), and (5)) of this chapter, as equipped; applicable; and (ii) Has an alerting system incor- (2) Is operated continuously from the porating aural or visual signals for use use of the check list before the flight by flight crewmembers to alert flight to completion of the final check list at attendants and for use by flight attend- the end of the flight.

ants to alert flight crewmembers; (c) In the event of an accident, or oc- (iii) For the alerting system required currence requiring immediate notifica- by paragraph (b)(7)(ii) of this section, tion of the National Transportation has a means for the recipient of a call Safety Board which results in termi- to determine whether it is a normal nation of the flight, the certificate call or an emergency call; and holder shall keep the recorded informa- (iv) When the airplane is on the tion for at least 60 days or, if requested ground, provides a means of two-way by the Administrator or the Board, for communication between ground per- a longer period. Information obtained sonnel and either of at least two flight from the record may be used to assist crewmembers in the pilot compart- in determining the cause of accidents ment. The interphone system station or occurrences in connection with in- for use by ground personnel must be so vestigations. The Administrator does located that personnel using the sys- not use the record in any civil penalty tem may avoid visible detection from or certificate action.

within the airplane.

(d) For those aircraft equipped to [Docket 24995, 54 FR 43926, Oct. 27, 1989] record the uninterrupted audio signals received by a boom or a mask micro- § 135.151 Cockpit voice recorders.

phone the flight crewmembers are re- quired to use the boom microphone (a) No person may operate a multien- below 18,000 feet mean sea level. No gine, turbine-powered airplane or person may operate a large turbine en- rotorcraft having a passenger seating gine powered airplane manufactured configuration of six or more and for after October 11, 1991, or on which a which two pilots are required by cer- cockpit voice recorder has been in- tification or operating rules unless it is stalled after October 11, 1991, unless it equipped with an approved cockpit is equipped to record the uninterrupted voice recorder that: (1) Is installed in compliance with audio signal received by a boom or § 23.1457(a)(1) and (2), (b), (c), (d)(1)(i), mask microphone in accordance with (2) and (3), (e), (f), and (g); § 25.1457(a)(1) § 25.1457(c)(5) of this chapter.

and (2), (b), (c), (d)(1)(i), (2) and (3), (e), (e) In complying with this section, an (f), and (g), § 27.1457(a)(1) and (2), (b), approved cockpit voice recorder having (c), (d)(1)(i), (2) and (3), (e), (f), and (g); an erasure feature may be used, so that or § 29.1457(a)(1) and (2), (b), (c), (d)(1)(i), during the operation of the recorder, (2) and (3), (e), (f), and (g) of this chap- information: ter, as applicable; and (1) Recorded in accordance with para- (2) Is operated continuously from the graph (a) of this section and recorded use of the check list before the flight more than 15 minutes earlier; or to completion of the final check list at (2) Recorded in accordance with para- the end of the flight. graph (b) of this section and recorded (b) No person may operate a multien- more than 30 minutes earlier; may be gine, turbine-powered airplane or erased or otherwise obliterated.

VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:01 Aug 27, 2026 Jkt 268049 PO 00000 Frm 00462 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Y:\SGML\268049.XXX 268049 jgilmore on DSK4WB1RN3PROD with CFR Federal Aviation Administration, DOT § 135.152 (f) By April 7, 2012, all airplanes sub- paragraph (a)(6)); or § 29.1457 (except for ject to paragraph (a) or paragraph (b) paragraph (a)(6)) of this chapter, as ap- of this section that are manufactured plicable; and before April 7, 2010, and that are re- (ii) Is operated continuously from the quired to have a flight data recorder use of the check list before the flight, installed in accordance with § 135.152, to completion of the final check list at must have a cockpit voice recorder the end of the flight; and that also— (iii) Retains at least the last 2 hours (1) Meets the requirements in of recorded information using a re- § 23.1457(d)(6) or § 25.1457(d)(6) of this corder that meets the standards of chapter, as applicable; and TSO–C123a, or later revision.

(2) If transport category, meet the re- (iv) For all airplanes or rotorcraft quirements in § 25.1457(a)(3), (a)(4), and manufactured on or after December 6, (a)(5) of this chapter.

2010, also meets the requirements of (g)(1) No person may operate a multi- § 23.1457(a)(6); § 25.1457(a)(6); engine, turbine-powered airplane or § 27.1457(a)(6); or § 29.457(a)(6) of this rotorcraft that is manufactured on or chapter, as applicable.

after April 7, 2010, that has a passenger (h) All airplanes or rotorcraft re- seating configuration of six or more quired by this part to have a cockpit seats, for which two pilots are required voice recorder and a flight data re- by certification or operating rules, and corder, that install datalink commu- that is required to have a flight data nication equipment on or after Decem- recorder under § 135.152, unless it is ber 6, 2010, must record all datalink equipped with an approved cockpit messages as required by the certifi- voice recorder that also— cation rule applicable to the aircraft.

(i) Is installed in accordance with the [Docket 16097, 43 FR 46783, Oct. 10, 1978, as requirements of § 23.1457 (except for amended by Amdt. 135–23, 52 FR 9637, Mar. 25, paragraph (a)(6)); § 25.1457 (except for 1987; Amdt. 135–26, 53 FR 26151, July 11, 1988; paragraph (a)(6)); § 27.1457 (except for Amdt. 135–60, 61 FR 2616, Jan. 26, 1996; Amdt.

paragraph (a)(6)); or § 29.1457 (except for 135–113, 73 FR 12570, Mar. 7, 2008; Amdt. 135– paragraph (a)(6)) of this chapter, as ap- 113, 74 FR 32801, July 9, 2009; Amdt. 135–121, 75 FR 17046, Apr. 5, 2010] plicable; and (ii) Is operated continuously from the § 135.152 Flight data recorders.

use of the check list before the flight, to completion of the final check list at (a) Except as provided in paragraph the end of the flight; and (k) of this section, no person may oper- (iii) Retains at least the last 2 hours ate under this part a multi-engine, tur- of recorded information using a re- bine-engine powered airplane or rotor- corder that meets the standards of craft having a passenger seating con- TSO–C123a, or later revision. figuration, excluding any required (iv) For all airplanes or rotorcraft crewmember seat, of 10 to 19 seats, that manufactured on or after December 6, was either brought onto the U.S. reg- 2010, also meets the requirements of ister after, or was registered outside § 23.1457(a)(6); § 25.1457(a)(6); the United States and added to the op- § 27.1457(a)(6); or § 29.457(a)(6) of this erator’s U.S. operations specifications chapter, as applicable. after, October 11, 1991, unless it is (2) No person may operate a multien- equipped with one or more approved gine, turbine-powered airplane or flight recorders that use a digital rotorcraft that is manufactured on or method of recording and storing data after April 7, 2010, has a passenger seat- and a method of readily retrieving that ing configuration of 20 or more seats, data from the storage medium. The pa- and that is required to have a flight rameters specified in either Appendix B data recorder under § 135.152, unless it or C of this part, as applicable must be is equipped with an approved cockpit recorded within the range, accuracy, voice recorder that also— resolution, and recording intervals as (i) Is installed in accordance with the specified. The recorder shall retain no requirements of § 23.1457 (except for less than 25 hours of aircraft operation.

paragraph (a)(6)); § 25.1457 (except for (b) After October 11, 1991, no person paragraph (a)(6)); § 27.1457 (except for may operate a multiengine, turbine- VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:01 Aug 27, 2026 Jkt 268049 PO 00000 Frm 00463 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Y:\SGML\268049.XXX 268049 jgilmore on DSK4WB1RN3PROD with CFR 14 CFR Ch. I (1–1–26 Edition) § 135.152 powered airplane having a passenger (xvii) Leading edge flap or cockpit seating configuration of 20 to 30 seats flap control position.

or a multiengine, turbine-powered (3) For aircraft manufactured after rotorcraft having a passenger seating October 11, 1991, all of the parameters configuration of 20 or more seats unless listed in appendix D or E of this part, it is equipped with one or more ap- as applicable, must be recorded.

proved flight recorders that utilize a (c) Whenever a flight recorder re- digital method of recording and storing quired by this section is installed, it data, and a method of readily retriev- must be operated continuously from ing that data from the storage me- the instant the airplane begins the dium. The parameters in appendix D or takeoff roll or the rotorcraft begins the E of this part, as applicable, that are lift-off until the airplane has com- set forth below, must be recorded with- pleted the landing roll or the rotorcraft in the ranges, accuracies, resolutions, has landed at its destination.

and sampling intervals as specified.

(d) Except as provided in paragraph (1) Except as provided in paragraph (c) of this section, and except for re- (b)(3) of this section for aircraft type corded data erased as authorized in certificated before October 1, 1969, the this paragraph, each certificate holder following parameters must be recorded: shall keep the recorded data prescribed (i) Time; in paragraph (a) of this section until (ii) Altitude; the aircraft has been operating for at (iii) Airspeed; least 25 hours of the operating time (iv) Vertical acceleration; specified in paragraph (c) of this sec- (v) Heading; tion. In addition, each certificate hold- (vi) Time of each radio transmission er shall keep the recorded data pre- to or from air traffic control; scribed in paragraph (b) of this section (vii) Pitch attitude; for an airplane until the airplane has (viii) Roll attitude; been operating for at least 25 hours, (ix) Longitudinal acceleration; and for a rotorcraft until the rotorcraft (x) Control column or pitch control has been operating for at least 10 surface position; and hours, of the operating time specified (xi) Thrust of each engine.

in paragraph (c) of this section. A total (2) Except as provided in paragraph of 1 hour of recorded data may be (b)(3) of this section for aircraft type erased for the purpose of testing the certificated after September 30, 1969, flight recorder or the flight recorder the following parameters must be re- system. Any erasure made in accord- corded: ance with this paragraph must be of (i) Time; the oldest recorded data accumulated (ii) Altitude; at the time of testing. Except as pro- (iii) Airspeed; vided in paragraph (c) of this section, (iv) Vertical acceleration; no record need be kept more than 60 (v) Heading; days.

(vi) Time of each radio transmission (e) In the event of an accident or oc- either to or from air traffic control; currence that requires the immediate (vii) Pitch attitude; notification of the National Transpor- (viii) Roll attitude; tation Safety Board under 49 CFR part (ix) Longitudinal acceleration; 830 of its regulations and that results (x) Pitch trim position; in termination of the flight, the certifi- (xi) Control column or pitch control cate holder shall remove the recording surface position; media from the aircraft and keep the (xii) Control wheel or lateral control recorded data required by paragraphs surface position; (a) and (b) of this section for at least 60 (xiii) Rudder pedal or yaw control days or for a longer period upon re- surface position; quest of the Board or the Adminis- (xiv) Thrust of each engine; trator.

(xv) Position of each thrust reverser; (f)(1) For airplanes manufactured on (xvi) Trailing edge flap or cockpit or before August 18, 2000, and all other flap control position; and aircraft, each flight recorder required VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:01 Aug 27, 2026 Jkt 268049 PO 00000 Frm 00464 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Y:\SGML\268049.XXX 268049 jgilmore on DSK4WB1RN3PROD with CFR Federal Aviation Administration, DOT § 135.152 by this section must be installed in ac- recorded data into the engineering cordance with the requirements of units and discrete values specified in § 23.1459 (except paragraphs (a)(3)(ii) the applicable appendix must be main- and (6)), § 25.1459 (except paragraphs tained by the certificate holder.

(a)(3)(ii) and (7)), § 27.1459 (except para- (g) Each flight recorder required by graphs (a)(3)(ii) and (6)), or § 29.1459 (ex- this section that records the data spec- cept paragraphs (a)(3)(ii) and (6)), as ified in paragraphs (a) and (b) of this appropriate, of this chapter. The cor- section must have an approved device relation required by paragraph (c) of to assist in locating that recorder §§ 23.1459, 25.1459, 27.1459, or 29.1459 of under water.

this chapter, as appropriate, need be (h) The operational parameters re- established only on one aircraft of a quired to be recorded by digital flight group of aircraft: data recorders required by paragraphs (i) That are of the same type; (i) and (j) of this section are as follows, (ii) On which the flight recorder mod- the phrase ‘‘when an information els and their installations are the source is installed’’ following a param- same; and eter indicates that recording of that (iii) On which there are no dif- parameter is not intended to require a ferences in the type designs with re- change in installed equipment.

spect to the installation of the first pi- (1) Time; lot’s instruments associated with the (2) Pressure altitude; flight recorder. The most recent instru- (3) Indicated airspeed; ment calibration, including the record- (4) Heading—primary flight crew ref- ing medium from which this calibra- erence (if selectable, record discrete, tion is derived, and the recorder cor- true or magnetic); relation must be retained by the cer- (5) Normal acceleration (Vertical); tificate holder.

(6) Pitch attitude; (2) For airplanes manufactured after (7) Roll attitude; August 18, 2000, each flight data re- (8) Manual radio transmitter keying, corder system required by this section or CVR/DFDR synchronization ref- must be installed in accordance with erence; the requirements of § 23.1459(a) (except (9) Thrust/power of each engine—pri- paragraphs (a)(3)(ii) and (6)), (b), (d) mary flight crew reference; and (e), or § 25.1459(a) (except para- (10) Autopilot engagement status; graphs (a)(3)(ii) and (7)), (b), (d) and (e) (11) Longitudinal acceleration; of this chapter. A correlation must be (12) Pitch control input; established between the values re- (13) Lateral control input; corded by the flight data recorder and (14) Rudder pedal input; the corresponding values being meas- (15) Primary pitch control surface po- ured. The correlation must contain a sition; sufficient number of correlation points (16) Primary lateral control surface to accurately establish the conversion position; from the recorded values to engineer- (17) Primary yaw control surface po- ing units or discrete state over the full sition; operating range of the parameter. Ex- (18) Lateral acceleration; cept for airplanes having separate alti- (19) Pitch trim surface position or pa- tude and airspeed sensors that are an rameters of paragraph (h)(82) of this integral part of the flight data recorder section if currently recorded; system, a single correlation may be es- (20) Trailing edge flap or cockpit flap tablished for any group of airplanes— control selection (except when param- (i) That are of the same type; eters of paragraph (h)(85) of this sec- (ii) On which the flight recorder sys- tion apply); tem and its installation are the same; and (21) Leading edge flap or cockpit flap (iii) On which there is no difference control selection (except when param- in the type design with respect to the eters of paragraph (h)(86) of this sec- installation of those sensors associated tion apply); with the flight data recorder system. (22) Each Thrust reverser position (or Documentation sufficient to convert equivalent for propeller airplane); VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:01 Aug 27, 2026 Jkt 268049 PO 00000 Frm 00465 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Y:\SGML\268049.XXX 268049 jgilmore on DSK4WB1RN3PROD with CFR 14 CFR Ch. I (1–1–26 Edition) § 135.152 (23) Ground spoiler position or speed (53) Selected flight path (when an in- brake selection (except when param- formation source is installed); eters of paragraph (h)(87) of this sec- (54) Selected decision height (when tion apply); an information source is installed); (24) Outside or total air temperature; (55) EFIS display format; (25) Automatic Flight Control Sys- (56) Multi-function/engine/alerts dis- tem (AFCS) modes and engagement play format; status, including autothrottle; (57) Thrust command (when an infor- (26) Radio altitude (when an informa- mation source is installed); tion source is installed); (58) Thrust target (when an informa- (27) Localizer deviation, MLS Azi- tion source is installed); muth; (59) Fuel quantity in CG trim tank (28) Glideslope deviation, MLS Ele- (when an information source is in- vation; stalled); (29) Marker beacon passage; (60) Primary Navigation System Ref- (30) Master warning; erence; (31) Air/ground sensor (primary air- (61) Icing (when an information plane system reference nose or main source is installed); gear); (62) Engine warning each engine vi- (32) Angle of attack (when informa- bration (when an information source is tion source is installed); installed); (33) Hydraulic pressure low (each sys- (63) Engine warning each engine over tem); temp. (when an information source is (34) Ground speed (when an informa- installed); tion source is installed); (64) Engine warning each engine oil (35) Ground proximity warning sys- pressure low (when an information tem; source is installed); (36) Landing gear position or landing (65) Engine warning each engine over gear cockpit control selection; speed (when an information source is (37) Drift angle (when an information installed; source is installed); (66) Yaw trim surface position; (38) Wind speed and direction (when (67) Roll trim surface position; an information source is installed); (68) Brake pressure (selected system); (39) Latitude and longitude (when an (69) Brake pedal application (left and information source is installed); right); (40) Stick shaker/pusher (when an in- (70) Yaw or sideslip angle (when an formation source is installed); information source is installed); (41) Windshear (when an information (71) Engine bleed valve position source is installed); (when an information source is in- (42) Throttle/power lever position; stalled); (43) Additional engine parameters (as (72) De-icing or anti-icing system se- designated in appendix F of this part); lection (when an information source is (44) Traffic alert and collision avoid- installed); ance system; (73) Computed center of gravity (45) DME 1 and 2 distances; (when an information source is in- (46) Nav 1 and 2 selected frequency; stalled); (47) Selected barometric setting (74) AC electrical bus status; (when an information source is in- (75) DC electrical bus status; stalled); (76) APU bleed valve position (when (48) Selected altitude (when an infor- an information source is installed); mation source is installed); (77) Hydraulic pressure (each sys- (49) Selected speed (when an informa- tem); tion source is installed); (78) Loss of cabin pressure; (50) Selected mach (when an informa- (79) Computer failure; tion source is installed); (51) Selected vertical speed (when an (80) Heads-up display (when an infor- information source is installed); mation source is installed); (52) Selected heading (when an infor- (81) Para-visual display (when an in- mation source is installed); formation source is installed); VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:01 Aug 27, 2026 Jkt 268049 PO 00000 Frm 00466 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Y:\SGML\268049.XXX 268049 jgilmore on DSK4WB1RN3PROD with CFR Federal Aviation Administration, DOT § 135.154 (82) Cockpit trim control input posi- § 25.1459(a)(8), § 27.1459(e), or § 29.1459(e) tion—pitch; of this chapter, as applicable.

(m) All aircraft manufactured on or (83) Cockpit trim control input posi- after April 7, 2010, must have a flight tion—roll; data recorder installed that also— (84) Cockpit trim control input posi- (1) Meets the requirements of tion—yaw; § 23.1459(a)(3), (a)(6), and (a)(7), (85) Trailing edge flap and cockpit § 25.1459(a)(3), (a)(7), and (a)(8), flap control position; § 27.1459(a)(3), (a)(6), and (e), or (86) Leading edge flap and cockpit § 29.1459(a)(3), (a)(6), and (e) of this flap control position; chapter, as applicable; and (87) Ground spoiler position and speed (2) Retains the 25 hours of recorded brake selection; and information required in paragraph (d) (88) All cockpit flight control input of this section using a recorder that forces (control wheel, control column, meets the standards of TSO–C124a, or rudder pedal).

later revision.

(i) For all turbine-engine powered [Docket 25530, 53 FR 26151, July 11, 1988, as airplanes with a seating configuration, amended by Amdt. 135–69, 62 FR 38396, July excluding any required crewmember 17, 1997; 62 FR 48135, Sept. 12, 1997; Amdt. 135– seat, of 10 to 30 passenger seats, manu- 89, 68 FR 42939, July 18, 2003; Amdt. 135–113, 73 factured after August 18, 2000— FR 12570, Mar. 7, 2008; Amdt. 135–113, 74 FR (1) The parameters listed in para- 32801, July 9, 2009; Docket FAA–2023–1275, Amdt. 135–147, 89 FR 92486, Nov. 21, 2024] graphs (h)(1) through (h)(57) of this sec- tion must be recorded within the § 135.153 [Reserved] ranges, accuracies, resolutions, and re- cording intervals specified in Appendix § 135.154 Terrain awareness and warn- F of this part.

ing system.

(2) Commensurate with the capacity (a) Airplanes manufactured after March of the recording system, all additional 29, 2002: parameters for which information (1) No person may operate a turbine- sources are installed and which are powered airplane configured with 10 or connected to the recording system more passenger seats, excluding any must be recorded within the ranges, ac- pilot seat, unless that airplane is curacies, resolutions, and sampling in- equipped with an approved terrain tervals specified in Appendix F of this awareness and warning system that part.

meets the requirements for Class A (j) For all turbine-engine-powered equipment in Technical Standard Order airplanes with a seating configuration, (TSO)–C151. The airplane must also in- excluding any required crewmember clude an approved terrain situational seat, of 10 to 30 passenger seats, that awareness display.

are manufactured after August 19, 2002, (2) No person may operate a turbine- the parameters listed in paragraphs powered airplane configured with 6 to 9 (h)(1) through (88) of this section must passenger seats, excluding any pilot be recorded within the ranges, accura- seat, unless that airplane is equipped cies, resolutions, and recording inter- with an approved terrain awareness vals specified in appendix F to this and warning system that meets as a part.

minimum the requirements for Class B (k) For aircraft manufactured before equipment in Technical Standard Order August 18, 1997, the following aircraft (TSO)–C151.

types need not comply with this sec- (b) Airplanes manufactured on or before tion: Bell 212, Bell 214ST, Bell 412, Bell March 29, 2002: 412SP, Boeing Chinook (BV–234), Boe- (1) No person may operate a turbine- ing/Kawasaki Vertol 107 (BV/KV–107– powered airplane configured with 10 or II), deHavilland DHC–6, Eurocopter more passenger seats, excluding any Puma 330J, Sikorsky 58, Sikorsky 61N, pilot seat, after March 29, 2005, unless Sikorsky 76A.

that airplane is equipped with an ap- (l) By April 7, 2012, all aircraft manu- proved terrain awareness and warning factured before April 7, 2010, must also system that meets the requirements meet the requirements in § 23.1459(a)(7), for Class A equipment in Technical VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:01 Aug 27, 2026 Jkt 268049 PO 00000 Frm 00467 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Y:\SGML\268049.XXX 268049 jgilmore on DSK4WB1RN3PROD with CFR 14 CFR Ch. I (1–1–26 Edition) § 135.155 Standard Order (TSO)–C151. The air- (3) Eliminate a high frequency com- plane must also include an approved ponent of a signal that is outside the terrain situational awareness display. operational bandwidth of the sensor.

(2) No person may operate a turbine- (b) An original sensor signal for any powered airplane configured with 6 to 9 flight recorder parameter required to passenger seats, excluding any pilot be recorded under § 135.152 may be fil- seat, after March 29, 2005, unless that tered only if the recorded signal value airplane is equipped with an approved continues to meet the requirements of terrain awareness and warning system Appendix D or F of this part, as appli- that meets as a minimum the require- cable.

ments for Class B equipment in Tech- (c) For a parameter described in nical Standard Order (TSO)–C151.

§ 135.152(h)(12) through (17), (42), or (88), or the corresponding parameter in Ap- (Approved by the Office of Management and pendix D of this part, if the recorded Budget under control number 2120–0631) signal value is filtered and does not (c) Airplane Flight Manual. The Air- meet the requirements of Appendix D plane Flight Manual shall contain ap- or F of this part, as applicable, the cer- propriate procedures for— tificate holder must: (1) The use of the terrain awareness (1) Remove the filtering and ensure and warning system; and that the recorded signal value meets (2) Proper flight crew reaction in re- the requirements of Appendix D or F of sponse to the terrain awareness and this part, as applicable; or warning system audio and visual warn- (2) Demonstrate by test and analysis ings.

that the original sensor signal value [Docket 29312, 65 FR 16755, Mar. 29, 2000] can be reconstructed from the recorded data. This demonstration requires § 135.155 Fire extinguishers: Pas- that: senger-carrying aircraft.

(i) The FAA determine that the pro- No person may operate an aircraft cedure and test results submitted by carrying passengers unless it is the certificate holder as its compliance equipped with hand fire extinguishers with paragraph (c)(2) of this section are of an approved type for use in crew and repeatable; and passenger compartments as follows— (ii) The certificate holder maintains (a) The type and quantity of extin- documentation of the procedure re- guishing agent must be suitable for the quired to reconstruct the original sen- kinds of fires likely to occur; sor signal value. This documentation is (b) At least one hand fire extin- also subject to the requirements of guisher must be provided and conven- § 135.152(e).

iently located on the flight deck for (d) Compliance. Compliance is re- use by the flight crew; and quired as follows: (c) At least one hand fire extin- (1) No later than October 20, 2011, guisher must be conveniently located each operator must determine, for each in the passenger compartment of each aircraft on its operations specifica- aircraft having a passenger seating tions, whether the aircraft’s DFDR sys- configuration, excluding any pilot seat, tem is filtering any of the parameters of at least 10 seats but less than 31 listed in paragraph (c) of this section.

seats.

The operator must create a record of this determination for each aircraft it § 135.156 Flight data recorders: fil- operates, and maintain it as part of the tered data.

correlation documentation required by (a) A flight data signal is filtered § 135.152 (f)(1)(iii) or (f)(2)(iii) of this when an original sensor signal has been part as applicable.

changed in any way, other than (2) For aircraft that are not filtering changes necessary to: any listed parameter, no further action (1) Accomplish analog to digital con- is required unless the aircraft’s DFDR version of the signal; system is modified in a manner that (2) Format a digital signal to be would cause it to meet the definition of DFDR compatible; or filtering on any listed parameter.

VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:01 Aug 27, 2026 Jkt 268049 PO 00000 Frm 00468 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Y:\SGML\268049.XXX 268049 jgilmore on DSK4WB1RN3PROD with CFR Federal Aviation Administration, DOT § 135.158 (3) For aircraft found to be filtering a exceeds 10,000 feet MSL and, if the parameter listed in paragraph (c) of cabin pressurization fails, to comply this section the operator must either: with § 135.89 (a) or to provide a 2-hour (i) No later than April 21, 2014, re- supply for each pilot, whichever is move the filtering; or greater, and to supply when flying— (ii) No later than April 22, 2013, sub- (i) At altitudes above 10,000 feet mit the necessary procedure and test through 15,000 feet MSL, oxygen to at results required by paragraph (c)(2) of least 10 percent of the occupants of the this section.

aircraft, other than the pilots, for that (4) After April 21, 2014, no aircraft part of the flight at those altitudes flight data recording system may filter that is of more than 30 minutes dura- any parameter listed in paragraph (c) tion; and of this section that does not meet the (ii) Above 15,000 feet MSL, oxygen to requirements of Appendix D or F of each occupant of the aircraft, other this part, unless the certificate holder than the pilots, for one hour unless, at possesses test and analysis procedures all times during flight above that alti- and the test results that have been ap- tude, the aircraft can safely descend to proved by the FAA. All records of 15,000 feet MSL within four minutes, in tests, analysis and procedures used to which case only a 30-minute supply is comply with this section must be required.

maintained as part of the correlation (c) The equipment required by this documentation required by § 135.152 section must have a means— (f)(1)(iii) or (f)(2)(iii) of this part as ap- (1) To enable the pilots to readily de- plicable.

termine, in flight, the amount of oxy- gen available in each source of supply [Docket FAA–2006–26135, 75 FR 7357, Feb. 19, and whether the oxygen is being deliv- 2010] ered to the dispensing units; or § 135.157 Oxygen equipment require- (2) In the case of individual dis- ments.

pensing units, to enable each user to make those determinations with re- (a) Unpressurized aircraft. No person spect to that person’s oxygen supply may operate an unpressurized aircraft and delivery; and at altitudes prescribed in this section (3) To allow the pilots to use undi- unless it is equipped with enough oxy- luted oxygen at their discretion at alti- gen dispensers and oxygen to supply tudes above 25,000 feet MSL.

the pilots under § 135.89(a) and to sup- ply, when flying— § 135.158 Pitot heat indication systems.

(1) At altitudes above 10,000 feet (a) Except as provided in paragraph through 15,000 feet MSL, oxygen to at (b) of this section, after April 12, 1981, least 10 percent of the occupants of the no person may operate a transport cat- aircraft, other than the pilots, for that egory airplane equipped with a flight part of the flight at those altitudes instrument pitot heating system unless that is of more than 30 minutes dura- the airplane is also equipped with an tion; and operable pitot heat indication system (2) Above 15,000 feet MSL, oxygen to that complies with § 25.1326 of this each occupant of the aircraft other chapter in effect on April 12, 1978.

than the pilots.

(b) Pressurized aircraft. No person may (b) A certificate holder may obtain operate a pressurized aircraft— an extension of the April 12, 1981, com- (1) At altitudes above 25,000 feet pliance date specified in paragraph (a) MSL, unless at least a 10-minute sup- of this section, but not beyond April 12, ply of supplemental oxygen is available 1983, from the Executive Director, for each occupant of the aircraft, other Flight Standards Service if the certifi- than the pilots, for use when a descent cate holder— is necessary due to loss of cabin pres- (1) Shows that due to circumstances surization; and beyond its control it cannot comply by (2) Unless it is equipped with enough the specified compliance date; and oxygen dispensers and oxygen to com- (2) Submits by the specified compli- ply with paragraph (a) of this section ance date a schedule for compliance, whenever the cabin pressure altitude acceptable to the Executive Director, VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:01 Aug 27, 2026 Jkt 268049 PO 00000 Frm 00469 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Y:\SGML\268049.XXX 268049 jgilmore on DSK4WB1RN3PROD with CFR 14 CFR Ch. I (1–1–26 Edition) § 135.159 indicating that compliance will be (h) Notwithstanding provisions of achieved at the earliest practicable paragraphs (b), (c), and (d), helicopters date. having a maximum certificated takeoff weight of 6,000 pounds or less may be [Docket 18094, Amdt. 135–17, 46 FR 48306, Aug.

operated until January 6, 1988, under 31, 1981, as amended by Amdt. 135–33, 54 FR visual flight rules at night without a 39294, Sept. 25, 1989; Docket FAA–2018–0119, slip skid indicator, a gyroscopic bank- Amdt. 135–139, 83 FR 9175, Mar. 5, 2018] and-pitch indicator, or a gyroscopic di- § 135.159 Equipment requirements: rection indicator.

Carrying passengers under VFR at [Docket 24550, 51 FR 40709, Nov. 7, 1986, as night or under VFR over-the-top amended by Amdt. 135–38, 55 FR 43310, Oct.

conditions.

26, 1990] No person may operate an aircraft § 135.160 Radio altimeters for rotor- carrying passengers under VFR at craft operations.

night or under VFR over-the-top, un- less it is equipped with— (a) After April 24, 2017, no person may operate a rotorcraft unless that rotor- (a) A gyroscopic rate-of-turn indi- craft is equipped with an operable cator except on the following aircraft: FAA-approved radio altimeter, or an (1) Airplanes with a third attitude in- FAA-approved device that incorporates strument system usable through flight a radio altimeter, unless otherwise au- attitudes of 360 degrees of pitch-and- thorized in the certificate holder’s ap- roll and installed in accordance with proved minimum equipment list.

the instrument requirements pre- (b) Deviation authority. The Adminis- scribed in § 121.305(j) of this chapter.

trator may authorize deviations from (2) Helicopters with a third attitude paragraph (a) of this section for rotor- instrument system usable through craft that are unable to incorporate a flight attitudes of ± 80 degrees of pitch radio altimeter. This deviation will be and ± 120 degrees of roll and installed in issued as a Letter of Deviation Author- accordance with § 29.1303(g) of this ity. The deviation may be terminated chapter.

or amended at any time by the Admin- (3) Helicopters with a maximum cer- istrator. The request for deviation au- tificated takeoff weight of 6,000 pounds thority is applicable to rotorcraft with or less.

a maximum gross takeoff weight no (b) A slip skid indicator.

greater than 2,950 pounds. The request (c) A gyroscopic bank-and-pitch indi- for deviation authority must contain a cator.

complete statement of the cir- (d) A gyroscopic direction indicator.

cumstances and justification, and must (e) A generator or generators able to be submitted to the responsible Flight supply all probable combinations of Standards office, not less than 60 days continuous in-flight electrical loads for prior to the date of intended oper- required equipment and for recharging ations.

the battery.

[Docket FAA–2010–0982, 79 FR 9973, Feb. 21, (f) For night flights— 2014, as amended by Docket FAA–2018–0119, (1) An anticollision light system; Amdt. 135–139, 83 FR 9175, Mar. 5, 2018] (2) Instrument lights to make all in- struments, switches, and gauges easily § 135.161 Communication and naviga- readable, the direct rays of which are tion equipment for aircraft oper- ations under VFR over routes navi- shielded from the pilots’ eyes; and gated by pilotage.

(3) A flashlight having at least two size ‘‘D’’ cells or equivalent.

(a) No person may operate an aircraft (g) For the purpose of paragraph (e) under VFR over routes that can be of this section, a continuous in-flight navigated by pilotage unless the air- electrical load includes one that draws craft is equipped with the two-way current continuously during flight, radio communication equipment nec- such as radio equipment and elec- essary under normal operating condi- trically driven instruments and lights, tions to fulfill the following: but does not include occasional inter- (1) Communicate with at least one mittent loads. appropriate station from any point on VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:01 Aug 27, 2026 Jkt 268049 PO 00000 Frm 00470 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Y:\SGML\268049.XXX 268049 jgilmore on DSK4WB1RN3PROD with CFR Federal Aviation Administration, DOT § 135.165 the route, except in remote locations plying 150% of the electrical loads of and areas of mountainous terrain all required instruments and equip- where geographical constraints make ment necessary for safe emergency op- such communication impossible. eration of the aircraft for at least one (2) Communicate with appropriate air hour; traffic control facilities from any point (g) For multi-engine aircraft, at least within Class B, Class C, or Class D air- two generators or alternators each of space, or within a Class E surface area which is on a separate engine, of which designated for an airport in which any combination of one-half of the flights are intended; and total number are rated sufficiently to (3) Receive meteorological informa- supply the electrical loads of all re- tion from any point en route, except in quired instruments and equipment nec- remote locations and areas of moun- essary for safe emergency operation of tainous terrain where geographical the aircraft except that for multi-en- constraints make such communication gine helicopters, the two required gen- impossible.

erators may be mounted on the main (b) No person may operate an aircraft rotor drive train; and at night under VFR over routes that (h) Two independent sources of en- can be navigated by pilotage unless ergy (with means of selecting either) of that aircraft is equipped with— which at least one is an engine-driven (1) Two-way radio communication pump or generator, each of which is equipment necessary under normal op- able to drive all required gyroscopic in- erating conditions to fulfill the func- struments powered by, or to be pow- tions specified in paragraph (a) of this ered by, that particular source and in- section; and stalled so that failure of one instru- (2) Navigation equipment suitable for ment or source, does not interfere with the route to be flown.

the energy supply to the remaining in- [Docket FAA–2002–14002, 72 FR 31684, June 7, struments or the other energy source 2007, as amended by Amdt. 135–116, 74 FR unless, for single-engine aircraft in all 20205, May 1, 2009] cargo operations only, the rate of turn indicator has a source of energy sepa- § 135.163 Equipment requirements: rate from the bank and pitch and direc- Aircraft carrying passengers under tion indicators. For the purpose of this IFR.

paragraph, for multi-engine aircraft, No person may operate an aircraft each engine-driven source of energy under IFR, carrying passengers, unless must be on a different engine.

it has— (i) For the purpose of paragraph (f) of (a) A vertical speed indicator; this section, a continuous inflight elec- (b) A free-air temperature indicator; trical load includes one that draws cur- (c) A heated pitot tube for each air- rent continuously during flight, such speed indicator; as radio equipment, electrically driven (d) A power failure warning device or instruments, and lights, but does not vacuum indicator to show the power include occasional intermittent loads.

available for gyroscopic instruments from each power source; [Docket 16097, 43 FR 46783, Oct. 10, 1978, as (e) An alternate source of static pres- amended by Amdt. 135–70, 62 FR 42374, Aug. 6, 1997; Amdt. 135–72, 63 FR 25573, May 8, 1998] sure for the altimeter and the airspeed and vertical speed indicators; § 135.165 Communication and naviga- (f) For a single-engine aircraft: tion equipment: Extended over- (1) Two independent electrical power water or IFR operations.

generating sources each of which is (a) Aircraft navigation equipment re- able to supply all probable combina- quirements — General. Except as provided tions of continuous inflight electrical in paragraph (g) of this section, no per- loads for required instruments and son may conduct operations under IFR equipment; or or extended over-water unless— (2) In addition to the primary elec- trical power generating source, a (1) The en route navigation aids nec- standby battery or an alternate source essary for navigating the aircraft along of electric power that is capable of sup- the route (e.g., ATS routes, arrival and VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:01 Aug 27, 2026 Jkt 268049 PO 00000 Frm 00471 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Y:\SGML\268049.XXX 268049 jgilmore on DSK4WB1RN3PROD with CFR 14 CFR Ch. I (1–1–26 Edition) § 135.165 departure routes, and instrument ap- or a multiengine airplane in a com- proach procedures, including missed muter operation, as defined in part 110 approach procedures if a missed ap- of this chapter, under IFR or in ex- proach routing is specified in the pro- tended over-water operations unless cedure) are available and suitable for the airplane is equipped with— use by the navigation systems required (1) At least two independent commu- by this section: nication systems necessary under nor- (2) The aircraft used in extended mal operating conditions to fulfill the over-water operations is equipped with functions specified in § 121.347(a) of this at least two-approved independent chapter; and navigation systems suitable for navi- (2) At least one of the communica- gating the aircraft along the route to tion systems required by paragraph be flown within the degree of accuracy (d)(1) of this section must have two- required for ATC.

way voice communication capability.

(3) The aircraft used for IFR oper- (e) IFR or extended over-water commu- ations is equipped with at least— nications equipment requirements. A per- (i) One marker beacon receiver pro- son may operate an aircraft other than viding visual and aural signals; and that specified in paragraph (d) of this (ii) One ILS receiver.

section under IFR or in extended over- (4) Any RNAV system used to meet the navigation equipment require- water operations if it meets all of the ments of this section is authorized in requirements of this section, with the the certificate holder’s operations exception that only one communica- specifications.

tion system transmitter is required for (b) Use of a single independent naviga- operations other than extended over- tion system for IFR operations. The air- water operations.

craft may be equipped with a single (f) Additional aircraft communication independent navigation system suit- equipment requirements. In addition to able for navigating the aircraft along the requirements in paragraphs (d) and the route to be flown within the degree (e) of this section, no person may oper- of accuracy required for ATC if: ate an aircraft under IFR or in ex- (1) It can be shown that the aircraft tended over-water operations unless it is equipped with at least one other is equipped with at least: independent navigation system suit- (1) Two microphones; and able, in the event of loss of the naviga- (2) Two headsets or one headset and tion capability of the single inde- one speaker.

pendent navigation system permitted (g) Extended over-water exceptions.

by this paragraph at any point along Notwithstanding the requirements of the route, for proceeding safely to a suitable airport and completing an in- paragraphs (a), (d), and (e) of this sec- strument approach; and tion, installation and use of a single (2) The aircraft has sufficient fuel so long-range navigation system and a that the flight may proceed safely to a single long-range communication sys- suitable airport by use of the remain- tem for extended over-water operations ing navigation system, and complete in certain geographic areas may be au- an instrument approach and land.

thorized by the Administrator and ap- (c) VOR navigation equipment. When- proved in the certificate holder’s oper- ever VOR navigation equipment is re- ations specifications. The following are quired by paragraph (a) or (b) of this among the operational factors the Ad- section, no person may operate an air- ministrator may consider in granting craft unless it is equipped with at least an authorization: one approved DME or suitable RNAV (1) The ability of the flight crew to system.

navigate the airplane along the route (d) Airplane communication equipment within the degree of accuracy required requirements. Except as permitted in for ATC; paragraph (e) of this section, no person (2) The length of the route being may operate a turbojet airplane having flown; and a passenger seat configuration, exclud- ing any pilot seat, of 10 seats or more, VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:01 Aug 27, 2026 Jkt 268049 PO 00000 Frm 00472 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Y:\SGML\268049.XXX 268049 jgilmore on DSK4WB1RN3PROD with CFR Federal Aviation Administration, DOT § 135.168 (3) The duration of the very high fre- (xvi) A 2-day supply of emergency quency communications gap. food rations supplying at least 1,000 calories per day for each person; [Docket FAA–2002–14002, 72 FR 31684, June 7, (xvii) For each two persons the raft is 2007, as amended by Docket FAA–2023–1275, rated to carry, two pints of water or Amdt. 135–147, 89 FR 92486, Nov. 21, 2024] one sea water desalting kit; § 135.167 Emergency equipment: Ex- (xviii) One fishing kit; and tended overwater operations.

(xix) One book on survival appro- (a) Except where the Administrator, priate for the area in which the air- by amending the operations specifica- craft is operated.

tions of the certificate holder, requires (c) No person may operate an air- the carriage of all or any specific items plane in extended overwater operations of the equipment listed below for any unless there is attached to one of the overwater operation, or, upon applica- life rafts required by paragraph (a) of tion of the certificate holder, the Ad- this section, an approved survival type ministrator allows deviation for a par- emergency locator transmitter. Bat- ticular extended overwater operation, teries used in this transmitter must be no person may operate an aircraft in replaced (or recharged, if the batteries extended overwater operations unless are rechargeable) when the transmitter it carries, installed in conspicuously has been in use for more than 1 cumu- marked locations easily accessible to lative hour, or, when 50 percent of their the occupants if a ditching occurs, the useful life (or for rechargeable bat- following equipment: teries, 50 percent of their useful life of (1) An approved life preserver charge) has expired, as established by equipped with an approved survivor lo- the transmitter manufacturer under its cator light for each occupant of the approval. The new expiration date for aircraft. The life preserver must be eas- replacing (or recharging) the battery ily accessible to each seated occupant.

must be legibly marked on the outside (2) Enough approved liferafts of a of the transmitter. The battery useful rated capacity and buoyancy to accom- life (or useful life of charge) require- modate the occupants of the aircraft.

ments of this paragraph do not apply (b) Each liferaft required by para- to batteries (such as water-activated graph (a) of this section must be batteries) that are essentially unaf- equipped with or contain at least the fected during probable storage inter- following: vals.

(1) One approved survivor locator light. [Docket 16097, 43 FR 46783, Oct. 10, 1978, as amended by Amdt. 135–4, 45 FR 38348, June (2) One approved pyrotechnic sig- 30, 1980; Amdt. 135–20, 51 FR 40710, Nov. 7, naling device.

1986; Amdt. 135–49, 59 FR 32058, June 21, 1994; (3) Either— Amdt. 135–91, 68 FR 54586, Sept. 17, 2003] (i) One survival kit, appropriately equipped for the route to be flown; or § 135.168 Emergency equipment: (ii) One canopy (for sail, sunshade, or Overwater rotorcraft operations.

rain catcher); (a) Definitions. For the purposes of (iii) One radar reflector; this section, the following definitions (iv) One liferaft repair kit; apply— (v) One bailing bucket; Autorotational distance refers to the (vi) One signaling mirror; distance a rotorcraft can travel in (vii) One police whistle; autorotation as described by the manu- (viii) One raft knife; facturer in the approved Rotorcraft (ix) One CO bottle for emergency in- Flight Manual.

flation; (x) One inflation pump; Shoreline means that area of the land (xi) Two oars; adjacent to the water of an ocean, sea, (xii) One 75-foot retaining line; lake, pond, river, or tidal basin that is (xiii) One magnetic compass; above the high-water mark at which a (xiv) One dye marker; rotorcraft could be landed safely. This (xv) One flashlight having at least does not include land areas which are two size ‘‘D’’ cells or equivalent; unsuitable for landing such as vertical VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:01 Aug 27, 2026 Jkt 268049 PO 00000 Frm 00473 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Y:\SGML\268049.XXX 268049 jgilmore on DSK4WB1RN3PROD with CFR 14 CFR Ch. I (1–1–26 Edition) § 135.168 cliffs or land intermittently under (d) ELT standards. The ELT required water. by paragraph (b)(2) of this section must (b) Required equipment. Except when meet the requirements in: authorized by the certificate holder’s (1) TSO–C126, TSO–C126a, or TSO– operations specifications, or when nec- C126b; and essary only for takeoff or landing, no (2) Section 2 of either RTCA DO–204 person may operate a rotorcraft be- or RTCA DO–204A, as specified by the yond autorotational distance from the TSO complied with in paragraph (d)(1) shoreline unless it carries: of this section.

(1) An approved life preserver (e) ELT alternative compliance. Opera- equipped with an approved survivor lo- tors with an ELT required by para- cator light for each occupant of the graph (b)(2) of this section, or an ELT rotorcraft. The life preserver must be with an approved deviation under worn by each occupant while the rotor- § 21.618 of this chapter, are in compli- craft is beyond autorotational distance ance with this section.

from the shoreline, except for a patient (f) Incorporation by reference. The transported during a helicopter air am- standards required in this section are bulance operation, as defined in incorporated by reference into this sec- § 135.601(b)(1), when wearing a life pre- tion with the approval of the Director server would be inadvisable for medical of the Federal Register under 5 U.S.C.

reasons; and 552(a) and 1 CFR part 51. To enforce (2) An approved and installed 406 MHz any edition other than that specified in emergency locator transmitter (ELT) this section, the FAA must publish no- with 121.5 MHz homing capability. Bat- tice of change in the F EDERAL R EG - teries used in ELTs must be main- ISTER and the material must be avail- tained in accordance with the fol- able to the public. All approved mate- lowing— rial is available for inspection at the (i) Non-rechargeable batteries must FAA’s Office of Rulemaking (ARM–1), be replaced when the transmitter has 800 Independence Avenue SW., Wash- been in use for more than 1 cumulative ington, DC 20591 (telephone (202) 267– hour or when 50% of their useful lives 9677) and from the sources indicated have expired, as established by the below. It is also available for inspec- transmitter manufacturer under its ap- tion at the National Archives and proval. The new expiration date for re- Records Administration (NARA). For placing the batteries must be legibly information on the availability of this marked on the outside of the trans- material at NARA, call (202) 741–6030 or mitter. The battery useful life require- go to http://www.archives.gov/fed- ments of this paragraph (b)(2) do not eral _ register/code _ of _ federal _ regulations/ apply to batteries (such as water-acti- ibr _ locations.html.

vated batteries) that are essentially (1) U.S. Department of Transpor- unaffected during probable storage in- tation, Subsequent Distribution Office, tervals; or DOT Warehouse M30, Ardmore East (ii) Rechargeable batteries used in Business Center, 3341 Q 75th Avenue, the transmitter must be recharged Landover, MD 20785; telephone (301) when the transmitter has been in use 322–5377. Copies are also available on for more than 1 cumulative hour or the FAA’s Web site. Use the following when 50% of their useful-life-of-charge link and type the TSO number in the has expired, as established by the search box: http://www.airweb.faa.gov/ transmitter manufacturer under its ap- Regulatory _ and _ Guidance _ Library/ proval. The new expiration date for re- rgTSO.nsf/Frameset?OpenPage.

charging the batteries must be legibly (i) TSO–C126, 406 MHz Emergency Lo- marked on the outside of the trans- cator Transmitter (ELT), Dec. 23, 1992, mitter. The battery useful-life-of- (ii) TSO–C126a, 406 MHz Emergency charge requirements of this paragraph Locator Transmitter (ELT), Dec. 17, (b)(2) do not apply to batteries (such as 2008, and water-activated batteries) that are es- sentially unaffected during probable (iii) TSO–C126b, 406 MHz Emergency storage intervals. Locator Transmitter (ELT), Nov. 26, (c) [Reserved] 2012.

VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:01 Aug 27, 2026 Jkt 268049 PO 00000 Frm 00474 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Y:\SGML\268049.XXX 268049 jgilmore on DSK4WB1RN3PROD with CFR Federal Aviation Administration, DOT § 135.170 (2) RTCA, Inc., 1150 18th Street NW., seating configuration used in that type Suite 910, Washington, DC 20036, tele- airplane in operations under this part phone (202) 833–9339, and are also avail- before August 19, 1977. This paragraph able on RTCA’s Web site at http:// does not apply to— www.rtca.org/onlinecart/index.cfm. (1) An airplane that is type certifi- (i) RTCA DO–204, Minimum Oper- cated in the transport category; or ational Performance Standards (2) An airplane that complies with— (MOPS) 406 MHz Emergency Locator (i) Appendix A of this part provided Transmitters (ELTs), Sept. 29, 1989, and that its passenger seating configura- (ii) RTCA DO–204A, Minimum Oper- tion, excluding pilot seats, does not ex- ational Performance Standards ceed 19 seats; or (MOPS) 406 MHz Emergency Locator (ii) Special Federal Aviation Regula- Transmitters (ELT), Dec. 6, 2007.

tion No. 41.

(d) Cargo or baggage compartments: [Docket FAA–2010–0982, 79 FR 9973, Feb. 21, (1) After March 20, 1991, each Class C 2014, as amended by Amdt. 135–138, 83 FR 1189, Jan. 10, 2018] or D compartment, as defined in § 25.857 of part 25 of this chapter, greater than § 135.169 Additional airworthiness re- 200 cubic feet in volume in a transport quirements.

category airplane type certificated (a) Except for commuter category after January 1, 1958, must have ceiling airplanes, no person may operate a and sidewall panels which are con- large airplane unless it meets the addi- structed of: tional airworthiness requirements of (i) Glass fiber reinforced resin; §§ 121.213 through 121.283 and 121.307 of (ii) Materials which meet the test re- this chapter.

quirements of part 25, appendix F, part (b) No person may operate a small III of this chapter; or airplane that has a passenger-seating (iii) In the case of liner installations configuration, excluding pilot seats, of approved prior to March 20, 1989, alu- 10 seats or more unless it is type cer- minum.

tificated— (2) For compliance with this para- (1) In the transport category; graph, the term ‘‘liner’’ includes any (2) Before July 1, 1970, in the normal design feature, such as a joint or fas- category and meets special conditions tener, which would affect the capa- issued by the Administrator for air- bility of the liner to safely contain a planes intended for use in operations fire.

under this part; [Docket 16097, 43 FR 46783, Oct. 10, 1978, as (3) Before July 19, 1970, in the normal amended by Amdt. 135–2, 44 FR 53731, Sept.

category and meets the additional air- 17, 1979; Amdt. 135–21, 52 FR 1836, Jan. 15, worthiness standards in Special Fed- 1987; 52 FR 34745, Sept. 14, 1987; Amdt. 135–31, eral Aviation Regulation No. 23; 54 FR 7389, Feb. 17, 1989; Amdt. 135–55, 60 FR (4) In the normal category and meets 6628, Feb. 2, 1995; Docket FAA–2015–1621, the additional airworthiness standards Amdt. 135–136, 81 FR 96701, Dec. 30, 2016] in appendix A; § 135.170 Materials for compartment (5) In the normal category and com- interiors.

plies with section 1.(a) of Special Fed- eral Aviation Regulation No. 41; (a) No person may operate an air- (6) In the normal category and com- plane that conforms to an amended or plies with section 1.(b) of Special Fed- supplemental type certificate issued in eral Aviation Regulation No. 41; accordance with SFAR No. 41 for a (7) In the commuter category; or maximum certificated takeoff weight (8) In the normal category, as a in excess of 12,500 pounds unless within multi-engine certification level 4 air- one year after issuance of the initial plane as defined in part 23 of this chap- airworthiness certificate under that ter. SFAR, the airplane meets the compart- (c) No person may operate a small ment interior requirements set forth in airplane with a passenger seating con- § 25.853(a) in effect March 6, 1995 (for- figuration, excluding any pilot seat, of merly § 25.853 (a), (b), (b–1), (b–2), and 10 seats or more, with a seating con- (b–3) of this chapter in effect on Sep- figuration greater than the maximum tember 26, 1978).

VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:01 Aug 27, 2026 Jkt 268049 PO 00000 Frm 00475 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Y:\SGML\268049.XXX 268049 jgilmore on DSK4WB1RN3PROD with CFR 14 CFR Ch. I (1–1–26 Edition) § 135.170 (b) Except for commuter category that was type certificated after Janu- airplanes and airplanes certificated ary 1, 1958, must comply with the heat under Special Federal Aviation Regula- release testing provisions of § 25.853(d) tion No. 41, no person may operate a in effect March 6, 1995 (formerly large airplane unless it meets the fol- § 25.853(a–1) in effect on August 20, 1986), lowing additional airworthiness re- if there is a substantially complete re- quirements: placement of the cabin interior compo- (1) Except for those materials cov- nents identified in that paragraph on ered by paragraph (b)(2) of this section, or after that date, except that the total all materials in each compartment heat release over the first 2 minutes of used by the crewmembers or passengers sample exposure shall not exceed 100 must meet the requirements of § 25.853 kilowatt-minutes per square meter and of this chapter in effect as follows or the peak heat release rate shall not ex- later amendment thereto: ceed 100 kilowatts per square meter.

(i) Except as provided in paragraph (vi) Each airplane that was type cer- (b)(1)(iv) of this section, each airplane tificated after January 1, 1958, must with a passenger capacity of 20 or more comply with the heat release rate and and manufactured after August 19, 1988, smoke testing provisions of § 25.853(d) but prior to August 20, 1990, must com- in effect March 6, 1995 (formerly ply with the heat release rate testing § 25.853(a–1) in effect on August 20, 1986), provisions of § 25.853(d) in effect March if there is a substantially complete re- 6, 1995 (formerly § 25.853(a–1) in effect placement of the cabin interior compo- on August 20, 1986), except that the nents identified in that paragraph after total heat release over the first 2 min- August 19, 1990.

utes of sample exposure rate must not (vii) Contrary provisions of this sec- exceed 100 kilowatt minutes per square tion notwithstanding, the Director of meter and the peak heat release rate the division of the Aircraft Certifi- must not exceed 100 kilowatts per cation Service responsible for the air- square meter. worthiness rules may authorize devi- (ii) Each airplane with a passenger ation from the requirements of para- capacity of 20 or more and manufac- graph (b)(1)(i), (b)(1)(ii), (b)(1)(v), or tured after August 19, 1990, must com- (b)(1)(vi) of this section for specific ply with the heat release rate and components of the cabin interior that smoke testing provisions of § 25.853(d) do not meet applicable flammability in effect March 6, 1995 (formerly and smoke emission requirements, if § 25.83(a–1) in effect on September 26, the determination is made that special 1988). circumstances exist that make compli- (iii) Except as provided in paragraph ance impractical. Such grants of devi- (b)(1) (v) or (vi) of this section, each ation will be limited to those airplanes airplane for which the application for manufactured within 1 year after the type certificate was filed prior to May applicable date specified in this section 1, 1972, must comply with the provi- and those airplanes in which the inte- sions of § 25.853 in effect on April 30, rior is replaced within 1 year of that 1972, regardless of the passenger capac- date. A request for such grant of devi- ity, if there is a substantially complete ation must include a thorough and ac- replacement of the cabin interior after curate analysis of each component sub- April 30, 1972. ject to § 25.853(d) in effect March 6, 1995 (iv) Except as provided in paragraph (formerly § 25.853(a–1) in effect on Au- (b)(1) (v) or (vi) of this section, each gust 20, 1986), the steps being taken to airplane for which the application for achieve compliance, and, for the few type certificate was filed after May 1, components for which timely compli- 1972, must comply with the material ance will not be achieved, credible rea- requirements under which the airplane sons for such noncompliance.

was type certificated regardless of the (viii) Contrary provisions of this sec- passenger capacity if there is a sub- tion notwithstanding, galley carts and stantially complete replacement of the standard galley containers that do not cabin interior after that date. meet the flammability and smoke (v) Except as provided in paragraph emission requirements of § 25.853(d) in (b)(1)(vi) of this section, each airplane effect March 6, 1995 (formerly § 25.853(a– VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:01 Aug 27, 2026 Jkt 268049 PO 00000 Frm 00476 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Y:\SGML\268049.XXX 268049 jgilmore on DSK4WB1RN3PROD with CFR Federal Aviation Administration, DOT § 135.173 1) in effect on August 20, 1986), may be § 135.173 Airborne thunderstorm de- used in airplanes that must meet the tection equipment requirements.

requirements of paragraph (b)(1)(i), (a) No person may operate an aircraft (b)(1)(ii), (b)(1)(iv) or (b)(1)(vi) of this that has a passenger seating configura- section provided the galley carts or tion, excluding any pilot seat, of 10 standard containers were manufac- seats or more in passenger-carrying op- tured prior to March 6, 1995.

erations, except a helicopter operating (2) For airplanes type certificated under day VFR conditions, unless the after January 1, 1958, seat cushions, ex- aircraft is equipped with either ap- cept those on flight crewmember seats, proved thunderstorm detection equip- in any compartment occupied by crew ment or approved airborne weather or passengers must comply with the re- radar equipment.

quirements pertaining to fire protec- (b) No person may operate a heli- tion of seat cushions in § 25.853(c) effec- copter that has a passenger seating tive November 26, 1984.

configuration, excluding any pilot seat, (c) Thermal/acoustic insulation ma- of 10 seats or more in passenger-car- terials. For transport category air- rying operations, under night VFR planes type certificated after January when current weather reports indicate 1, 1958: that thunderstorms or other poten- (1) For airplanes manufactured before tially hazardous weather conditions September 2, 2005, when thermal/acous- that can be detected with airborne tic insulation is installed in the fuse- thunderstorm detection equipment lage as replacements after September may reasonably be expected along the 2, 2005, the insulation must meet the route to be flown, unless the helicopter flame propagation requirements of is equipped with either approved thun- § 25.856 of this chapter, effective Sep- derstorm detection equipment or ap- tember 2, 2003, if it is: proved airborne weather radar equip- (i) Of a blanket construction, or ment.

(ii) Installed around air ducting.

(c) No person may begin a flight (2) For airplanes manufactured after under IFR or night VFR conditions September 2, 2005, thermal/acoustic in- when current weather reports indicate sulation materials installed in the fu- that thunderstorms or other poten- selage must meet the flame propaga- tially hazardous weather conditions tion requirements of § 25.856 of this that can be detected with airborne chapter, effective September 2, 2003.

thunderstorm detection equipment, re- [Docket 26192, 60 FR 6628, Feb. 2, 1995; Amdt.

quired by paragraph (a) or (b) of this 135–55, 60 FR 11194, Mar. 1, 1995; Amdt. 135–56, section, may reasonably be expected 60 FR 13011, Mar. 9, 1995; Amdt. 135–90, 68 FR along the route to be flown, unless the 45084, July 31, 2003; Amdt. 135–103, 70 FR airborne thunderstorm detection equip- 77752, Dec. 30, 2005; Docket FAA–2018–0119, ment is in satisfactory operating con- Amdt. 135–139, 83 FR 9175, Mar. 5, 2018] dition.

§ 135.171 Shoulder harness installation (d) If the airborne thunderstorm de- at flight crewmember stations.

tection equipment becomes inoperative en route, the aircraft must be operated (a) No person may operate a turbojet under the instructions and procedures aircraft or an aircraft having a pas- specified for that event in the manual senger seating configuration, excluding required by § 135.21.

any pilot seat, of 10 seats or more un- (e) This section does not apply to air- less it is equipped with an approved craft used solely within the State of shoulder harness installed for each Hawaii, within the State of Alaska, flight crewmember station.

within that part of Canada west of lon- (b) Each flight crewmember occu- gitude 130 degrees W, between latitude pying a station equipped with a shoul- 70 degrees N, and latitude 53 degrees N, der harness must fasten the shoulder or during any training, test, or ferry harness during takeoff and landing, ex- flight.

cept that the shoulder harness may be unfastened if the crewmember cannot (f) Without regard to any other provi- perform the required duties with the sion of this part, an alternate elec- shoulder harness fastened. trical power supply is not required for VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:01 Aug 27, 2026 Jkt 268049 PO 00000 Frm 00477 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Y:\SGML\268049.XXX 268049 jgilmore on DSK4WB1RN3PROD with CFR 14 CFR Ch. I (1–1–26 Edition) § 135.175 airborne thunderstorm detection equip- (ii) Be stored securely and kept free ment. from dust, moisture, and damaging temperatures.

[Docket 16097, 43 FR 46783, Oct. 10, 1978, as (iii) Contain at least the following amended by Amdt. 135–20, 51 FR 40710, Nov. 7, appropriately maintained contents in 1986; Amdt. 135–60, 61 FR 2616, Jan. 26, 1996] the specified quantities: § 135.175 Airborne weather radar Contents Quantity equipment requirements.

(a) No person may operate a large, transport category aircraft in pas- proved airborne weather radar equip- ment is installed in the aircraft.

under IFR or night VFR conditions when current weather reports indicate Protective nonpermeable gloves or equivalent ...... 1 pair that thunderstorms, or other poten- tially hazardous weather conditions (2) A crash axe carried so as to be ac- that can be detected with airborne cessible to the crew but inaccessible to weather radar equipment, may reason- passengers during normal operations.

ably be expected along the route to be (3) Signs that are visible to all occu- flown, unless the airborne weather pants to notify them when smoking is radar equipment required by paragraph prohibited and when safety belts must (a) of this section is in satisfactory op- be fastened. The signs must be con- erating condition.

structed so that they can be turned on (c) If the airborne weather radar during any movement of the aircraft equipment becomes inoperative en on the surface, for each takeoff or land- route, the aircraft must be operated ing, and at other times considered nec- under the instructions and procedures essary by the pilot in command. ‘‘No specified for that event in the manual smoking’’ signs shall be turned on required by § 135.21.

when required by § 135.127.

(d) This section does not apply to air- (4) [Reserved] craft used solely within the State of (b) Each item of equipment must be Hawaii, within the State of Alaska, inspected regularly under inspection within that part of Canada west of lon- periods established in the operations gitude 130 degrees W, between latitude specifications to ensure its condition 70 degrees N, and latitude 53 degrees N, for continued serviceability and imme- or during any training, test, or ferry diate readiness to perform its intended flight.

emergency purposes.

(e) Without regard to any other pro- [Docket 16097, 43 FR 46783, Oct. 10, 1978, as vision of this part, an alternate elec- amended by Amdt. 135–25, 53 FR 12362, Apr.

trical power supply is not required for 13, 1988; Amdt. 135–43, 57 FR 19245, May 4, airborne weather radar equipment.

1992; Amdt. 135–44, 57 FR 42676, Sept. 15, 1992; Amdt. 135–47, 59 FR 1781, Jan. 12, 1994; Amdt.

§ 135.177 Emergency equipment re- 135–53, 59 FR 52643, Oct. 18, 1994; 59 FR 55208, quirements for aircraft having a Nov. 4, 1994; Amdt. 121–281, 66 FR 19045, Apr.

passenger seating configuration of 12, 2001] more than 19 passengers.

§ 135.178 Additional emergency equip- (a) No person may operate an aircraft ment.

having a passenger seating configura- tion, excluding any pilot seat, of more No person may operate an airplane than 19 seats unless it is equipped with having a passenger seating configura- the following emergency equipment: tion of more than 19 seats, unless it has (1) At least one approved first-aid kit the additional emergency equipment for treatment of injuries likely to specified in paragraphs (a) through (l) occur in flight or in a minor accident of this section.

that must: (a) Means for emergency evacuation.

(i) Be readily accessible to crew- Each passenger-carrying landplane members. emergency exit (other than over-the- VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:01 Aug 27, 2026 Jkt 268049 PO 00000 Frm 00478 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Y:\SGML\268049.XXX 268049 jgilmore on DSK4WB1RN3PROD with CFR Federal Aviation Administration, DOT § 135.178 wing) that is more than 6 feet from the that if this is not possible, the sign ground, with the airplane on the may be placed at another appropriate ground and the landing gear extended, location.

must have an approved means to assist (2) Each passenger emergency exit the occupants in descending to the marking and each locating sign must ground. The assisting means for a meet the following: floor-level emergency exit must meet (i) For an airplane for which the ap- the requirements of § 25.809(f)(1) of this plication for the type certificate was chapter in effect on April 30, 1972, ex- filed prior to May 1, 1972, each pas- cept that, for any airplane for which senger emergency exit marking and the application for the type certificate each locating sign must be manufac- was filed after that date, it must meet tured to meet the requirements of the requirements under which the air- § 25.812(b) of this chapter in effect on plane was type certificated. An assist- April 30, 1972. On these airplanes, no ing means that deploys automatically sign may continue to be used if its lu- must be armed during taxiing, take- minescence (brightness) decreases to offs, and landings; however, the Admin- below 100 microlamberts. The colors istrator may grant a deviation from may be reversed if it increases the the requirement of automatic deploy- emergency illumination of the pas- ment if he finds that the design of the senger compartment. However, the Ad- exit makes compliance impractical, if ministrator may authorize deviation the assisting means automatically from the 2-inch background require- erects upon deployment and, with re- ments if he finds that special cir- spect to required emergency exits, if an cumstances exist that make compli- emergency evacuation demonstration ance impractical and that the proposed is conducted in accordance with deviation provides an equivalent level § 121.291(a) of this chapter. This para- of safety.

graph does not apply to the rear win- (ii) For an airplane for which the ap- dow emergency exit of Douglas DC–3 plication for the type certificate was airplanes operated with fewer than 36 filed on or after May 1, 1972, each pas- occupants, including crewmembers, senger emergency exit marking and and fewer than five exits authorized for each locating sign must be manufac- passenger use. tured to meet the interior emergency (b) Interior emergency exit marking. exit marking requirements under The following must be complied with which the airplane was type certifi- for each passenger-carrying airplane: cated. On these airplanes, no sign may (1) Each passenger emergency exit, continue to be used if its luminescence its means of access, and its means of (brightness) decreases to below 250 opening must be conspicuously microlamberts.

marked. The identity and locating of (c) Lighting for interior emergency exit each passenger emergency exit must be markings. Each passenger-carrying air- recognizable from a distance equal to plane must have an emergency lighting the width of the cabin. The location of system, independent of the main light- each passenger emergency exit must be ing system; however, sources of general indicated by a sign visible to occupants cabin illumination may be common to approaching along the main passenger both the emergency and the main aisle. There must be a locating sign— lighting systems if the power supply to (i) Above the aisle near each over- the emergency lighting system is inde- the-wing passenger emergency exit, or pendent of the power supply to the at another ceiling location if it is more main lighting system. The emergency practical because of low headroom; lighting system must— (ii) Next to each floor level passenger (1) Illuminate each passenger exit emergency exit, except that one sign marking and locating sign; may serve two such exits if they both (2) Provide enough general lighting can be seen readily from that sign; and in the passenger cabin so that the aver- (iii) On each bulkhead or divider that age illumination when measured at 40- prevents fore and aft vision along the inch intervals at seat armrest height, passenger cabin, to indicate emergency on the centerline of the main passenger exits beyond and obscured by it, except aisle, is at least 0.05 foot-candles; and VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:01 Aug 27, 2026 Jkt 268049 PO 00000 Frm 00479 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Y:\SGML\268049.XXX 268049 jgilmore on DSK4WB1RN3PROD with CFR 14 CFR Ch. I (1–1–26 Edition) § 135.178 (3) For airplanes type certificated along at least 70 ° of arc at a radius ap- after January 1, 1958, include floor proximately equal to three-fourths of proximity emergency escape path the handle length; and marking which meets the requirements (ii) The word ‘‘open’’ in red letters 1 of § 25.812(e) of this chapter in effect on inch high placed horizontally near the November 26, 1984.

head of the arrow.

(d) Emergency light operation. Except (2) For a passenger-carrying airplane for lights forming part of emergency for which the application for the type lighting subsystems provided in com- certificate was filed on or after May 1, pliance with § 25.812(h) of this chapter 1972, the location of each passenger (as prescribed in paragraph (h) of this emergency exit operating handle and section) that serve no more than one instructions for opening the exit must assist means, are independent of the be shown in accordance with the re- airplane’s main emergency lighting quirements under which the airplane systems, and are automatically acti- was type certificated. On these air- vated when the assist means is de- planes, no operating handle or oper- ployed, each light required by para- ating handle cover may continue to be graphs (c) and (h) of this section must: used if its luminescence (brightness) (1) Be operable manually both from decreases to below 100 microlamberts.

the flightcrew station and from a point in the passenger compartment that is (f) Emergency exit access. Access to readily accessible to a normal flight emergency exits must be provided as attendant seat; follows for each passenger-carrying air- (2) Have a means to prevent inad- plane: vertent operation of the manual con- (1) Each passageway between indi- trols; vidual passenger areas, or leading to a (3) When armed or turned on at ei- Type I or Type II emergency exit, must ther station, remain lighted or become be unobstructed and at least 20 inches lighted upon interruption of the air- wide.

plane’s normal electric power; (2) There must be enough space next (4) Be armed or turned on during tax- to each Type I or Type II emergency iing, takeoff, and landing. In showing exit to allow a crewmember to assist in compliance with this paragraph, a the evacuation of passengers without transverse vertical separation of the reducing the unobstructed width of the fuselage need not be considered; passageway below that required in (5) Provide the required level of illu- paragraph (f)(1) of this section; how- mination for at least 10 minutes at the ever, the Administrator may authorize critical ambient conditions after emer- deviation from this requirement for an gency landing; and airplane certificated under the provi- (6) Have a cockpit control device that sions of part 4b of the Civil Air Regula- has an ‘‘on,’’ ‘‘off,’’ and ‘‘armed’’ posi- tion. tions in effect before December 20, 1951, (e) Emergency exit operating handles. if he finds that special circumstances (1) For a passenger-carrying airplane exist that provide an equivalent level for which the application for the type of safety.

certificate was filed prior to May 1, (3) There must be access from the 1972, the location of each passenger main aisle to each Type III and Type emergency exit operating handle, and IV exit. The access from the aisle to instructions for opening the exit, must these exits must not be obstructed by be shown by a marking on or near the seats, berths, or other protrusions in a exit that is readable from a distance of manner that would reduce the effec- 30 inches. In addition, for each Type I tiveness of the exit. In addition, for a and Type II emergency exit with a transport category airplane type cer- locking mechanism released by rotary tificated after January 1, 1958, there motion of the handle, the instructions must be placards installed in accord- for opening must be shown by— ance with § 25.813(c)(3) of this chapter (i) A red arrow with a shaft at least for each Type III exit after December 3, three-fourths inch wide and a head 1992.

twice the width of the shaft, extending VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:01 Aug 27, 2026 Jkt 268049 PO 00000 Frm 00480 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Y:\SGML\268049.XXX 268049 jgilmore on DSK4WB1RN3PROD with CFR Federal Aviation Administration, DOT § 135.178 (4) If it is necessary to pass through flected by a body to the luminous flux a passageway between passenger com- it receives.

partments to reach any required emer- (h) Exterior emergency lighting and es- gency exit from any seat in the pas- cape route. (1) Each passenger-carrying senger cabin, the passageway must not airplane must be equipped with exte- be obstructed. Curtains may, however, rior lighting that meets the following be used if they allow free entry requirements: through the passageway.

(i) For an airplane for which the ap- (5) No door may be installed in any plication for the type certificate was partition between passenger compart- filed prior to May 1, 1972, the require- ments. ments of § 25.812 (f) and (g) of this chap- (6) If it is necessary to pass through ter in effect on April 30, 1972.

a doorway separating the passenger (ii) For an airplane for which the ap- cabin from other areas to reach a re- plication for the type certificate was quired emergency exit from any pas- filed on or after May 1, 1972, the exte- senger seat, the door must have a rior emergency lighting requirements means to latch it in the open position, under which the airplane was type cer- and the door must be latched open dur- tificated.

ing each takeoff and landing. The (2) Each passenger-carrying airplane latching means must be able to with- must be equipped with a slip-resistant stand the loads imposed upon it when escape route that meets the following the door is subjected to the ultimate requirements: inertia forces, relative to the sur- (i) For an airplane for which the ap- rounding structure, listed in § 25.561(b) plication for the type certificate was of this chapter.

filed prior to May 1, 1972, the require- (g) Exterior exit markings. Each pas- ments of § 25.803(e) of this chapter in ef- senger emergency exit and the means fect on April 30, 1972.

of opening that exit from the outside (ii) For an airplane for which the ap- must be marked on the outside of the plication for the type certificate was airplane. There must be a 2-inch col- filed on or after May 1, 1972, the slip-re- ored band outlining each passenger sistant escape route requirements emergency exit on the side of the fuse- under which the airplane was type cer- lage. Each outside marking, including tificated.

the band, must be readily distinguish- (i) Floor level exits. Each floor level able from the surrounding fuselage door or exit in the side of the fuselage area by contrast in color. The mark- (other than those leading into a cargo ings must comply with the following: or baggage compartment that is not (1) If the reflectance of the darker accessible from the passenger cabin) color is 15 percent or less, the reflec- that is 44 or more inches high and 20 or tance of the lighter color must be at more inches wide, but not wider than least 45 percent.

46 inches, each passenger ventral exit (2) If the reflectance of the darker (except the ventral exits on Martin 404 color is greater than 15 percent, at and Convair 240 airplanes), and each least a 30 percent difference between tail cone exit, must meet the require- its reflectance and the reflectance of ments of this section for floor level the lighter color must be provided. emergency exits. However, the Admin- istrator may grant a deviation from (3) Exits that are not in the side of this paragraph if he finds that cir- the fuselage must have the external cumstances make full compliance im- means of opening and applicable in- practical and that an acceptable level structions marked conspicuously in red of safety has been achieved.

or, if red is inconspicuous against the background color, in bright chrome (j) Additional emergency exits. Ap- yellow and, when the opening means proved emergency exits in the pas- for such an exit is located on only one senger compartments that are in ex- side of the fuselage, a conspicuous cess of the minimum number of re- marking to that effect must be pro- quired emergency exits must meet all vided on the other side. ‘‘Reflectance’’ of the applicable provisions of this sec- is the ratio of the luminous flux re- tion, except paragraphs (f) (1), (2), and VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:01 Aug 27, 2026 Jkt 268049 PO 00000 Frm 00481 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Y:\SGML\268049.XXX 268049 jgilmore on DSK4WB1RN3PROD with CFR 14 CFR Ch. I (1–1–26 Edition) § 135.179 (3) of this section, and must be readily formation required by (a)(3)(ii) of this accessible. section must be available to the pilot.

(5) The aircraft is operated under all (k) On each large passenger-carrying applicable conditions and limitations turbojet-powered airplane, each ven- contained in the Minimum Equipment tral exit and tailcone exit must be— List and the operations specifications (1) Designed and constructed so that authorizing use of the Minimum Equip- it cannot be opened during flight; and ment List.

(2) Marked with a placard readable (b) The following instruments and from a distance of 30 inches and in- equipment may not be included in the stalled at a conspicuous location near Minimum Equipment List: the means of opening the exit, stating (1) Instruments and equipment that that the exit has been designed and are either specifically or otherwise re- constructed so that it cannot be opened quired by the airworthiness require- during flight.

ments under which the aircraft is type (l) Portable lights. No person may op- certificated and which are essential for erate a passenger-carrying airplane un- safe operations under all operating less it is equipped with flashlight stow- conditions.

age provisions accessible from each (2) Instruments and equipment re- flight attendant seat.

quired by an airworthiness directive to [Docket 26530, 57 FR 19245, May 4, 1992; 57 FR be in operable condition unless the air- 29120, June 30, 1992, as amended at 57 FR worthiness directive provides other- 34682, Aug. 6, 1992] wise.

(3) Instruments and equipment re- § 135.179 Inoperable instruments and quired for specific operations by this equipment.

part.

(a) No person may take off an air- (c) Notwithstanding paragraphs (b)(1) craft with inoperable instruments or and (b)(3) of this section, an aircraft equipment installed unless the fol- with inoperable instruments or equip- ment may be operated under a special lowing conditions are met: flight permit under §§ 21.197 and 21.199 (1) An approved Minimum Equipment of this chapter.

List exists for that aircraft.

(2) The responsible Flight Standards [Docket 25780, 56 FR 12311, Mar. 22, 1991; 56 office has issued the certificate holder FR 14920, Apr. 8, 1991, as amended by Amdt.

operations specifications authorizing 135–60, 61 FR 2616, Jan. 26, 1996; Amdt. 135–91, 68 FR 54586, Sept. 17, 2003; Docket FAA–2018– operations in accordance with an ap- 0119, Amdt. 135–139, 83 FR 9175, Mar. 5, 2018; proved Minimum Equipment List. The Docket FAA–2023–1275, Amdt. 135–147, 89 FR flight crew shall have direct access at 92486, Nov. 21, 2024] all times prior to flight to all of the in- formation contained in the approved § 135.180 Traffic Alert and Collision Minimum Equipment List through Avoidance System.

printed or other means approved by the (a) Unless otherwise authorized by Administrator in the certificate hold- the Administrator, after December 31, ers operations specifications. An ap- 1995, no person may operate a turbine proved Minimum Equipment List, as powered airplane that has a passenger authorized by the operations specifica- seat configuration, excluding any pilot tions, constitutes an approved change seat, of 10 to 30 seats unless it is to the type design without requiring equipped with an approved traffic alert recertification.

and collision avoidance system. If a (3) The approved Minimum Equip- TCAS II system is installed, it must be ment List must: capable of coordinating with TCAS (i) Be prepared in accordance with units that meet TSO C–119.

the limitations specified in paragraph (b) The airplane flight manual re- (b) of this section.

quired by § 135.21 of this part shall con- (ii) Provide for the operation of the tain the following information on the aircraft with certain instruments and TCAS I system required by this sec- equipment in an inoperable condition.

tion: (4) Records identifying the inoperable (1) Appropriate procedures for— instruments and equipment and the in- (i) The use of the equipment; and VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:01 Aug 27, 2026 Jkt 268049 PO 00000 Frm 00482 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Y:\SGML\268049.XXX 268049 jgilmore on DSK4WB1RN3PROD with CFR Federal Aviation Administration, DOT § 135.203 (ii) Proper flightcrew action with re- (2) For single-engine aircraft, descent spect to the equipment operation. under VFR if its engine fails.

(2) An outline of all input sources [Docket 16097, 43 FR 46783, Oct. 10, 1978, as that must be operating for the TCAS to amended by Amdt. 135–20, 51 FR 40710, Nov. 7, function properly. 1986; Amdt. 135–70, 62 FR 42374, Aug. 6, 1997] [Docket 25355, 54 FR 951, Jan. 10, 1989, as § 135.183 Performance requirements: amended by Amdt. 135–54, 59 FR 67587, Dec.

Land aircraft operated over water.

29, 1994] No person may operate a land air- craft carrying passengers over water § 135.181 Performance requirements: unless— Aircraft operated over-the-top or in (a) It is operated at an altitude that IFR conditions.

allows it to reach land in the case of (a) Except as provided in paragraphs engine failure; (b) and (c) of this section, no person (b) It is necessary for takeoff or land- may— ing; (1) Operate a single-engine aircraft (c) It is a multiengine aircraft oper- carrying passengers over-the-top; or ated at a weight that will allow it to (2) Operate a multiengine aircraft climb, with the critical engine inoper- carrying passengers over-the-top or in ative, at least 50 feet a minute, at an IFR conditions at a weight that will altitude of 1,000 feet above the surface; not allow it to climb, with the critical or engine inoperative, at least 50 feet a (d) It is a helicopter equipped with minute when operating at the MEAs of helicopter flotation devices.

the route to be flown or 5,000 feet MSL, § 135.185 Empty weight and center of whichever is higher.

gravity: Currency requirement.

(b) Notwithstanding the restrictions (a) No person may operate a multien- in paragraph (a)(2) of this section, mul- gine aircraft unless the current empty tiengine helicopters carrying pas- weight and center of gravity are cal- sengers offshore may conduct such op- culated from values established by ac- erations in over-the-top or in IFR con- tual weighing of the aircraft within the ditions at a weight that will allow the preceding 36 calendar months.

helicopter to climb at least 50 feet per (b) Paragraph (a) of this section does minute with the critical engine inoper- not apply to— ative when operating at the MEA of (1) Aircraft issued an original air- the route to be flown or 1,500 feet MSL, worthiness certificate within the pre- whichever is higher.

ceding 36 calendar months; and (c) Without regard to paragraph (a) of (2) Aircraft operated under a weight this section, if the latest weather re- and balance system approved in the op- ports or forecasts, or any combination erations specifications of the certifi- of them, indicate that the weather cate holder.

along the planned route (including takeoff and landing) allows flight Subpart D—VFR/IFR Operating under VFR under the ceiling (if a ceil- Limitations and Weather Re- ing exists) and that the weather is fore- quirements cast to remain so until at least 1 hour after the estimated time of arrival at § 135.201 Applicability.

the destination, a person may operate This subpart prescribes the operating an aircraft over-the-top.

limitations for VFR/IFR flight oper- (d) Without regard to paragraph (a) ations and associated weather require- of this section, a person may operate ments for operations under this part.

an aircraft over-the-top under condi- § 135.203 VFR: Minimum altitudes.

tions allowing— (1) For multiengine aircraft, descent Except when necessary for takeoff or continuance of the flight under VFR and landing, no person may operate if its critical engine fails; or under VFR— (a) An airplane— VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:01 Aug 27, 2026 Jkt 268049 PO 00000 Frm 00483 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Y:\SGML\268049.XXX 268049 jgilmore on DSK4WB1RN3PROD with CFR 14 CFR Ch. I (1–1–26 Edition) § 135.205 (1) During the day, below 500 feet weather conditions, it has enough fuel above the surface or less than 500 feet to fly to the first point of intended horizontally from any obstacle; or landing and, assuming normal cruising (2) At night, at an altitude less than fuel consumption, to fly after that for 1,000 feet above the highest obstacle at least 20 minutes.

within a horizontal distance of 5 miles § 135.211 VFR: Over-the-top carrying from the course intended to be flown passengers: Operating limitations.

or, in designated mountainous terrain, less than 2,000 feet above the highest Subject to any additional limitations obstacle within a horizontal distance of in § 135.181, no person may operate an 5 miles from the course intended to be aircraft under VFR over-the-top car- flown; or rying passengers, unless— (b) A helicopter over a congested area (a) Weather reports or forecasts, or at an altitude less than 300 feet above any combination of them, indicate that the surface. the weather at the intended point of termination of over-the-top flight— § 135.205 VFR: Visibility requirements.

(1) Allows descent to beneath the (a) No person may operate an air- ceiling under VFR and is forecast to re- plane under VFR in uncontrolled air- main so until at least 1 hour after the space when the ceiling is less than 1,000 estimated time of arrival at that point; feet unless flight visibility is at least 2 or miles. (2) Allows an IFR approach and land- (b) No person may operate a heli- ing with flight clear of the clouds until copter under VFR in Class G airspace reaching the prescribed initial ap- at an altitude of 1,200 feet or less above proach altitude over the final approach the surface or within the lateral bound- facility, unless the approach is made aries of the surface areas of Class B, with the use of radar under § 91.175(i) of Class C, Class D, or Class E airspace this chapter; or designated for an airport unless the (b) It is operated under conditions al- visibility is at least— lowing— (1) During the day— ⁄ 2 mile; or (1) For multiengine aircraft, descent (2) At night—1 mile. or continuation of the flight under VFR if its critical engine fails; or [Docket 16097, 43 FR 46783, Oct. 10, 1978, as (2) For single-engine aircraft, descent amended by Amdt. 135–41, 56 FR 65663, Dec.

under VFR if its engine fails.

17, 1991] [Docket 16097, 43 FR 46783, Oct. 10, 1978, as § 135.207 VFR: Helicopter surface ref- amended by Amdt. 135–32, 54 FR 34332, Aug.

erence requirements.

18, 1989; 73 FR 20164, Apr. 15, 2008] No person may operate a helicopter § 135.213 Weather reports and fore- under VFR unless that person has vis- casts.

ual surface reference or, at night, vis- ual surface light reference, sufficient (a) Whenever a person operating an to safely control the helicopter. aircraft under this part is required to use a weather report or forecast, that § 135.209 VFR: Fuel supply.

person shall use that of the U.S. Na- tional Weather Service, a source ap- (a) No person may begin a flight op- proved by the U.S. National Weather eration in an airplane under VFR un- Service, or a source approved by the less, considering wind and forecast Administrator. However, for operations weather conditions, it has enough fuel under VFR, the pilot in command may, to fly to the first point of intended if such a report is not available, use landing and, assuming normal cruising weather information based on that pi- fuel consumption— (1) During the day, to fly after that lot’s own observations or on those of for at least 30 minutes; or other persons competent to supply ap- (2) At night, to fly after that for at propriate observations.

least 45 minutes. (b) For the purposes of paragraph (a) (b) No person may begin a flight op- of this section, weather observations eration in a helicopter under VFR un- made and furnished to pilots to con- less, considering wind and forecast duct IFR operations at an airport must VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:01 Aug 27, 2026 Jkt 268049 PO 00000 Frm 00484 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Y:\SGML\268049.XXX 268049 jgilmore on DSK4WB1RN3PROD with CFR Federal Aviation Administration, DOT § 135.221 be taken at the airport where those (3) Make an IFR departure from an IFR operations are conducted, unless airport having an approved instrument the Administrator issues operations approach procedure.

(d) The Administrator may issue op- specifications allowing the use of erations specifications to the certifi- weather observations taken at a loca- cate holder to allow it to depart at an tion not at the airport where the IFR airport that does not have an approved operations are conducted. The Admin- standard instrument approach proce- istrator issues such operations speci- dure when the Administrator deter- fications when, after investigation by mines that it is necessary to make an the U.S. National Weather Service and IFR departure from that airport and the responsible Flight Standards office, that the proposed operations can be it is found that the standards of safety conducted safely. The approval to oper- for that operation would allow the de- ate at that airport does not include an viation from this paragraph for a par- approval to make an IFR approach to ticular operation for which an air car- that airport.

rier operating certificate or operating certificate has been issued.

§ 135.217 IFR: Takeoff limitations.

[Docket 16097, 43 FR 46783, Oct. 10, 1978, as No person may takeoff an aircraft amended by Amdt. 135–60, 61 FR 2616, Jan. 26, under IFR from an airport where 1996; Docket FAA–2018–0119, Amdt. 135–139, 83 weather conditions are at or above FR 9175, Mar. 5, 2018] takeoff minimums but are below au- thorized IFR landing minimums unless § 135.215 IFR: Operating limitations.

there is an alternate airport within 1 (a) Except as provided in paragraphs hour’s flying time (at normal cruising (b), (c) and (d) of this section, no person speed, in still air) of the airport of de- may operate an aircraft under IFR out- parture.

side of controlled airspace or at any § 135.219 IFR: Destination airport airport that does not have an approved weather minimums.

standard instrument approach proce- dure. No person may take off an aircraft under IFR or begin an IFR or over-the- (b) The Administrator may issue op- top operation unless the latest weather erations specifications to the certifi- reports or forecasts, or any combina- cate holder to allow it to operate under tion of them, indicate that weather IFR over routes outside controlled air- conditions at the estimated time of ar- space if— rival at the next airport of intended (1) The certificate holder shows the landing will be at or above authorized Administrator that the flight crew is IFR landing minimums.

able to navigate, without visual ref- erence to the ground, over an intended § 135.221 IFR: Alternate airport weath- track without deviating more than 5 er minimums.

degrees or 5 miles, whichever is less, (a) Aircraft other than rotorcraft. No from that track; and person may designate an alternate air- (2) The Administrator determines port unless the weather reports or fore- that the proposed operations can be casts, or any combination of them, in- conducted safely.

dicate that the weather conditions will (c) A person may operate an aircraft be at or above authorized alternate air- under IFR outside of controlled air- port landing minimums for that air- space if the certificate holder has been port at the estimated time of arrival.

approved for the operations and that (b) Rotorcraft. Unless otherwise au- operation is necessary to— thorized by the Administrator, no per- (1) Conduct an instrument approach son may include an alternate airport in to an airport for which there is in use an IFR flight plan unless appropriate a current approved standard or special weather reports or weather forecasts, instrument approach procedure; or or a combination of them, indicate (2) Climb into controlled airspace that, at the estimated time of arrival during an approved missed approach at the alternate airport, the ceiling procedure; or and visibility at that airport will be at VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:01 Aug 27, 2026 Jkt 268049 PO 00000 Frm 00485 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Y:\SGML\268049.XXX 268049 jgilmore on DSK4WB1RN3PROD with CFR 14 CFR Ch. I (1–1–26 Edition) § 135.223 or above the following weather mini- feet above the airport elevation, which- mums— ever is higher; and (1) If, for the alternate airport, an in- (3) Visibility for that airport is fore- strument approach procedure has been cast to be at least three miles, or two published in part 97 of this chapter or miles more than the lowest applicable a special instrument approach proce- visibility minimums, whichever is the dure has been issued by the FAA to the greater, for the instrument approach certificate holder, the ceiling is 200 feet procedure to be used at the destination above the minimum for the approach airport.

to be flown, and visibility is at least 1 [Docket 16097, 43 FR 46783, Oct. 10, 1978, as statute mile but never less than the amended by Amdt. 135–20, 51 FR 40710, Nov. 7, minimum visibility for the approach to 1986] be flown.

(2) If, for the alternate airport, no in- § 135.225 IFR: Takeoff, approach and strument approach procedure has been landing minimums.

published in part 97 of this chapter and (a) Except to the extent permitted by no special instrument approach proce- paragraphs (b) and (j) of this section, dure has been issued by the FAA to the no pilot may begin an instrument ap- certificate holder, the ceiling and visi- proach procedure to an airport unless— bility minimums are those allowing de- (1) That airport has a weather report- scent from the minimum enroute alti- ing facility operated by the U.S. Na- tude (MEA), approach, and landing tional Weather Service, a source ap- under basic VFR.

proved by U.S. National Weather Serv- [Docket FAA–2010–0982, 79 FR 9974, Feb. 21, ice, or a source approved by the Admin- 2014] istrator; and (2) The latest weather report issued § 135.223 IFR: Alternate airport re- quirements. by that weather reporting facility indi- cates that weather conditions are at or (a) Except as provided in paragraph above the authorized IFR landing mini- (b) of this section, no person may oper- mums for that airport.

ate an aircraft in IFR conditions unless (b) A pilot conducting an eligible on- it carries enough fuel (considering demand operation may begin and con- weather reports or forecasts or any duct an instrument approach procedure combination of them) to— to an airport that does not have a (1) Complete the flight to the first weather reporting facility operated by airport of intended landing; the U.S. National Weather Service, a (2) Fly from that airport to the alter- source approved by the U.S. National nate airport; and Weather Service, or a source approved (3) Fly after that for 45 minutes at by the Administrator if— normal cruising speed or, for heli- (1) The alternate airport has a weath- copters, fly after that for 30 minutes at er reporting facility operated by the normal cruising speed.

U.S. National Weather Service, a (b) Paragraph (a)(2) of this section source approved by the U.S. National does not apply if part 97 of this chapter Weather Service, or a source approved prescribes a standard instrument ap- by the Administrator; and proach procedure for the first airport (2) The latest weather report issued of intended landing and, for at least by the weather reporting facility in- one hour before and after the estimated cludes a current local altimeter setting time of arrival, the appropriate weath- for the destination airport. If no local er reports or forecasts, or any combina- tion of them, indicate that— altimeter setting for the destination (1) The ceiling will be at least 1,500 airport is available, the pilot may use feet above the lowest circling approach the current altimeter setting provided MDA; or by the facility designated on the ap- proach chart for the destination air- (2) If a circling instrument approach port.

is not authorized for the airport, the ceiling will be at least 1,500 feet above (c) Except as provided in paragraph the lowest published minimum or 2,000 (j) of this section, no pilot may begin VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:01 Aug 27, 2026 Jkt 268049 PO 00000 Frm 00486 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Y:\SGML\268049.XXX 268049 jgilmore on DSK4WB1RN3PROD with CFR Federal Aviation Administration, DOT § 135.225 the final approach segment of an in- dures and weather minimums pre- strument approach procedure to an air- scribed by the authority having juris- port unless the latest weather reported diction over that airport. In addition, by the facility described in paragraph unless authorized by the certificate (a)(1) of this section indicates that holder’s operations specifications, no weather conditions are at or above the pilot may, at that airport— authorized IFR landing minimums for (1) Take off under IFR when the visi- that procedure. bility is less than 1 mile; or (d) Except as provided in paragraph (2) Make an instrument approach (j) of this section, a pilot who has when the visibility is less than ⁄ 2 mile.

begun the final approach segment of an (g) If takeoff minimums are specified instrument approach to an airport in part 97 of this chapter for the take- under paragraph (c) of this section, and off airport, no pilot may take off an receives a later weather report indi- aircraft under IFR when the weather cating that conditions have worsened conditions reported by the facility de- to below the minimum requirements, scribed in paragraph (a)(1) of this sec- may continue the approach only if the tion are less than the takeoff mini- following conditions are met— mums specified for the takeoff airport (1) The later weather report is re- in part 97 or in the certificate holder’s ceived when the aircraft is in one of operations specifications.

the following approach phases: (h) Except as provided in paragraph (i) The aircraft is on an ILS final ap- (i) of this section, if takeoff minimums proach and has passed the final ap- are not prescribed in part 97 of this proach fix; chapter for the takeoff airport, no pilot (ii) The aircraft is on an ASR or PAR may takeoff an aircraft under IFR final approach and has been turned when the weather conditions reported over to the final approach controller; by the facility described in paragraph or (a)(1) of this section are less than that (iii) The aircraft is on a non-preci- prescribed in part 91 of this chapter or sion final approach and the aircraft— in the certificate holder’s operations (A) Has passed the appropriate facil- specifications.

ity or final approach fix; or (i) At airports where straight-in in- (B) Where a final approach fix is not strument approach procedures are au- specified, has completed the procedure thorized, a pilot may takeoff an air- turn and is established inbound toward craft under IFR when the weather con- the airport on the final approach ditions reported by the facility de- course within the distance prescribed scribed in paragraph (a)(1) of this sec- in the procedure; and tion are equal to or better than the (2) The pilot in command finds, on lowest straight-in landing minimums, reaching the authorized MDA or DA/ unless otherwise restricted, if— DH, that the actual weather conditions (1) The wind direction and velocity at are at or above the minimums pre- the time of takeoff are such that a scribed for the procedure being used. straight-in instrument approach can be (e) The MDA or DA/DH and visibility made to the runway served by the in- landing minimums prescribed in part 97 strument approach; of this chapter or in the operator’s op- (2) The associated ground facilities erations specifications are increased by upon which the landing minimums are 100 feet and ⁄2 mile respectively, but predicated and the related airborne not to exceed the ceiling and visibility equipment are in normal operation; minimums for that airport when used and as an alternate airport, for each pilot (3) The certificate holder has been in command of a turbine-powered air- approved for such operations.

plane who has not served at least 100 (j) A pilot may begin an instrument hours as pilot in command in that type approach procedure, or continue an ap- of airplane. proach, at an airport when the visi- (f) Each pilot making an IFR takeoff bility is reported to be less than the or approach and landing at a military visibility minimums prescribed for or foreign airport shall comply with that procedure if the pilot uses an op- applicable instrument approach proce- erable EFVS in accordance with § 91.176 VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:01 Aug 27, 2026 Jkt 268049 PO 00000 Frm 00487 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Y:\SGML\268049.XXX 268049 jgilmore on DSK4WB1RN3PROD with CFR 14 CFR Ch. I (1–1–26 Edition) § 135.227 of this chapter and the certificate hold- and each airspeed, altimeter, rate of er’s operations specifications for EFVS climb, or flight attitude instrument operations. system; (2) The airplane has ice protection [Docket 16097, 43 FR 46783, Oct. 10, 1978, as provisions that meet section 34 of ap- amended by Amdt. 135–91, 68 FR 54586, Sept.

pendix A of this part; or 17, 2003; Amdt. 135–93, 69 FR 1641, Jan. 9, 2004; (3) The airplane meets transport cat- Amdt. 135–110, 72 FR 31685, June 7, 2007; Amdt. 135–126, 77 FR 1632, Jan. 11, 2012; Dock- egory airplane type certification provi- et FAA–2013–0485, Amdt. 135–135, 81 FR 90177, sions, including the requirements for Dec. 13, 2016] certification for flight in icing condi- tions.

§ 135.227 Icing conditions: Operating (d) No pilot may fly a helicopter limitations.

under IFR into known or forecast icing (a) No pilot may take off an aircraft conditions or under VFR into known that has frost, ice, or snow adhering to icing conditions unless it has been type any rotor blade, propeller, windshield, certificated and appropriately equipped stabilizing or control surface; to a pow- for operations in icing conditions.

erplant installation; or to an airspeed, (e) Except for an airplane that has altimeter, rate of climb, flight attitude ice protection provisions that meet instrument system, or wing, except section 34 of appendix A, or those for that takeoffs may be made with frost transport category airplane type cer- under the wing in the area of the fuel tification, no pilot may fly an aircraft tanks if authorized by the FAA.

into known or forecast severe icing (b) No certificate holder may author- conditions.

ize an airplane to take off and no pilot (f) If current weather reports and may take off an airplane any time con- briefing information relied upon by the ditions are such that frost, ice, or snow pilot in command indicate that the may reasonably be expected to adhere forecast icing condition that would to the airplane unless the pilot has otherwise prohibit the flight will not completed all applicable training as re- be encountered during the flight be- quired by § 135.341 and unless one of the cause of changed weather conditions following requirements is met: since the forecast, the restrictions in (1) A pretakeoff contamination paragraphs (c), (d), and (e) of this sec- check, that has been established by the tion based on forecast conditions do certificate holder and approved by the not apply.

Administrator for the specific airplane [Docket 16097, 43 FR 46783, Oct. 10, 1978, as type, has been completed within 5 min- amended by Amdt. 133–20, 51 FR 40710, Nov. 7, utes prior to beginning takeoff. A pre- 1986; Amdt. 135–46, 58 FR 69629, Dec. 30, 1993; takeoff contamination check is a check Amdt. 135–60, 61 FR 2616, Jan. 26, 1996; Amdt.

to make sure the wings and control 135–119, 74 FR 62696, Dec. 1, 2009] surfaces are free of frost, ice, or snow.

§ 135.229 Airport requirements.

(2) The certificate holder has an ap- proved alternative procedure and under (a) No certificate holder may use any that procedure the airplane is deter- airport unless it is adequate for the mined to be free of frost, ice, or snow.

proposed operation, considering such (3) The certificate holder has an ap- items as size, surface, obstructions, proved deicing/anti-icing program that and lighting.

complies with § 121.629(c) of this chap- (b) No pilot of an aircraft carrying ter and the takeoff complies with that passengers at night may takeoff from, program. or land on, an airport unless— (c) No pilot may fly under IFR into (1) That pilot has determined the known or forecast light or moderate wind direction from an illuminated icing conditions or under VFR into wind direction indicator or local known light or moderate icing condi- ground communications or, in the case tions, unless— of takeoff, that pilot’s personal obser- (1) The aircraft has functioning deic- vations; and ing or anti-icing equipment protecting (2) The limits of the area to be used each rotor blade, propeller, windshield, for landing or takeoff are clearly wing, stabilizing or control surface, shown— VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:01 Aug 27, 2026 Jkt 268049 PO 00000 Frm 00488 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Y:\SGML\268049.XXX 268049 jgilmore on DSK4WB1RN3PROD with CFR Federal Aviation Administration, DOT § 135.243 (i) For airplanes, by boundary or run- (b) Except as provided in paragraph way marker lights; (a) of this section, no certificate holder (ii) For helicopters, by boundary or may use a person, nor may any person runway marker lights or reflective ma- serve, as pilot in command of an air- terial.

craft under VFR unless that person- (c) For the purpose of paragraph (b) (1) Holds at least a commercial pilot of this section, if the area to be used certificate with appropriate category for takeoff or landing is marked by and class ratings; an appropriate type flare pots or lanterns, their use must rating for that aircraft, if required; and be approved by the Administrator.

for a powered-lift, a type rating for that aircraft not limited to VFR; and Subpart E—Flight Crewmember (2) Has had at least 500 hours’ time as Requirements a pilot, including at least 100 hours of cross-country flight time, at least 25 § 135.241 Applicability.

hours of which were at night; and Except as provided in § 135.3, this sub- (3) For an airplane, holds an instru- part prescribes the flight crewmember ment rating or an airline transport requirements for operations under this pilot certificate with an airplane cat- part.

egory rating; or (4) For helicopter operations con- [Docket 16097, 43 FR 46783, Oct. 10, 1978, as amended by Amdt. 121–250, 60 FR 65950, Dec.

ducted VFR over-the-top, holds a heli- 20, 1995] copter instrument rating, or an airline transport pilot certificate with a cat- § 135.243 Pilot in command qualifica- egory and class rating for that aircraft, tions.

not limited to VFR; or (a) No certificate holder may use a (5) For a powered-lift, holds an in- person, nor may any person serve, as strument-powered-lift rating or an air- pilot in command in passenger-car- line transport pilot certificate with a rying operations- powered-lift category rating.

(1) Of a turbojet airplane, of an air- (c) Except as provided in paragraph plane having a passenger-seat configu- (a) of this section, no certificate holder ration, excluding each crewmember may use a person, nor may any person seat, of 10 seats or more, or of a multi- serve, as pilot in command of an air- engine airplane in a commuter oper- craft under IFR unless that person- ation as defined in part 110 of this (1) Holds at least a commercial pilot chapter, unless that person holds an certificate with appropriate category airline transport pilot certificate with and class ratings, and if required, an appropriate category and class ratings and, if required, an appropriate type appropriate type rating for that air- rating for that airplane. craft (the type rating for powered-lift (2) Of a helicopter in a scheduled may not be limited to VFR); and interstate air transportation operation (2) Has had at least 1,200 hours of by an air carrier within the 48 contig- flight time as a pilot, including 500 uous states unless that person holds an hours of cross country flight time, 100 airline transport pilot certificate, ap- hours of night flight time, and 75 hours propriate type ratings, and an instru- of actual or simulated instrument time ment rating.

at least 50 hours of which were in ac- (3) Of a turbojet-powered powered- tual flight; and lift, of a powered-lift having a pas- (3) For an airplane, holds an instru- senger-seat configuration, excluding ment rating or an airline transport each crewmember seat, of 10 seats or pilot certificate with an airplane cat- more, or of a powered-lift in a com- egory rating; or muter operation as defined in part 110 (4) For a helicopter, holds a heli- of this chapter, unless that person copter instrument rating, or an airline holds an airline transport pilot certifi- transport pilot certificate with a cat- cate with appropriate category rating, egory and class rating for that aircraft, and appropriate type rating not limited not limited to VFR; or to VFR for that powered-lift.

VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:01 Aug 27, 2026 Jkt 268049 PO 00000 Frm 00489 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Y:\SGML\268049.XXX 268049 jgilmore on DSK4WB1RN3PROD with CFR 14 CFR Ch. I (1–1–26 Edition) § 135.244 (5) For a powered-lift, holds an in- commercial pilot certificate with an strument-powered-lift rating or an air- airplane rating without an instrument line transport pilot certificate with a rating, provided the pilot’s certificate powered-lift category rating. does not contain any limitation to the (d) Paragraph (b)(3) of this section contrary; and does not apply when— (7) The areas to be flown are ap- (1) The aircraft used is a single recip- proved by the responsible Flight Stand- rocating-engine-powered airplane; ards office and are listed in the certifi- (2) The certificate holder does not cate holder’s operations specifications.

conduct any operation pursuant to a [Docket 16097, 43 FR 46783, Oct. 10, 1978; published flight schedule which speci- Amdt. 135–1, 43 FR 49975, Oct. 26, 1978, as fies five or more round trips a week be- amended by Amdt. 135–15, 46 FR 30971, June tween two or more points and places 11, 1981; Amdt. 135–58, 60 FR 65939, Dec. 20, between which the round trips are per- 1995; Docket FAA–2018–0119, Amdt. 135–139, 83 formed, and does not transport mail by FR 9175, Mar. 5, 2018; Docket FAA–2023–1275, air under a contract or contracts with Amdt. 135–147, 89 FR 92486, Nov. 21, 2024] the United States Postal Service hav- ing total amount estimated at the be- § 135.244 Operating experience.

ginning of any semiannual reporting (a) No certificate holder may use any period (January 1–June 30; July 1–De- person, nor may any person serve, as a cember 31) to be in excess of $20,000 pilot in command of an aircraft oper- over the 12 months commencing with ated in a commuter operation, as de- the beginning of the reporting period; fined in part 110 of this chapter unless (3) The area, as specified in the cer- that person has completed, prior to tificate holder’s operations specifica- designation as pilot in command, on tions, is an isolated area, as deter- that make and basic model aircraft and mined by the Flight Standards office, if in that crewmember position, the fol- it is shown that— lowing operating experience in each (i) The primary means of navigation make and basic model of aircraft to be in the area is by pilotage, since radio flown: navigational aids are largely ineffec- (1) Aircraft, single engine—10 hours.

tive; and (2) Aircraft multiengine, recipro- (ii) The primary means of transpor- cating engine-powered—15 hours.

tation in the area is by air; (3) Aircraft multiengine, turbine en- (4) Each flight is conducted under gine-powered—20 hours.

day VFR with a ceiling of not less than (4) Airplane, turbojet-powered—25 1,000 feet and visibility not less than 3 hours.

statute miles; (b) In acquiring the operating experi- (5) Weather reports or forecasts, or ence, each person must comply with any combination of them, indicate that the following: for the period commencing with the (1) The operating experience must be planned departure and ending 30 min- acquired after satisfactory completion utes after the planned arrival at the of the appropriate ground and flight destination the flight may be con- training for the aircraft and crew- ducted under VFR with a ceiling of not member position. Approved provisions less than 1,000 feet and visibility of not for the operating experience must be less than 3 statute miles, except that if included in the certificate holder’s weather reports and forecasts are not training program.

available, the pilot in command may use that pilot’s observations or those (2) The experience must be acquired of other persons competent to supply in flight during commuter passenger- weather observations if those observa- carrying operations under this part.

tions indicate the flight may be con- However, in the case of an aircraft not ducted under VFR with the ceiling and previously used by the certificate hold- visibility required in this paragraph; er in operations under this part, oper- (6) The distance of each flight from ating experience acquired in the air- the certificate holder’s base of oper- craft during proving flights or ferry ation to destination does not exceed 250 flights may be used to meet this re- nautical miles for a pilot who holds a quirement.

VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:01 Aug 27, 2026 Jkt 268049 PO 00000 Frm 00490 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Y:\SGML\268049.XXX 268049 jgilmore on DSK4WB1RN3PROD with CFR Federal Aviation Administration, DOT § 135.247 (3) Each person must acquire the op- proved FSTD, or a combination of air- erating experience while performing craft and FSTD, provided: the duties of a pilot in command under (i) The FSTD represents the category the supervision of a qualified check of aircraft for the instrument rating pilot. privileges to be maintained; (4) The hours of operating experience (ii) The person performs the tasks may be reduced to not less than 50 per- and iterations in simulated instrument cent of the hours required by this sec- conditions; and tion by the substitution of one addi- (iii) A flight instructor qualified tional takeoff and landing for each under § 135.338 or a check pilot qualified hour of flight. under § 135.337 observes the tasks and iterations and signs the person’s log- [Docket 20011, 45 FR 7541, Feb. 4, 1980, as book or training record to verify the amended by Amdt. 135–9, 45 FR 80461, Dec. 14, time and content of the session.

1980; Amdt. 135–58, 60 FR 65940, Dec. 20, 1995; (d) A second in command who has Docket FAA–2023–1275, Amdt. 135–147, 89 FR 92487, Nov. 21, 2024] failed to meet the instrument experi- ence requirements of paragraph (c) of § 135.245 Second in command quali- this section for more than six calendar fications.

months must reestablish instrument (a) Except as provided in paragraph recency under the supervision of a (b) of this section, no certificate holder flight instructor qualified under may use any person, nor may any per- § 135.338 or a check pilot qualified under son serve, as second in command of an § 135.337. To reestablish instrument aircraft unless that person holds at recency, a second in command must least a commercial pilot certificate complete at least the following areas of with appropriate category and class operation required for the instrument ratings and an instrument rating. rating practical test in an aircraft or (b) A second in command of a heli- FSTD that represents the category of copter operated under VFR, other than aircraft for the instrument experience over-the-top, must have at least a com- requirements to be reestablished: (1) Air traffic control clearances and mercial pilot certificate with an appro- procedures; priate aircraft category and class rat- (2) Flight by reference to instru- ing.

ments; (c) No certificate holder may use any (3) Navigation systems; person, nor may any person serve, as (4) Instrument approach procedures; second in command under IFR unless (5) Emergency operations; and that person meets the following instru- (6) Postflight procedures.

ment experience requirements: (1) Use of an airplane, powered-lift, or [44 FR 26738, May 7, 1979, as amended by helicopter for maintaining instrument ex- Docket FAA–2016–6142, 83 FR 30283, June 27, perience. Within the 6 calendar months 2018; Docket FAA–2023–1275, Amdt. 135–147, 89 preceding the month of the flight, that FR 92487, Nov. 21, 2024] person performed and logged at least § 135.247 Pilot qualifications: Recent the following tasks and iterations in- experience.

flight in an airplane, powered-lift, or helicopter, as appropriate, in actual (a) No certificate holder may use any weather conditions, or under simulated person, nor may any person serve, as instrument conditions using a view- pilot in command of an aircraft car- limiting device: rying passengers unless, within the (i) Six instrument approaches; preceding 90 days, that person has— (ii) Holding procedures and tasks; (1) Made three takeoffs and three and landings as the sole manipulator of the (iii) Intercepting and tracking flight controls in an aircraft of the courses through the use of navigational same category and class and, if a type electronic systems. rating is required, of the same type in (2) Use of an FSTD for maintaining in- which that person is to serve; or strument experience. A person may ac- (2) For operation during the period complish the requirements in para- beginning 1 hour after sunset and end- graph (c)(1) of this section in an ap- ing 1 hour before sunrise (as published VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:01 Aug 27, 2026 Jkt 268049 PO 00000 Frm 00491 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Y:\SGML\268049.XXX 268049 jgilmore on DSK4WB1RN3PROD with CFR 14 CFR Ch. I (1–1–26 Edition) § 135.247 in the Air Almanac), made three take- with the appropriate category, class, offs and three landings during that pe- and type rating for each airplane that riod as the sole manipulator of the is type certificated for more than one flight controls in an aircraft of the pilot crewmember that the pilot seeks same category and class and, if a type to operate under this alternative, and: rating is required, of the same type in (A) That pilot must have logged at which that person is to serve.

least 1,500 hours of aeronautical experi- A person who complies with paragraph ence as a pilot; (a)(2) of this section need not comply (B) In each airplane that is type cer- with paragraph (a)(1) of this section.

tificated for more than one pilot crew- (3) Paragraph (a)(2) of this section member that the pilot seeks to operate does not apply to a pilot in command under this alternative, that pilot must of a turbine-powered airplane that is have accomplished and logged the day- type certificated for more than one time takeoff and landing recent flight pilot crewmember, provided that pilot experience of paragraph (a) of this sec- has complied with the requirements of tion, as the sole manipulator of the paragraph (a)(3)(i) or (ii) of this sec- flight controls; tion: (C) Within the preceding 90 days prior (i) The pilot in command must hold to the operation of that airplane that at least a commercial pilot certificate is type certificated for more than one with the appropriate category, class, pilot crewmember, the pilot must have and type rating for each airplane that is type certificated for more than one accomplished and logged at least 15 pilot crewmember that the pilot seeks hours of flight time in the type of air- to operate under this alternative, and: plane that the pilot seeks to operate (A) That pilot must have logged at under this alternative; and least 1,500 hours of aeronautical experi- (D) Within the preceding 12 months ence as a pilot; prior to the month of the flight, the (B) In each airplane that is type cer- pilot must have completed a training tificated for more than one pilot crew- program that is approved under part member that the pilot seeks to operate 142 of this chapter. The approved train- under this alternative, that pilot must ing program must have required and have accomplished and logged the day- the pilot must have performed, at least time takeoff and landing recent flight 6 takeoffs and 6 landings to a full stop experience of paragraph (a) of this sec- as the sole manipulator of the controls tion, as the sole manipulator of the in a flight simulator that is representa- flight controls; tive of a turbine-powered airplane that (C) Within the preceding 90 days prior requires more than one pilot crew- to the operation of that airplane that member. The flight simulator’s visual is type certificated for more than one system must have been adjusted to rep- pilot crewmember, the pilot must have resent the period beginning 1 hour accomplished and logged at least 15 hours of flight time in the type of air- after sunset and ending 1 hour before plane that the pilot seeks to operate sunrise.

under this alternative; and (b) For the purpose of paragraph (a) (D) That pilot has accomplished and of this section, if the aircraft is a tail- logged at least 3 takeoffs and 3 land- wheel airplane, each takeoff must be ings to a full stop, as the sole manipu- made in a tailwheel airplane and each lator of the flight controls, in a tur- landing must be made to a full stop in bine-powered airplane that requires a tailwheel airplane.

more than one pilot crewmember. The [Docket 16097, 43 FR 46783, Oct. 10, 1978, as pilot must have performed the takeoffs amended by Amdt. 135–91, 68 FR 54587, Sept.

and landings during the period begin- 17, 2003] ning 1 hour after sunset and ending 1 hour before sunrise within the pre- ceding 6 months prior to the month of the flight.

(ii) The pilot in command must hold at least a commercial pilot certificate VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:01 Aug 27, 2026 Jkt 268049 PO 00000 Frm 00492 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Y:\SGML\268049.XXX 268049 jgilmore on DSK4WB1RN3PROD with CFR

Federal Aviation Administration, DOT § 135.265 §§ 135.249–135.255 [Reserved] § 135.263 Flight time limitations and rest requirements: All certificate holders.

Subpart F—Crewmember Flight (a) A certificate holder may assign a Time and Duty Period Limita- flight crewmember and a flight crew- tions and Rest Requirements member may accept an assignment for flight time only when the applicable S OURCE : Docket 23634, 50 FR 29320, July 18, requirements of §§ 135.263 through 1985, unless otherwise noted.

135.271 are met.

(b) No certificate holder may assign § 135.261 Applicability.

any flight crewmember to any duty Sections 135.263 through 135.273 of with the certificate holder during any this part prescribe flight time limita- required rest period.

(c) Time spent in transportation, not tions, duty period limitations, and rest local in character, that a certificate requirements for operations conducted holder requires of a flight crewmember under this part as follows: and provides to transport the crew- (a) Section 135.263 applies to all oper- member to an airport at which he is to ations under this subpart.

serve on a flight as a crewmember, or (b) Section 135.265 applies to: from an airport at which he was re- (1) Scheduled passenger-carrying op- lieved from duty to return to his home erations except those conducted solely station, is not considered part of a rest within the state of Alaska. ‘‘Scheduled period.

passenger-carrying operations’’ means (d) A flight crewmember is not con- passenger-carrying operations that are sidered to be assigned flight time in ex- conducted in accordance with a pub- cess of flight time limitations if the lished schedule which covers at least flights to which he is assigned nor- five round trips per week on at least mally terminate within the limita- one route between two or more points, tions, but due to circumstances beyond includes dates or times (or both), and is the control of the certificate holder or openly advertised or otherwise made flight crewmember (such as adverse readily available to the general public, weather conditions), are not at the and time of departure expected to reach (2) Any other operation under this their destination within the planned part, if the operator elects to comply flight time.

with § 135.265 and obtains an appro- § 135.265 Flight time limitations and priate operations specification amend- rest requirements: Scheduled oper- ment.

ations.

(c) Sections 135.267 and 135.269 apply (a) No certificate holder may sched- to any operation that is not a sched- ule any flight crewmember, and no uled passenger-carrying operation and flight crewmember may accept an as- to any operation conducted solely signment, for flight time in scheduled within the State of Alaska, unless the operations or in other commercial fly- operator elects to comply with § 135.265 ing if that crewmember’s total flight as authorized under paragraph (b)(2) of time in all commercial flying will ex- this section.

ceed— (d) Section 135.271 contains special (1) 1,200 hours in any calendar year.

daily flight time limits for operations (2) 120 hours in any calendar month.

conducted under the helicopter emer- (3) 34 hours in any 7 consecutive days.

gency medical evacuation service (4) 8 hours during any 24 consecutive (HEMES).

hours for a flight crew consisting of (e) Section 135.273 prescribes duty pe- one pilot.

riod limitations and rest requirements (5) 8 hours between required rest peri- for flight attendants in all operations ods for a flight crew consisting of two conducted under this part.

pilots qualified under this part for the operation being conducted.

[Docket 23634, 50 FR 29320, July 18, 1985, as (b) Except as provided in paragraph amended by Amdt. 135–52, 59 FR 42993, Aug.

19, 1994] (c) of this section, no certificate holder VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:01 Aug 27, 2026 Jkt 268049 PO 00000 Frm 00493 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Y:\SGML\268049.XXX 268049 jgilmore on DSK4WB1RN3PROD with CFR 14 CFR Ch. I (1–1–26 Edition) § 135.267 may schedule a flight crewmember, member’s total flight time in all com- and no flight crewmember may accept mercial flying will exceed— an assignment, for flight time during (1) 500 hours in any calendar quarter.

the 24 consecutive hours preceding the (2) 800 hours in any two consecutive scheduled completion of any flight seg- calendar quarters.

ment without a scheduled rest period (3) 1,400 hours in any calendar year.

during that 24 hours of at least the fol- (b) Except as provided in paragraph lowing: (c) of this section, during any 24 con- (1) 9 consecutive hours of rest for less secutive hours the total flight time of than 8 hours of scheduled flight time.

the assigned flight when added to any (2) 10 consecutive hours of rest for 8 other commercial flying by that flight or more but less than 9 hours of sched- crewmember may not exceed— uled flight time.

(1) 8 hours for a flight crew con- (3) 11 consecutive hours of rest for 9 sisting of one pilot; or or more hours of scheduled flight time.

(2) 10 hours for a flight crew con- (c) A certificate holder may schedule sisting of two pilots qualified under a flight crewmember for less than the this part for the operation being con- rest required in paragraph (b) of this ducted.

section or may reduce a scheduled rest (c) A flight crewmember’s flight time under the following conditions: may exceed the flight time limits of (1) A rest required under paragraph paragraph (b) of this section if the as- (b)(1) of this section may be scheduled signed flight time occurs during a regu- for or reduced to a minimum of 8 hours larly assigned duty period of no more if the flight crewmember is given a rest than 14 hours and— period of at least 10 hours that must (1) If this duty period is immediately begin no later than 24 hours after the preceded by and followed by a required commencement of the reduced rest pe- rest period of at least 10 consecutive riod.

hours of rest; (2) A rest required under paragraph (2) If flight time is assigned during (b)(2) of this section may be scheduled this period, that total flight time when for or reduced to a minimum of 8 hours added to any other commercial flying if the flight crewmember is given a rest by the flight crewmember may not ex- period of at least 11 hours that must ceed— begin no later than 24 hours after the (i) 8 hours for a flight crew consisting commencement of the reduced rest pe- of one pilot; or riod.

(ii) 10 hours for a flight crew con- (3) A rest required under paragraph sisting of two pilots; and (b)(3) of this section may be scheduled (3) If the combined duty and rest pe- for or reduced to a minimum of 9 hours riods equal 24 hours.

if the flight crewmember is given a rest (d) Each assignment under paragraph period of at least 12 hours that must (b) of this section must provide for at begin no later than 24 hours after the least 10 consecutive hours of rest dur- commencement of the reduced rest pe- ing the 24-hour period that precedes riod.

the planned completion time of the as- (d) Each certificate holder shall re- signment.

lieve each flight crewmember engaged (e) When a flight crewmember has ex- in scheduled air transportation from ceeded the daily flight time limitations all further duty for at least 24 consecu- in this section, because of cir- tive hours during any 7 consecutive cumstances beyond the control of the days.

certificate holder or flight crew- § 135.267 Flight time limitations and member (such as adverse weather con- rest requirements: Unscheduled ditions), that flight crewmember must one- and two-pilot crews.

have a rest period before being assigned or accepting an assignment for flight (a) No certificate holder may assign time of at least— any flight crewmember, and no flight crewmember may accept an assign- (1) 11 consecutive hours of rest if the ment, for flight time as a member of a flight time limitation is exceeded by one- or two-pilot crew if that crew- not more than 30 minutes; VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:01 Aug 27, 2026 Jkt 268049 PO 00000 Frm 00494 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Y:\SGML\268049.XXX 268049 jgilmore on DSK4WB1RN3PROD with CFR Federal Aviation Administration, DOT § 135.271 (2) 12 consecutive hours of rest if the (ii) A PIC who meets the applicable flight time limitation is exceeded by flight crewmember requirements of more than 30 minutes, but not more subpart E of part 135, except those pre- than 60 minutes; and scribed in §§ 135.244 and 135.247; and (3) 16 consecutive hours of rest if the (iii) A second in command (SIC) who flight time limitation is exceeded by meets the SIC qualifications of more than 60 minutes. § 135.245.

(f) The certificate holder must pro- (8) For a four-pilot crew, at least vide each flight crewmember at least 13 three pilots who meet the conditions of rest periods of at least 24 consecutive paragraph (b)(7) of this section, plus a hours each in each calendar quarter.

fourth pilot who meets the SIC quali- fications of § 135.245.

[Docket 23634, 50 FR 29320, July 18, 1985, as (c) When a flight crewmember has ex- amended by Amdt. 135–33, 54 FR 39294, Sept.

ceeded the daily flight deck duty limi- 25, 1989; Amdt. 135–60, 61 FR 2616, Jan. 26, 1996] tation in this section by more than 60 minutes, because of circumstances be- § 135.269 Flight time limitations and yond the control of the certificate rest requirements: Unscheduled holder or flight crewmember, that three- and four-pilot crews.

flight crewmember must have a rest (a) No certificate holder may assign period before the next duty period of at any flight crewmember, and no flight least 16 consecutive hours.

crewmember may accept an assign- (d) A certificate holder must provide ment, for flight time as a member of a each flight crewmember at least 13 rest three- or four-pilot crew if that crew- periods of at least 24 consecutive hours member’s total flight time in all com- each in each calendar quarter.

mercial flying will exceed— (1) 500 hours in any calendar quarter. § 135.271 Helicopter hospital emer- gency medical evacuation service (2) 800 hours in any two consecutive (HEMES).

calendar quarters.

(3) 1,400 hours in any calendar year.

(a) No certificate holder may assign (b) No certificate holder may assign any flight crewmember, and no flight any pilot to a crew of three or four pi- crewmember may accept an assign- lots, unless that assignment provides— ment for flight time if that crew- (1) At least 10 consecutive hours of member’s total flight time in all com- rest immediately preceding the assign- mercial flight will exceed— ment; (1) 500 hours in any calendar quarter.

(2) No more than 8 hours of flight (2) 800 hours in any two consecutive deck duty in any 24 consecutive hours; calendar quarters.

(3) No more than 18 duty hours for a (3) 1,400 hours in any calendar year.

three-pilot crew or 20 duty hours for a (b) No certificate holder may assign a four-pilot crew in any 24 consecutive helicopter flight crewmember, and no hours; flight crewmember may accept an as- (4) No more than 12 hours aloft for a signment, for hospital emergency med- three-pilot crew or 16 hours aloft for a ical evacuation service helicopter oper- four-pilot crew during the maximum ations unless that assignment provides duty hours specified in paragraph (b)(3) for at least 10 consecutive hours of rest of this section; immediately preceding reporting to the (5) Adequate sleeping facilities on the hospital for availability for flight time.

aircraft for the relief pilot; (c) No flight crewmember may accrue (6) Upon completion of the assign- more than 8 hours of flight time during ment, a rest period of at least 12 hours; any 24-consecutive hour period of a (7) For a three-pilot crew, a crew HEMES assignment, unless an emer- which consists of at least the fol- gency medical evacuation operation is lowing: prolonged. Each flight crewmember (i) A pilot in command (PIC) who who exceeds the daily 8 hour flight meets the applicable flight crew- time limitation in this paragraph must member requirements of subpart E of be relieved of the HEMES assignment part 135; immediately upon the completion of VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:01 Aug 27, 2026 Jkt 268049 PO 00000 Frm 00495 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Y:\SGML\268049.XXX 268049 jgilmore on DSK4WB1RN3PROD with CFR 14 CFR Ch. I (1–1–26 Edition) § 135.273 that emergency medical evacuation op- addition to that minimum com- eration and must be given a rest period plement, to duty in an aircraft during in compliance with paragraph (h) of flight time and whose duties include this section. but are not necessarily limited to (d) Each flight crewmember must re- cabin-safety-related responsibilities.

ceive at least 8 consecutive hours of Rest period means the period free of rest during any 24 consecutive hour pe- all responsibility for work or duty riod of a HEMES assignment. A flight should the occasion arise.

crewmember must be relieved of the (b) Except as provided in paragraph HEMES assignment if he or she has not (c) of this section, a certificate holder or cannot receive at least 8 consecutive may assign a duty period to a flight at- hours of rest during any 24 consecutive tendant only when the applicable duty hour period of a HEMES assignment. period limitations and rest require- (e) A HEMES assignment may not ex- ments of this paragraph are met.

ceed 72 consecutive hours at the hos- (1) Except as provided in paragraphs pital. (b)(4), (b)(5), and (b)(6) of this section, (f) An adequate place of rest must be no certificate holder may assign a provided at, or in close proximity to, flight attendant to a scheduled duty the hospital at which the HEMES as- period of more than 14 hours.

signment is being performed. (2) Except as provided in paragraph (g) No certificate holder may assign (b)(3) of this section, a flight attendant any other duties to a flight crew- scheduled to a duty period of 14 hours member during a HEMES assignment. or less as provided under paragraph (h) Each pilot must be given a rest (b)(1) of this section must be given a period upon completion of the HEMES scheduled rest period of at least 9 con- assignment and prior to being assigned secutive hours. This rest period must any further duty with the certificate occur between the completion of the holder of— scheduled duty period and the com- (1) At least 12 consecutive hours for mencement of the subsequent duty pe- an assignment of less than 48 hours. riod.

(2) At least 16 consecutive hours for (3) The rest period required under an assignment of more than 48 hours. paragraph (b)(2) of this section may be (i) The certificate holder must pro- scheduled or reduced to 8 consecutive vide each flight crewmember at least 13 hours if the flight attendant is pro- rest periods of at least 24 consecutive vided a subsequent rest period of at hours each in each calendar quarter. least 10 consecutive hours; this subse- quent rest period must be scheduled to § 135.273 Duty period limitations and begin no later than 24 hours after the rest time requirements.

beginning of the reduced rest period (a) For purposes of this section— and must occur between the comple- Calendar day means the period of tion of the scheduled duty period and elapsed time, using Coordinated Uni- the commencement of the subsequent versal Time or local time, that begins duty period.

at midnight and ends 24 hours later at (4) A certificate holder may assign a the next midnight. flight attendant to a scheduled duty Duty period means the period of period of more than 14 hours, but no elapsed time between reporting for an more than 16 hours, if the certificate assignment involving flight time and holder has assigned to the flight or release from that assignment by the flights in that duty period at least one certificate holder. The time is cal- flight attendant in addition to the min- culated using either Coordinated Uni- imum flight attendant complement re- versal Time or local time to reflect the quired for the flight or flights in that total elapsed time. duty period under the certificate hold- Flight attendant means an individual, er’s operations specifications.

other than a flight crewmember, who is (5) A certificate holder may assign a assigned by the certificate holder, in flight attendant to a scheduled duty accordance with the required minimum period of more than 16 hours, but no crew complement under the certificate more than 18 hours, if the certificate holder’s operations specifications or in holder has assigned to the flight or VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:01 Aug 27, 2026 Jkt 268049 PO 00000 Frm 00496 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Y:\SGML\268049.XXX 268049 jgilmore on DSK4WB1RN3PROD with CFR Federal Aviation Administration, DOT § 135.273 flights in that duty period at least two attendant has had at least the min- flight attendants in addition to the imum rest required under this section.

minimum flight attendant complement (11) No certificate holder may assign required for the flight or flights in that a flight attendant to perform any duty duty period under the certificate hold- with the certificate holder during any er’s operations specifications.

required rest period.

(6) A certificate holder may assign a (12) Time spent in transportation, flight attendant to a scheduled duty not local in character, that a certifi- period of more than 18 hours, but no cate holder requires of a flight attend- more than 20 hours, if the scheduled ant and provides to transport the flight duty period includes one or more attendant to an airport at which that flights that land or take off outside the flight attendant is to serve on a flight 48 contiguous states and the District of as a crewmember, or from an airport at Columbia, and if the certificate holder which the flight attendant was relieved has assigned to the flight or flights in from duty to return to the flight at- that duty period at least three flight tendant’s home station, is not consid- attendants in addition to the minimum ered part of a rest period.

flight attendant complement required (13) Each certificate holder must re- for the flight or flights in that duty pe- lieve each flight attendant engaged in riod under the certificate holder’s oper- air transportation from all further ations specifications.

duty for at least 24 consecutive hours (7) Except as provided in paragraph during any 7 consecutive calendar (b)(8) of this section, a flight attendant days.

scheduled to a duty period of more (14) A flight attendant is not consid- than 14 hours but no more than 20 ered to be scheduled for duty in excess hours, as provided in paragraphs (b)(4), of duty period limitations if the flights (b)(5), and (b)(6) of this section, must be to which the flight attendant is as- given a scheduled rest period of at least signed are scheduled and normally ter- 12 consecutive hours. This rest period minate within the limitations but due must occur between the completion of to circumstances beyond the control of the scheduled duty period and the com- the certificate holder (such as adverse mencement of the subsequent duty pe- weather conditions) are not at the time riod.

of departure expected to reach their (8) The rest period required under destination within the scheduled time.

paragraph (b)(7) of this section may be (c) Notwithstanding paragraph (b) of scheduled or reduced to 10 consecutive this section, a certificate holder may hours if the flight attendant is pro- apply the flight crewmember flight vided a subsequent rest period of at time and duty limitations and rest re- least 14 consecutive hours; this subse- quirements of this part to flight at- quent rest period must be scheduled to tendants for all operations conducted begin no later than 24 hours after the under this part provided that— beginning of the reduced rest period (1) The certificate holder establishes and must occur between the comple- written procedures that— tion of the scheduled duty period and (i) Apply to all flight attendants used the commencement of the subsequent in the certificate holder’s operation; duty period.

(ii) Include the flight crewmember (9) Notwithstanding paragraphs requirements contained in subpart F of (b)(4), (b)(5), and (b)(6) of this section, if this part, as appropriate to the oper- a certificate holder elects to reduce the ation being conducted, except that rest rest period to 10 hours as authorized by facilities on board the aircraft are not paragraph (b)(8) of this section, the cer- required; and tificate holder may not schedule a flight attendant for a duty period of (iii) Include provisions to add one more than 14 hours during the 24-hour flight attendant to the minimum flight period commencing after the beginning attendant complement for each flight of the reduced rest period. crewmember who is in excess of the (10) No certificate holder may assign minimum number required in the air- a flight attendant any duty period with craft type certificate data sheet and the certificate holder unless the flight who is assigned to the aircraft under VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:01 Aug 27, 2026 Jkt 268049 PO 00000 Frm 00497 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Y:\SGML\268049.XXX 268049 jgilmore on DSK4WB1RN3PROD with CFR 14 CFR Ch. I (1–1–26 Edition) § 135.291 the provisions of subpart F of this part, § 135.293 Initial and recurrent pilot as applicable. testing requirements.

(iv) Are approved by the Adminis- (a) No certificate holder may use a trator and described or referenced in pilot, nor may any person serve as a the certificate holder’s operations pilot, unless, since the beginning of the specifications; and 12th calendar month before that serv- (2) Whenever the Administrator finds ice, that pilot has passed a written or that revisions are necessary for the oral test, given by the Administrator continued adequacy of duty period lim- or an authorized check pilot, on that itation and rest requirement proce- pilot’s knowledge in the following dures that are required by paragraph areas— (c)(1) of this section and that had been (1) The appropriate provisions of granted final approval, the certificate parts 61, 91, and 135 of this chapter and holder must, after notification by the the operations specifications and the Administrator, make any changes in manual of the certificate holder; the procedures that are found nec- (2) For each type of aircraft to be essary by the Administrator. Within 30 flown by the pilot, the aircraft power- days after the certificate holder re- plant, major components and systems, ceives such notice, it may file a peti- major appliances, performance and op- tion to reconsider the notice with the erating limitations, standard and responsible Flight Standards office.

emergency operating procedures, and The filing of a petition to reconsider the contents of the approved Aircraft stays the notice, pending decision by Flight Manual or equivalent, as appli- the Administrator. However, if the Ad- cable; ministrator finds that there is an (3) For each type of aircraft to be emergency that requires immediate ac- flown by the pilot, the method of deter- tion in the interest of safety, the Ad- mining compliance with weight and ministrator may, upon a statement of balance limitations for takeoff, landing the reasons, require a change effective and en route operations; without stay.

(4) Navigation and use of air naviga- tion aids appropriate to the operation [Amdt. 135–52, 59 FR 42993, Aug. 19, 1994, as or pilot authorization, including, when amended by Amdt. 135–60, 61 FR 2616, Jan. 26, applicable, instrument approach facili- 1996; Docket FAA–2018–0119, Amdt. 135–139, 83 FR 9175, Mar. 5, 2018] ties and procedures; (5) Air traffic control procedures, in- cluding IFR procedures when applica- Subpart G—Crewmember Testing ble; Requirements (6) Meteorology in general, including the principles of frontal systems, icing, § 135.291 Applicability.

fog, thunderstorms, and windshear, Except as provided in § 135.3, this sub- and, if appropriate for the operation of part— the certificate holder, high altitude (a) Prescribes the tests and checks weather; required for pilot and flight attendant (7) Procedures for— crewmembers and for the approval of (i) Recognizing and avoiding severe check pilots in operations under this weather situations; part; and (ii) Escaping from severe weather sit- (b) Permits training center personnel uations, in case of inadvertent encoun- authorized under part 142 of this chap- ters, including low-altitude windshear ter who meet the requirements of (except that rotorcraft pilots are not §§ 135.337 and 135.339 to conduct train- required to be tested on escaping from ing, testing, and checking under con- low-altitude windshear); tract or other arrangement to those (iii) Operating in or near thunder- persons subject to the requirements of storms (including best penetrating al- this subpart.

titudes), turbulent air (including clear air turbulence), icing, hail, and other [Docket 26933, 61 FR 34561, July 2, 1996, as potentially hazardous meteorological amended by Amdt. 135–91, 68 FR 54587, Sept.

17, 2003] conditions; and VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:01 Aug 27, 2026 Jkt 268049 PO 00000 Frm 00498 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Y:\SGML\268049.XXX 268049 jgilmore on DSK4WB1RN3PROD with CFR Federal Aviation Administration, DOT § 135.295 (8) New equipment, procedures, or tificate holder’s operations specifica- techniques, as appropriate; and tions, and the operating environment.

(d) The instrument proficiency check (9) For rotorcraft and powered-lift pi- required by § 135.297 may be substituted lots, procedures for aircraft handling in for the competency check required by flat-light, whiteout, and brownout con- this section for the type of aircraft ditions, including methods for recog- used in the check.

nizing and avoiding those conditions.

(e) For the purpose of this part, com- (b) No certificate holder may use a petent performance of a procedure or pilot, nor may any person serve as a maneuver by a person to be used as a pilot, in any aircraft unless, since the pilot requires that the pilot be the ob- beginning of the 12th calendar month vious master of the aircraft, with the before that service, that pilot has successful outcome of the maneuver passed a competency check given by never in doubt.

the Administrator or an authorized (f) The Administrator or authorized check pilot in that class of aircraft, if check pilot certifies the competency of single-engine airplane other than tur- each pilot who passes the knowledge or bojet, or that type of aircraft, if heli- flight check in the certificate holder’s copter, multiengine airplane, turbojet pilot records.

airplane, or powered-lift to determine (g) Portions of a required competency the pilot’s competence in practical check may be given in an aircraft sim- skills and techniques in that aircraft ulator or other appropriate training de- or class of aircraft. The extent of the vice, if approved by the Administrator.

competency check shall be determined (h) Rotorcraft pilots must be tested by the Administrator or authorized on the subjects in paragraph (a)(9) of check pilot conducting the competency this section when taking a written or check. The competency check may in- oral knowledge test after April 22, 2015.

clude any of the maneuvers and proce- Rotorcraft pilots must be checked on dures currently required for the origi- the maneuvers and procedures in para- nal issuance of the particular pilot cer- graph (c) of this section when taking a tificate required for the operations au- competency check after April 22, 2015.

(i) If the certificate holder is author- thorized and appropriate to the cat- ized to conduct EFVS operations, the egory, class and type of aircraft in- competency check in paragraph (b) of volved. For the purposes of this para- this section must include tasks appro- graph (b), type, as to an airplane means priate to the EFVS operations the cer- any one of a group of airplanes deter- tificate holder is authorized to con- mined by the Administrator to have a duct.

similar means of propulsion, the same manufacturer, and no significantly dif- [Docket 16097, 43 FR 46783, Oct. 10, 1978, as ferent handling or flight characteris- amended by Amdt. 135–27, 53 FR 37697, Sept.

27, 1988; Amdt. 135–129, 79 FR 9974, Feb. 21, tics. For the purposes of this paragraph 2014; 79 FR 22012, Apr. 21, 2014; Docket FAA– (b), type, as to a helicopter, means a 2013–0485, Amdt. 135–135, 81 FR 90177, Dec. 13, basic make and model.

2016; Docket FAA–2023–1275, Amdt. 135–147, 89 (c) Each competency check given in a FR 92487, Nov. 21, 2024] rotorcraft or powered-lift must include a demonstration of the pilot’s ability § 135.295 Initial and recurrent flight to maneuver the rotorcraft or powered- attendant crewmember testing re- quirements.

lift solely by reference to instruments.

The check must determine the pilot’s No certificate holder may use a flight ability to safely maneuver the rotor- attendant crewmember, nor may any craft or powered-lift into visual mete- person serve as a flight attendant crew- orological conditions following an in- member unless, since the beginning of advertent encounter with instrument the 12th calendar month before that meteorological conditions. For com- service, the certificate holder has de- petency checks in non-IFR-certified termined by appropriate initial and re- rotorcraft or powered-lift, the pilot current testing that the person is must perform such maneuvers as are knowledgeable and competent in the appropriate to the rotorcraft’s or pow- following areas as appropriate to as- ered-lift’s installed equipment, the cer- signed duties and responsibilities— VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:01 Aug 27, 2026 Jkt 268049 PO 00000 Frm 00499 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Y:\SGML\268049.XXX 268049 jgilmore on DSK4WB1RN3PROD with CFR 14 CFR Ch. I (1–1–26 Edition) § 135.297 (a) Authority of the pilot in com- proach, and one missed approach. Each mand; type of approach procedure dem- (b) Passenger handling, including onstrated must be conducted to pub- procedures to be followed in handling lished minimums for that procedure.

deranged persons or other persons (c) The instrument proficiency check whose conduct might jeopardize safety; required by paragraph (a) of this sec- (c) Crewmember assignments, func- tion consists of an oral or written tions, and responsibilities during ditch- equipment test and a flight check ing and evacuation of persons who may under simulated or actual IFR condi- need the assistance of another person tions. The equipment test includes to move expeditiously to an exit in an questions on emergency procedures, en- emergency; gine operation, fuel and lubrication (d) Briefing of passengers; systems, power settings, stall speeds, (e) Location and operation of port- best engine-out speed, propeller and su- able fire extinguishers and other items percharger operations, and hydraulic, of emergency equipment; mechanical, and electrical systems, as appropriate. The flight check includes (f) Proper use of cabin equipment and navigation by instruments, recovery controls; from simulated emergencies, and (g) Location and operation of pas- standard instrument approaches in- senger oxygen equipment; volving navigational facilities which (h) Location and operation of all nor- that pilot is to be authorized to use.

mal and emergency exits, including Each pilot taking the instrument pro- evacuation chutes and escape ropes; ficiency check must show that stand- and ard of competence required by (i) Seating of persons who may need § 135.293(e).

assistance of another person to move (1) The instrument proficiency check rapidly to an exit in an emergency as must— prescribed by the certificate holder’s (i) For a pilot in command of an air- operations manual.

craft under § 135.243(a), include the pro- § 135.297 Pilot in command: Instru- cedures and maneuvers for an airline ment proficiency check require- transport pilot certificate in the par- ments.

ticular type of aircraft, if appropriate; (a) No certificate holder may use a and pilot, nor may any person serve, as a (ii) For a pilot in command of an air- pilot in command of an aircraft under craft under § 135.243(c), include the pro- IFR unless, since the beginning of the cedures and maneuvers for a commer- 6th calendar month before that service, cial pilot certificate with an instru- that pilot has passed an instrument ment rating and, if required, for the ap- proficiency check under this section propriate type rating.

administered by the Administrator or (2) The instrument proficiency check an authorized check pilot. must be given by an authorized check (b) No pilot may use any type of pre- pilot or by the Administrator.

cision instrument approach procedure (d) If the pilot in command is as- under IFR unless, since the beginning signed to pilot only one type of air- of the 6th calendar month before that craft, that pilot must take the instru- use, the pilot satisfactorily dem- ment proficiency check required by onstrated that type of approach proce- paragraph (a) of this section in that dure. No pilot may use any type of non- type of aircraft.

precision approach procedure under (e) If the pilot in command is as- IFR unless, since the beginning of the signed to pilot more than one type of 6th calendar month before that use, the aircraft, that pilot must take the in- pilot has satisfactorily demonstrated strument proficiency check required by either that type of approach procedure paragraph (a) of this section in each or any other two different types of non- type of aircraft to which that pilot is precision approach procedures. The in- assigned, in rotation, but not more strument approach procedure or proce- than one flight check during each pe- dures must include at least one riod described in paragraph (a) of this straight-in approach, one circling ap- section.

VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:01 Aug 27, 2026 Jkt 268049 PO 00000 Frm 00500 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Y:\SGML\268049.XXX 268049 jgilmore on DSK4WB1RN3PROD with CFR Federal Aviation Administration, DOT § 135.301 (f) If the pilot in command is as- (1) Be given by an approved check signed to pilot both single-engine and pilot or by the Administrator; multiengine aircraft, that pilot must (2) Consist of at least one flight over one route segment; and initially take the instrument pro- (3) Include takeoffs and landings at ficiency check required by paragraph one or more representative airports. In (a) of this section in a multiengine air- addition to the requirements of this craft, and each succeeding check alter- paragraph, for a pilot authorized to nately in single-engine and multien- conduct IFR operations, at least one gine aircraft, but not more than one flight shall be flown over a civil air- flight check during each period de- way, an approved off-airway route, or a scribed in paragraph (a) of this section.

portion of either of them.

Portions of a required flight check may (b) The pilot who conducts the check be given in an aircraft simulator or shall determine whether the pilot being other appropriate training device, if checked satisfactorily performs the du- approved by the Administrator.

ties and responsibilities of a pilot in (g) If the pilot in command is author- command in operations under this ized to use an autopilot system in place part, and shall so certify in the pilot of a second in command, that pilot training record.

must show, during the required instru- (c) Each certificate holder shall es- ment proficiency check, that the pilot tablish in the manual required by is able (without a second in command) § 135.21 a procedure which will ensure both with and without using the auto- that each pilot who has not flown over pilot to— a route and into an airport within the (1) Conduct instrument operations preceding 90 days will, before beginning competently; and the flight, become familiar with all (2) Properly conduct air-ground com- available information required for the munications and comply with complex safe operation of that flight.

air traffic control instructions.

(3) Each pilot taking the autopilot § 135.301 Crewmember: Tests and check must show that, while using the checks, grace provisions, training autopilot, the aircraft can be operated to accepted standards.

as proficiently as it would be if a sec- (a) If a crewmember who is required ond in command were present to han- to take a test or a flight check under dle air-ground communications and air this part, completes the test or flight traffic control instructions. The auto- check in the calendar month before or pilot check need only be demonstrated after the calendar month in which it is once every 12 calendar months during required, that crewmember is consid- the instrument proficiency check re- ered to have completed the test or quired under paragraph (a) of this sec- check in the calendar month in which tion.

it is required.

(b) If a pilot being checked under this [Docket 16097, 43 FR 46783, Oct. 10, 1978, as subpart fails any of the required ma- amended by Amdt. 135–15, 46 FR 30971, June neuvers, the person giving the check 11, 1981; Amdt. 135–129, 79 FR 9975, Feb. 21, 2014; Docket FAA–2019–0360, Amdt. 135–145, 89 may give additional training to the FR 51430, June 18, 2024; Docket FAA–2023– pilot during the course of the check. In 1275, Amdt. 135–147, 89 FR 92487, Nov. 21, 2024; addition to repeating the maneuvers 89 FR 92488, Nov. 21, 2024] failed, the person giving the check may require the pilot being checked to re- § 135.299 Pilot in command: Line peat any other maneuvers that are nec- checks: Routes and airports.

essary to determine the pilot’s pro- (a) No certificate holder may use a ficiency. If the pilot being checked is pilot, nor may any person serve, as a unable to demonstrate satisfactory pilot in command of a flight unless, performance to the person conducting since the beginning of the 12th cal- the check, the certificate holder may endar month before that service, that not use the pilot, nor may the pilot pilot has passed a flight check in one of serve, as a flight crewmember in oper- the types of aircraft which that pilot is ations under this part until the pilot to fly. The flight check shall— has satisfactorily completed the check.

VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:01 Aug 27, 2026 Jkt 268049 PO 00000 Frm 00501 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Y:\SGML\268049.XXX 268049 jgilmore on DSK4WB1RN3PROD with CFR

14 CFR Ch. I (1–1–26 Edition) § 135.321 conducts training, testing, and check- Subpart H—Training ing under contract or other arrange- § 135.321 Applicability and terms used. ment to certificate holders subject to the requirements of this part.

(a) Except as provided in § 135.3, this (8) Requalification training. The train- subpart prescribes the requirements ing required for crewmembers pre- applicable to— viously trained and qualified, but who (1) A certificate holder under this have become unqualified due to not part which contracts with, or other- having met within the required period wise arranges to use the services of a the— training center certificated under part (i) Recurrent pilot testing require- 142 to perform training, testing, and ments of § 135.293; checking functions; (ii) Instrument proficiency check re- (2) Each certificate holder for estab- quirements of § 135.297; or lishing and maintaining an approved (iii) Line checks required by § 135.299.

training program for crewmembers, check pilots and instructors, and other [Docket 16097, 43 FR 46783, Oct. 10, 1978, as operations personnel employed or used amended by Amdt. 121–250, 60 FR 65950, Dec.

by that certificate holder; and 20, 1995; Amdt. 135–63, 61 FR 34561, July 2, 1996; Amdt. 135–91, 68 FR 54588, Sept. 17, 2003; (3) Each certificate holder for the Docket FAA–2019–0360, Amdt. 135–145, 89 FR qualification, approval, and use of air- 51430, June 18, 2024] craft simulators and flight training de- vices in the conduct of the program.

§ 135.323 Training program: General.

(b) For the purposes of this subpart, (a) Each certificate holder required the following terms and definitions to have a training program under apply: § 135.341 shall: (1) Initial training. The training re- (1) Establish and implement a train- quired for crewmembers who have not ing program that satisfies the require- qualified and served in the same capac- ments of this subpart and that ensures ity on an aircraft.

that each crewmember, aircraft dis- (2) Transition training. The training patcher, flight instructor, and check required for crewmembers who have pilot is adequately trained to perform qualified and served in the same capac- his or her assigned duties. Prior to im- ity on another aircraft.

plementation, the certificate holder (3) Upgrade training. The training re- must obtain initial and final FAA ap- quired for crewmembers who have proval of the training program.

qualified and served as second in com- (2) Provide adequate ground and mand on a particular aircraft type, be- flight training facilities and properly fore they serve as pilot in command on qualified ground instructors for the that aircraft.

training required by this subpart.

(4) Differences training. The training (3) Provide and keep current for each required for crewmembers who have aircraft type used and, if applicable, qualified and served on a particular the particular variations within the type aircraft, when the Administrator aircraft type, appropriate training ma- finds differences training is necessary terial, examinations, forms, instruc- before a crewmember serves in the tions, and procedures for use in con- same capacity on a particular vari- ducting the training and checks re- ation of that aircraft.

(5) Recurrent training. The training quired by this subpart.

required for crewmembers to remain (4) Provide enough flight instructors, adequately trained and currently pro- check pilots, and FSTD instructors to ficient for each aircraft, crewmember conduct required flight training and position, and type of operation in flight checks and FSTD training which the crewmember serves. courses allowed under this subpart.

(6) In flight. The maneuvers, proce- (b) Whenever a crewmember who is dures, or functions that must be con- required to take recurrent training ducted in the aircraft. under this subpart completes the train- (7) Training center. An organization ing in the calendar month before, or governed by the applicable require- the calendar month after, the month in ments of part 142 of this chapter that which that training is required, the VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:01 Aug 27, 2026 Jkt 268049 PO 00000 Frm 00502 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Y:\SGML\268049.XXX 268049 jgilmore on DSK4WB1RN3PROD with CFR Federal Aviation Administration, DOT § 135.325 crewmember is considered to have required by this part only if the train- completed it in the calendar month in ing center— which it was required.

(1) Holds applicable training speci- (c) Each instructor, supervisor, or fications issued under part 142 of this check pilot who is responsible for a chapter; particular ground training subject, seg- (2) Has facilities, training equipment, ment of flight training, course of train- and courseware meeting the applicable ing, flight check, or competence check requirements of part 142 of this chap- under this part shall certify as to the ter; proficiency and knowledge of the crew- (3) Has approved curriculums, cur- member, flight instructor, or check riculum segments, and portions of cur- pilot concerned upon completion of riculum segments applicable for use in that training or check. That certifi- training courses required by this sub- cation shall be made a part of the crew- part; and member’s record. When the certifi- (4) Has sufficient instructor and cation required by this paragraph is check pilots qualified under the appli- made by an entry in a computerized cable requirements of §§ 135.337 through recordkeeping system, the certifying 135.340 to provide training, testing, and instructor, supervisor, or check pilot, checking to persons subject to the re- must be identified with that entry. quirements of this subpart.

However, the signature of the certi- [Docket 26933, 61 FR 34562, July 2, 1996, as fying instructor, supervisor, or check amended by Amdt. 135–67, 62 FR 13791, Mar.

pilot is not required for computerized 21, 1997; Amdt. 135–91, 68 FR 54588, Sept. 17, entries.

2003; Docket FAA–2019–0360, Amdt. 135–145, 89 (d) Training subjects that apply to FR 51431, June 18, 2024] more than one aircraft or crewmember § 135.325 Training program and revi- position and that have been satisfac- sion: Initial and final approval.

torily completed during previous train- ing while employed by the certificate (a) To obtain initial and final ap- holder for another aircraft or another proval of a training program, or a revi- crewmember position, need not be re- sion to an approved training program, peated during subsequent training each certificate holder must submit to other than recurrent training.

the Administrator— (e) Aircraft simulators and other (1) An outline of the proposed or re- training devices may be used in the vised curriculum, that provides enough certificate holder’s training program if information for a preliminary evalua- approved by the Administrator.

tion of the proposed training program or revision; and [Docket 16097, 43 FR 46783, Oct. 10, 1978, as (2) Additional relevant information amended by Amdt. 135–101, 70 FR 58829, Oct.

that may be requested by the Adminis- 7, 2005; Docket FAA–2019–0360, Amdt. 135–145, 89 FR 51430, June 18, 2024] trator.

(b) If the proposed training program § 135.324 Training program: Special or revision complies with this subpart, rules.

the Administrator grants initial ap- (a) Other than the certificate holder, proval in writing after which the cer- only another certificate holder certifi- tificate holder may conduct the train- cated under this part or a training cen- ing under that program. The Adminis- ter certificated under part 142 of this trator then evaluates the effectiveness chapter is eligible under this subpart of the training program and advises the to conduct training, testing, and certificate holder of deficiencies, if checking under contract or other ar- any, that must be corrected.

rangement to those persons subject to (c) The Administrator grants final the requirements of this subpart.

approval of the proposed training pro- (b) A certificate holder may contract gram or revision if the certificate hold- with, or otherwise arrange to use the er shows that the training conducted services of, a training center certifi- under the initial approval in paragraph cated under part 142 of this chapter to (b) of this section ensures that each conduct training, testing, and checking person who successfully completes the VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:01 Aug 27, 2026 Jkt 268049 PO 00000 Frm 00503 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Y:\SGML\268049.XXX 268049 jgilmore on DSK4WB1RN3PROD with CFR 14 CFR Ch. I (1–1–26 Edition) § 135.327 training is adequately trained to per- training as appropriate to the par- form that person’s assigned duties. ticular assignment of the crewmember: (1) Basic indoctrination ground train- (d) Whenever the Administrator finds ing for newly hired crewmembers in- that revisions are necessary for the cluding instruction in at least the— continued adequacy of a training pro- (i) Duties and responsibilities of gram that has been granted final ap- crewmembers as applicable; proval, the certificate holder shall, (ii) Appropriate provisions of this after notification by the Adminis- chapter; trator, make any changes in the pro- (iii) Contents of the certificate hold- gram that are found necessary by the er’s operating certificate and oper- Administrator. Within 30 days after the ations specifications (not required for certificate holder receives the notice, flight attendants); and it may file a petition to reconsider the (iv) Appropriate portions of the cer- notice with the Administrator. The fil- tificate holder’s operating manual.

ing of a petition to reconsider stays the (2) The initial and transition ground notice pending a decision by the Ad- training in §§ 135.345 and 135.349, as ap- ministrator. However, if the Adminis- plicable.

trator finds that there is an emergency (3) Emergency training in § 135.331.

that requires immediate action in the (4) Crew resource management train- interest of safety, the Administrator ing in § 135.330.

may, upon a statement of the reasons, (b) Each training program must pro- require a change effective without vide the initial and transition flight stay.

training in § 135.347, as applicable.

(c) Each training program must pro- § 135.327 Training program: Cur- vide recurrent ground and flight train- riculum.

ing in § 135.351.

(a) Each certificate holder must pre- (d) Upgrade training in §§ 135.345 and pare and keep current a written train- 135.347 for a particular type aircraft ing program curriculum for each type may be included in the training pro- of aircraft for each crewmember re- gram for crewmembers who have quali- quired for that type aircraft. The cur- fied and served as second in command riculum must include ground and flight on that aircraft.

training required by this subpart.

(e) In addition to initial, transition, (b) Each training program cur- upgrade and recurrent training, each riculum must include the following: training program must provide ground (1) A list of principal ground training and flight training, instruction, and subjects, including emergency training practice necessary to ensure that each subjects, that are provided.

crewmember— (2) A list of all the training devices, (1) Remains adequately trained and mockups, systems trainers, procedures currently proficient for each aircraft, trainers, or other training aids that crewmember position, and type of oper- the certificate holder will use. ation in which the crewmember serves; (3) Detailed descriptions or pictorial and displays of the approved normal, abnor- (2) Qualifies in new equipment, facili- mal, and emergency maneuvers, proce- ties, procedures, and techniques, in- dures and functions that will be per- cluding modifications to aircraft.

formed during each flight training [Docket 16097, 43 FR 46783, Oct. 10, 1978, as phase or flight check, indicating those amended by Amdt. 135–122, 76 FR 3837, Jan.

maneuvers, procedures and functions 21, 2011] that are to be performed during the inflight portions of flight training and § 135.330 Crew resource management training.

flight checks.

(a) Each certificate holder must have § 135.329 Crewmember training re- an approved crew resource manage- quirements.

ment training program that includes (a) Each certificate holder must in- initial and recurrent training. The clude in its training program the fol- training program must include at least lowing initial and transition ground the following: VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:01 Aug 27, 2026 Jkt 268049 PO 00000 Frm 00504 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Y:\SGML\268049.XXX 268049 jgilmore on DSK4WB1RN3PROD with CFR Federal Aviation Administration, DOT § 135.331 (1) Authority of the pilot in com- (1) Instruction in emergency assign- mand; ments and procedures, including co- ordination among crewmembers.

(2) Communication processes, deci- (2) Individual instruction in the loca- sions, and coordination, to include tion, function, and operation of emer- communication with Air Traffic Con- gency equipment including— trol, personnel performing flight locat- ing and other operational functions, (i) Equipment used in ditching and and passengers; evacuation; (ii) First aid equipment and its prop- (3) Building and maintenance of a er use; and flight team; (iii) Portable fire extinguishers, with (4) Workload and time management; emphasis on the type of extinguisher to (5) Situational awareness; be used on different classes of fires.

(6) Effects of fatigue on performance, (3) Instruction in the handling of avoidance strategies and counter- emergency situations including— measures; (i) Rapid decompression; (7) Effects of stress and stress reduc- (ii) Fire in flight or on the surface tion strategies; and and smoke control procedures with em- (8) Aeronautical decision-making and phasis on electrical equipment and re- judgment training tailored to the oper- lated circuit breakers found in cabin ator’s flight operations and aviation areas; environment.

(iii) Ditching and evacuation; (b) After March 22, 2013, no certifi- (iv) Illness, injury, or other abnormal cate holder may use a person as a situations involving passengers or flightcrew member or flight attendant crewmembers; and unless that person has completed ap- (v) Hijacking and other unusual situ- proved crew resource management ini- ations.

tial training with that certificate hold- (4) Review of the certificate holder’s er.

previous aircraft accidents and inci- (c) For flightcrew members and flight dents involving actual emergency situ- attendants, the Administrator, at his ations.

or her discretion, may credit crew re- (c) Each crewmember must perform source management training com- at least the following emergency drills, pleted with that certificate holder be- using the proper emergency equipment fore March 22, 2013, toward all or part and procedures, unless the Adminis- of the initial CRM training required by trator finds that, for a particular drill, this section.

the crewmember can be adequately (d) In granting credit for initial CRM trained by demonstration: training, the Administrator considers (1) Ditching, if applicable.

training aids, devices, methods and (2) Emergency evacuation.

procedures used by the certificate hold- (3) Fire extinguishing and smoke con- er in a voluntary CRM program in- trol.

cluded in a training program required (4) Operation and use of emergency by § 135.341, § 135.345, or § 135.349.

exits, including deployment and use of [Docket FAA–2009–0023, 76 FR 3837, Jan. 21, evacuation chutes, if applicable.

2011] (5) Use of crew and passenger oxygen.

(6) Removal of life rafts from the air- § 135.331 Crewmember emergency craft, inflation of the life rafts, use of training.

life lines, and boarding of passengers and crew, if applicable.

(a) Each training program must pro- vide emergency training under this sec- (7) Donning and inflation of life vests tion for each aircraft type, model, and and the use of other individual flota- configuration, each crewmember, and tion devices, if applicable.

each kind of operation conducted, as (d) Crewmembers who serve in oper- appropriate for each crewmember and ations above 25,000 feet must receive the certificate holder. instruction in the following: (b) Emergency training must provide (1) Respiration.

the following: (2) Hypoxia.

VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:01 Aug 27, 2026 Jkt 268049 PO 00000 Frm 00505 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Y:\SGML\268049.XXX 268049 jgilmore on DSK4WB1RN3PROD with CFR 14 CFR Ch. I (1–1–26 Edition) § 135.335 (3) Duration of consciousness without from the air carrier training program supplemental oxygen at altitude. required by this part.

(4) Gas expansion.

(b) No certificate holder may use a (5) Gas bubble formation.

person nor may any person serve as an (6) Physical phenomena and incidents instructor in a training program ap- of decompression.

proved to meet the requirements of § 61.156 of this chapter unless the in- § 135.335 Approval of aircraft simula- structor: tors and other training devices.

(1) Holds an airline transport pilot (a) Training courses using aircraft certificate with an airplane category simulators and other training devices multiengine class rating; may be included in the certificate hold- (2) Has at least 2 years of experience er’s training program if approved by as a pilot in command in operations the Administrator.

conducted under § 91.1053(a)(2)(i) of this (b) Each aircraft simulator and other chapter, § 135.243(a)(1) of this part, or as training device that is used in a train- a pilot in command or second in com- ing course or in checks required under mand in any operation conducted this subpart must meet the following under part 121 of this chapter; requirements: (3) Except for the holder of a flight (1) It must be specifically approved instructor certificate, receives initial for— training on the following topics: (i) The certificate holder; and (i) The fundamental principles of the (ii) The particular maneuver, proce- learning process; dure, or crewmember function in- (ii) Elements of effective teaching, volved.

instruction methods, and techniques; (2) It must maintain the perform- ance, functional, and other character- (iii) Instructor duties, privileges, re- istics that are required for approval. sponsibilities, and limitations; (3) Additionally, for aircraft simula- (iv) Training policies and procedures; tors, it must be— and (i) Approved for the type aircraft (v) Evaluation.

and, if applicable, the particular vari- (4) If providing training in a flight ation within type for which the train- simulation training device, holds an ing or check is being conducted; and aircraft type rating for the aircraft (ii) Modified to conform with any represented by the flight simulation modification to the aircraft being sim- training device utilized in the training ulated that changes the performance, program and have received training functional, or other characteristics re- and evaluation within the preceding 12 quired for approval.

months from the certificate holder on: (c) A particular aircraft simulator or (i) Proper operation of flight simu- other training device may be used by lator and flight training device con- more than one certificate holder.

trols and systems; (d) In granting initial and final ap- (ii) Proper operation of environ- proval of training programs or revi- mental and fault panels; sions to them, the Administrator con- (iii) Data and motion limitations of siders the training devices, methods simulation; and procedures listed in the certificate (iv) Minimum equipment require- holder’s curriculum under § 135.327.

ments for each curriculum; and [Docket 16907, 43 FR 46783, Oct. 10, 1978, as (v) The maneuvers that will be dem- amended by Amdt. 135–1, 44 FR 26738, May 7, onstrated in the flight simulation 1979] training device.

§ 135.336 Airline transport pilot certifi- (c) A certificate holder may not issue cation training program.

a graduation certificate to a student unless that student has completed all (a) A certificate holder may obtain the curriculum requirements of the approval to establish and implement a course.

training program to satisfy the re- quirements of § 61.156 of this chapter. (d) A certificate holder must conduct The training program must be separate evaluations to ensure that training VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:01 Aug 27, 2026 Jkt 268049 PO 00000 Frm 00506 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Y:\SGML\268049.XXX 268049 jgilmore on DSK4WB1RN3PROD with CFR Federal Aviation Administration, DOT § 135.338 techniques, procedures, and standards in the period prescribed by that pro- are acceptable to the Administrator. gram and that must precede the per- formance of any check pilot duty in an [Docket FAA–2010–0100, 78 FR 42379, July 15, FSTD.

2013] (e) The flight segments or line-obser- § 135.337 Qualifications: Check pilots. vation program required in paragraph (d) of this section are considered to be (a) For the purposes of this part: completed in the month required if (1) A check pilot (aircraft) is a person completed in the calendar month be- who is qualified to conduct flight fore or the calendar month after the checks in an aircraft for a particular month in which they are due.

type aircraft.

(f) A person who serves as a required (2) A check-pilot (FSTD) is a person flightcrew member while performing who is qualified to conduct flight check pilot duties must also meet the checks only in an FSTD for a par- requirements of this chapter for the ticular type aircraft.

duty position in which they are serv- (3) Check pilots are those persons ing.

who perform the functions described in §§ 135.321(a) and 135.323(a)(4) and (c).

[Docket FAA–2019–0360, Amdt. 135–145, 89 FR (b) No certificate holder may use a 51431, June 18, 2024] person, nor may any person serve as a check pilot in a training program es- § 135.338 Qualifications: Flight instruc- tablished under this subpart unless, tors.

with respect to the aircraft type in- (a) For the purposes of this part: volved, that person— (1) A flight instructor (aircraft) is a (1) Holds the pilot certificates and person who is qualified to instruct in ratings required to serve as a pilot in an aircraft for a particular type, class, command in operations under this or category aircraft.

part; (2) A flight instructor (FSTD) is a (2) Has satisfactorily completed the person who is qualified to instruct only appropriate training phases for the air- in an FSTD for a particular type, class, craft, including recurrent training, or category aircraft.

that are required to serve as a pilot in (3) Flight instructors are those in- command in operations under this structors who perform the functions part; described in §§ 135.321(a) and (3) Has satisfactorily completed the 135.323(a)(4) and (c).

proficiency or competency checks that (b) No certificate holder may use a are required to serve as a pilot in com- person, nor may any person serve as a mand in operations under this part; flight instructor in a training program (4) Has satisfactorily completed the established under this subpart unless, applicable training requirements of with respect to the type, class, or cat- § 135.339; egory aircraft involved, that person— (5) Has been approved by the Admin- (1) Holds the pilot certificates and istrator for the check pilot duties in- ratings required to serve as a pilot in volved.

command in operations under this (c) Completion of the requirements in part; paragraphs (b)(2), (3), and (4) of this (2) Has satisfactorily completed the section, as applicable, shall be entered appropriate training phases for the air- in the individual’s training record craft, including recurrent training, maintained by the certificate holder.

that are required to serve as a pilot in (d) A check pilot (FSTD) must ac- command in operations under this complish the following— part; (1) Fly at least two flight segments as a required crewmember for the type, (3) Has satisfactorily completed the class, or category aircraft involved proficiency or competency checks that within the 12-month period preceding are required to serve as a pilot in com- the performance of any check-pilot mand in operations under this part; duty in an FSTD; or (4) Has satisfactorily completed the (2) Satisfactorily complete an ap- applicable training requirements of proved line-observation program with- § 135.340.

VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:01 Aug 27, 2026 Jkt 268049 PO 00000 Frm 00507 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Y:\SGML\268049.XXX 268049 jgilmore on DSK4WB1RN3PROD with CFR

14 CFR Ch. I (1–1–26 Edition) § 135.339 (c) Completion of the requirements in month after the month in which it is paragraphs (b)(2), (3), and (4) of this due.

section shall be entered in the individ- (c) The initial ground training for ual’s training record maintained by the check pilots must include the fol- certificate holder. lowing: (1) Check pilot duties, functions, and (d) A flight instructor (FSTD) must responsibilities.

accomplish the following— (2) The applicable Code of Federal (1) Fly at least two flight segments Regulations and the certificate hold- as a required crewmember for the type, er’s policies and procedures.

class, or category aircraft involved (3) The applicable methods, proce- within the 12-month period preceding dures, and techniques for conducting the performance of any flight instruc- the required checks.

tor duty in an FSTD; or (4) Proper evaluation of student per- (2) Satisfactorily complete an ap- formance including the detection of— proved line-observation program with- (i) Improper and insufficient train- in the period prescribed by that pro- ing; and gram preceding the performance of any (ii) Personal characteristics of an ap- flight instructor duty in an FSTD.

plicant that could adversely affect (e) The flight segments or line-obser- safety.

vation program required in paragraph (5) The corrective action in the case (d) of this section are considered com- of unsatisfactory checks.

pleted in the month required if com- (6) The approved methods, proce- pleted in the calendar month before, or dures, and limitations for performing in the calendar month after, the month the required normal, abnormal, and in which they are due.

emergency procedures in the aircraft.

(f) A person who serves as a required (d) The transition ground training for flightcrew member while performing check pilots must include the approved flight instructor duties must also meet methods, procedures, and limitations the requirements of this chapter for for performing the required normal, ab- the duty position in which they are normal, and emergency procedures ap- serving.

plicable to the aircraft to which the [Docket FAA–2019–0360, Amdt. 135–145, 89 FR check pilot is in transition.

51431, June 18, 2024] (e) The initial and transition flight training for check pilots (aircraft) § 135.339 Initial and transition train- must include the following— ing and checking: Check pilots.

(1) The safety measures for emer- (a) No certificate holder may use a gency situations that are likely to de- person nor may any person serve as a velop during a check; check pilot unless— (2) The potential results of improper, (1) That person has satisfactorily untimely, or nonexecution of safety completed initial or transition check measures during a check; pilot training; and (3) Training and practice in con- (2) Within the preceding 24 calendar ducting flight checks from the left and months, that person satisfactorily con- right pilot seats, or in the case of pow- ducts a proficiency or competency ered-lift with one pilot seat from that check under the observation of an FAA seat as well as providing training and inspector or an aircrew designated ex- instruction from an observation seat, aminer employed by the operator. The in the required normal, abnormal, and observation check may be accom- emergency procedures to ensure com- plished in part or in full in an aircraft, petence to conduct the pilot flight in a flight simulator, or in a flight checks required by this part; and training device. This paragraph applies (4) The safety measures to be taken after March 19, 1997.

from either pilot seat, or in the case of (b) The observation check required powered-lift with one pilot seat from by paragraph (a)(2) of this section is that seat as well as providing training considered to have been completed in and instruction from an observation the month required if completed in the seat, for emergency situations that are calendar month before or the calendar likely to develop during checking.

VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:01 Aug 27, 2026 Jkt 268049 PO 00000 Frm 00508 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Y:\SGML\268049.XXX 268049 jgilmore on DSK4WB1RN3PROD with CFR Federal Aviation Administration, DOT § 135.340 (f) The requirements of paragraph (e) (2) The applicable Code of Federal of this section may be accomplished in Regulations and the certificate hold- full or in part in flight, in a flight sim- er’s policies and procedures.

ulator, or in a flight training device, as (3) The applicable methods, proce- appropriate.

dures, and techniques for conducting (g) The initial and transition flight flight instruction.

training for check pilots (FSTD) must (4) Proper evaluation of student per- include the following: formance including the detection of— (1) Training and practice in con- (i) Improper and insufficient train- ducting flight checks in the required ing; and normal, abnormal, and emergency pro- (ii) Personal characteristics of an ap- plicant that could adversely affect cedures to ensure competence to con- safety.

duct the flight checks required by this part. This training and practice must (5) The corrective action in the case be accomplished in a flight simulator of unsatisfactory training progress.

or in a flight training device.

(6) The approved methods, proce- (2) Training in the operation of flight dures, and limitations for performing simulators, flight training devices, or the required normal, abnormal, and both, to ensure competence to conduct emergency procedures in the aircraft.

the flight checks required by this part. (7) Except for holders of a flight in- structor certificate— [Docket 28471, 61 FR 30745, June 17, 1996; 62 (i) The fundamental principles of the FR 3739, Jan. 24, 1997, as amended by Docket teaching-learning process; FAA–2019–0360; Amdt. 135–145, 89 FR 51431, (ii) Teaching methods and proce- June 18, 2024; Amdt. 135–145A, 89 FR 105448, Dec. 27, 2024; Docket FAA–2023–1275, Amdt. dures; and 135–147, 89 FR 92488, Nov. 21, 2024] (iii) The instructor-student relation- ship.

§ 135.340 Initial and transition train- (d) The transition ground training for ing and checking: Flight instruc- flight instructors must include the ap- tors.

proved methods, procedures, and limi- (a) No certificate holder may use a tations for performing the required person nor may any person serve as a normal, abnormal, and emergency pro- flight instructor unless— cedures applicable to the type, class, or (1) That person has satisfactorily category aircraft to which the flight completed initial or transition flight instructor is in transition.

instructor training; and (e) The initial and transition flight (2) Within the preceding 24 calendar training for flight instructors (aircraft) months, that person satisfactorily con- must include the following— ducts instruction under the observa- (1) The safety measures for emer- tion of an FAA inspector, an operator gency situations that are likely to de- check pilot, or an aircrew designated velop during instruction; examiner employed by the operator.

(2) The potential results of improper The observation check may be accom- or untimely safety measures during in- plished in part or in full in an aircraft, struction; in a flight simulator, or in a flight (3) Training and practice from the training device.

left and right pilot seats, or in the case (b) The observation check required of powered-lift with one pilot seat from by paragraph (a)(2) of this section is that seat as well as providing training considered to have been completed in and instruction from an observation the month required if completed in the seat, in the required normal, abnormal, calendar month before, or the calendar and emergency maneuvers to ensure month after, the month in which it is competence to conduct the flight in- due.

struction required by this part; and (c) The initial ground training for (4) The safety measures to be taken flight instructors must include the fol- from either the left or right pilot seat, lowing: or in the case of powered-lift with one (1) Flight instructor duties, func- pilot seat from that seat as well as pro- tions, and responsibilities. viding training and instruction from an VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:01 Aug 27, 2026 Jkt 268049 PO 00000 Frm 00509 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Y:\SGML\268049.XXX 268049 jgilmore on DSK4WB1RN3PROD with CFR 14 CFR Ch. I (1–1–26 Edition) § 135.341 observation seat, for emergency situa- graph (a) of this section shall include tions that are likely to develop during in that program ground and flight instruction. training curriculums for— (f) The requirements of paragraph (e) (1) Initial training; of this section may be accomplished in (2) Transition training; full or in part in flight, in a flight sim- (3) Upgrade training; ulator, or in a flight training device, as (4) Differences training; and appropriate.

(5) Recurrent training.

(g) The initial and transition flight (c) Each certificate holder required training for a flight instructor (FSTD) to have a training program by para- must include the following: graph (a) of this section shall provide (1) Training and practice in the re- current and appropriate study mate- quired normal, abnormal, and emer- rials for use by each required pilot and gency procedures to ensure competence flight attendant.

to conduct the flight instruction re- (d) The certificate holder shall fur- quired by this part. These maneuvers nish copies of the pilot and flight at- and procedures must be accomplished tendant crewmember training program, in full or in part in a flight simulator and all changes and additions, to the or in a flight training device.

assigned representative of the Admin- (2) Training in the operation of flight istrator. If the certificate holder uses simulators, flight training devices, or training facilities of other persons, a both, to ensure competence to conduct copy of those training programs or ap- the flight instruction required by this propriate portions used for those facili- part.

ties shall also be furnished. Curricula that follow FAA published curricula [Docket 28471, 61 FR 30745, June 17, 1996; 61 may be cited by reference in the copy FR 34927, July 3, 1996; 62 FR 3739, Jan. 24, 1997, as amended by Docket FAA–2019–0360, of the training program furnished to Amdt. 135–145, 89 FR 51432, June 18, 2024; the representative of the Adminis- Amdt. 135–145A, 89 FR 105448, Dec. 27, 2024; trator and need not be furnished with Docket FAA–2023–1275, Amdt. 135–147, 89 FR the program.

92488, Nov. 21, 2024] [Docket 16097, 43 FR 46783, Oct. 10, 1978, as § 135.341 Pilot and flight attendant amended by Amdt. 135–18, 47 FR 33396, Aug. 2, crewmember training programs. 1982; Amdt. 135–127, 78 FR 42379, July 15, 2013; Amdt. 135–127A, 78 FR 77574, Dec. 24, 2013] (a) Each certificate holder, other than one who uses only one pilot in the § 135.343 Crewmember initial and re- certificate holder’s operations, shall current training requirements.

establish and maintain an approved No certificate holder may use a per- pilot training program, and each cer- son, nor may any person serve, as a tificate holder who uses a flight at- crewmember in operations under this tendant crewmember shall establish part unless that crewmember has com- and maintain an approved flight at- pleted the appropriate initial or recur- tendant training program, that is ap- rent training phase of the training pro- propriate to the operations to which gram appropriate to the type of oper- each pilot and flight attendant is to be ation in which the crewmember is to assigned, and will ensure that they are serve since the beginning of the 12th adequately trained to meet the appli- calendar month before that service.

cable knowledge and practical testing This section does not apply to a certifi- requirements of §§ 135.293 through cate holder that uses only one pilot in 135.301. However, the Administrator the certificate holder’s operations.

may authorize a deviation from this section if the Administrator finds that, [Docket 16097, 43 FR 46783, Oct. 10, 1978, as because of the limited size and scope of amended by Amdt. 135–18, 47 FR 33396, Aug. 2, 1982] the operation, safety will allow a devi- ation from these requirements. This § 135.345 Pilots: Initial, transition, and deviation authority does not extend to upgrade ground training.

the training provided under § 135.336.

(b) Each certificate holder required Initial, transition, and upgrade to have a training program by para- ground training for pilots must include VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:01 Aug 27, 2026 Jkt 268049 PO 00000 Frm 00510 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Y:\SGML\268049.XXX 268049 jgilmore on DSK4WB1RN3PROD with CFR Federal Aviation Administration, DOT § 135.347 instruction in at least the following, as (iv) Operating airplanes during applicable to their duties: ground icing conditions, ( i.e. , any time (a) General subjects— conditions are such that frost, ice, or snow may reasonably be expected to (1) The certificate holder’s flight lo- adhere to the airplane), if the certifi- cating procedures; cate holder expects to authorize take- (2) Principles and methods for deter- offs in ground icing conditions, includ- mining weight and balance, and run- ing: way limitations for takeoff and land- (A) The use of holdover times when ing; using deicing/anti-icing fluids; (3) Enough meteorology to ensure a (B) Airplane deicing/anti-icing proce- practical knowledge of weather phe- dures, including inspection and check nomena, including the principles of procedures and responsibilities; frontal systems, icing, fog, thunder- (C) Communications; storms, windshear and, if appropriate, (D) Airplane surface contamination high altitude weather situations; ( i.e. , adherence of frost, ice, or snow) (4) Air traffic control systems, proce- and critical area identification, and dures, and phraseology; knowledge of how contamination ad- (5) Navigation and the use of naviga- versely affects airplane performance tional aids, including instrument ap- and flight characteristics; proach procedures; (E) Types and characteristics of deic- (6) Normal and emergency commu- ing/anti-icing fluids, if used by the cer- nication procedures; tificate holder; (7) Visual cues before and during de- (F) Cold weather preflight inspection scent below DA/DH or MDA; procedures; (8) ETOPS, if applicable; (G) Techniques for recognizing con- (9) After August 13, 2008, passenger tamination on the airplane; recovery plan for any passenger-car- (7) Operating limitations; rying operation (other than intrastate (8) Fuel consumption and cruise con- operations wholly within the state of trol; Alaska) in the North Polar area; and (9) Flight planning; (10) Other instructions necessary to (10) Each normal and emergency pro- ensure the pilot’s competence. cedure; and (11) The approved Aircraft Flight (b) For each aircraft type— Manual, or equivalent.

(1) A general description; (2) Performance characteristics; [Docket 16097, 43 FR 46783, Oct. 10, 1978, as (3) Engines and propellers; amended by Amdt. 135–27, 53 FR 37697, Sept.

27, 1988; Amdt. 135–46, 58 FR 69630, Dec. 30, (4) Major components; 1993; Amdt. 135–108, 72 FR 1885, Jan. 16, 2007; (5) Major aircraft systems ( i.e. , flight Amdt. 135–110, 72 FR 31685, June 7, 2007; controls, electrical, and hydraulic), Amdt. 135–112, 73 FR 8798, Feb. 15, 2008] other systems, as appropriate, prin- ciples of normal, abnormal, and emer- § 135.347 Pilots: Initial, transition, up- gency operations, appropriate proce- grade, and differences flight train- dures and limitations; ing.

(6) Knowledge and procedures for— (a) Initial, transition, upgrade, and (i) Recognizing and avoiding severe differences training for pilots must in- weather situations; clude flight and practice in each of the (ii) Escaping from severe weather sit- maneuvers and procedures in the ap- uations, in case of inadvertent encoun- proved training program curriculum.

ters, including low-altitude windshear (b) The maneuvers and procedures re- (except that rotorcraft pilots are not quired by paragraph (a) of this section required to be trained in escaping from must be performed in flight, except to low-altitude windshear); the extent that certain maneuvers and (iii) Operating in or near thunder- procedures may be performed in an air- storms (including best penetrating al- craft simulator, or an appropriate titudes), turbulent air (including clear training device, as allowed by this sub- air turbulence), icing, hail, and other part.

potentially hazardous meteorological (c) If the certificate holder’s ap- conditions; and proved training program includes a VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:01 Aug 27, 2026 Jkt 268049 PO 00000 Frm 00511 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Y:\SGML\268049.XXX 268049 jgilmore on DSK4WB1RN3PROD with CFR 14 CFR Ch. I (1–1–26 Edition) § 135.349 course of training using an aircraft (1) A quiz or other review to deter- simulator or other training device, mine the crewmember’s knowledge of each pilot must successfully com- the aircraft and crewmember position plete— involved.

(1) Training and practice in the simu- (2) Instruction as necessary in the lator or training device in at least the subjects required for initial ground maneuvers and procedures in this sub- training by this subpart, as appro- part that are capable of being per- priate, including low-altitude formed in the aircraft simulator or windshear training and training on op- training device; and erating during ground icing conditions (2) A flight check in the aircraft or a as prescribed in § 135.341 and described check in the simulator or training de- in § 135.345, crew resource management vice to the level of proficiency of a training as prescribed in § 135.330, and pilot in command or second in com- emergency training as prescribed in mand, as applicable, in at least the ma- § 135.331.

neuvers and procedures that are capa- (c) Recurrent flight training for pi- ble of being performed in an aircraft lots must include, at least, flight train- simulator or training device. ing in the maneuvers or procedures in this subpart, except that satisfactory § 135.349 Flight attendants: Initial and completion of the check required by transition ground training.

§ 135.293 within the preceding 12 cal- endar months may be substituted for Initial and transition ground train- recurrent flight training.

ing for flight attendants must include instruction in at least the following— [Docket 16097, 43 FR 46783, Oct. 10, 1978, as (a) General subjects— amended by Amdt. 135–27, 53 FR 37698, Sept.

(1) The authority of the pilot in com- 27, 1988; Amdt. 135–46, 58 FR 69630, Dec. 30, 1993; Amdt. 135–122, 76 FR 3837, Jan. 21, 2011] mand; and (2) Passenger handling, including pro- § 135.353 [Reserved] cedures to be followed in handling de- ranged persons or other persons whose conduct might jeopardize safety. Subpart I—Airplane Performance (b) For each aircraft type— Operating Limitations (1) A general description of the air- § 135.361 Applicability.

craft emphasizing physical characteris- tics that may have a bearing on ditch- (a) This subpart prescribes airplane ing, evacuation, and inflight emer- performance operating limitations ap- gency procedures and on other related plicable to the operation of the cat- duties; egories of airplanes listed in § 135.363 (2) The use of both the public address when operated under this part.

system and the means of commu- (b) For the purpose of this subpart, nicating with other flight crew- effective length of the runway, for land- members, including emergency means ing means the distance from the point in the case of attempted hijacking or at which the obstruction clearance other unusual situations; and plane associated with the approach end (3) Proper use of electrical galley of the runway intersects the centerline equipment and the controls for cabin of the runway to the far end of the run- heat and ventilation.

way.

(c) For the purpose of this subpart, § 135.351 Recurrent training.

obstruction clearance plane means a (a) Each certificate holder must en- plane sloping upward from the runway sure that each crewmember receives at a slope of 1:20 to the horizontal, and recurrent training and is adequately tangent to or clearing all obstructions trained and currently proficient for the within a specified area surrounding the type aircraft and crewmember position runway as shown in a profile view of involved. that area. In the plan view, the center- (b) Recurrent ground training for line of the specified area coincides with crewmembers must include at least the the centerline of the runway, beginning following: at the point where the obstruction VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:01 Aug 27, 2026 Jkt 268049 PO 00000 Frm 00512 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Y:\SGML\268049.XXX 268049 jgilmore on DSK4WB1RN3PROD with CFR Federal Aviation Administration, DOT § 135.364 clearance plane intersects the center- (f) The performance data in the Air- line of the runway and proceeding to a plane Flight Manual applies in deter- point at least 1,500 feet from the begin- mining compliance with §§ 135.365 ning point. After that the centerline through 135.387. Where conditions are coincides with the takeoff path over different from those on which the per- formance data is based, compliance is the ground for the runway (in the case determined by interpolation or by com- of takeoffs) or with the instrument ap- puting the effects of change in the spe- proach counterpart (for landings), or, cific variables, if the results of the in- where the applicable one of these paths terpolation or computations are sub- has not been established, it proceeds stantially as accurate as the results of consistent with turns of at least 4,000- direct tests.

foot radius until a point is reached be- (g) No person may take off a recipro- yond which the obstruction clearance cating engine powered large transport plane clears all obstructions. This area category airplane at a weight that is extends laterally 200 feet on each side more than the allowable weight for the of the centerline at the point where the runway being used (determined under obstruction clearance plane intersects the runway takeoff limitations of the the runway and continues at this width transport category operating rules of to the end of the runway; then it in- this subpart) after taking into account creases uniformly to 500 feet on each the temperature operating correction side of the centerline at a point 1,500 factors in section 4a.749a-T or section feet from the intersection of the ob- 4b.117 of the Civil Air Regulations in struction clearance plane with the run- effect on January 31, 1965, and in the way; after that it extends laterally 500 applicable Airplane Flight Manual.

feet on each side of the centerline.

(h) The Administrator may author- ize in the operations specifications de- § 135.363 General.

viations from this subpart if special (a) Each certificate holder operating circumstances make a literal observ- a reciprocating engine powered large ance of a requirement unnecessary for transport category airplane shall com- safety.

ply with §§ 135.365 through 135.377.

(i) The 10-mile width specified in (b) Each certificate holder operating §§ 135.369 through 135.373 may be re- a turbine engine powered large trans- duced to 5 miles, for not more than 20 port category airplane shall comply miles, when operating under VFR or with §§ 135.379 through 135.387, except where navigation facilities furnish reli- that when it operates a turbopropeller- able and accurate identification of high powered large transport category air- ground and obstructions located out- plane certificated after August 29, 1959, side of 5 miles, but within 10 miles, on but previously type certificated with each side of the intended track.

the same number of reciprocating en- (j) Each certificate holder operating gines, it may comply with §§ 135.365 a commuter category airplane shall through 135.377.

comply with § 135.398.

(c) Each certificate holder operating [Docket 16097, 43 FR 46783, Oct. 10, 1978, as a large nontransport category airplane amended by Amdt. 135–21, 52 FR 1836, Jan. 15, shall comply with §§ 135.389 through 1987] 135.395 and any determination of com- pliance must be based only on approved § 135.364 Maximum flying time outside the United States.

performance data. For the purpose of this subpart, a large nontrans- port After August 13, 2008, no certificate category airplane is an airplane that holder may operate an airplane, other was type certificated before July 1, than an all-cargo airplane with more 1942.

than two engines, on a planned route (d) Each certificate holder operating that exceeds 180 minutes flying time a small transport category airplane (at the one-engine-inoperative cruise shall comply with § 135.397.

speed under standard conditions in still (e) Each certificate holder operating air) from an Adequate Airport outside a small nontransport category airplane the continental United States unless shall comply with § 135.399. the operation is approved by the FAA VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:01 Aug 27, 2026 Jkt 268049 PO 00000 Frm 00513 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Y:\SGML\268049.XXX 268049 jgilmore on DSK4WB1RN3PROD with CFR

14 CFR Ch. I (1–1–26 Edition) § 135.365

in accordance with Appendix G of this 50 feet, as indicated by the takeoff path part, Extended Operations (ETOPS). data, before passing over the end of the runway; and [Docket FAA–1999–6717, 73 FR 8798, Feb. 15, (3) To clear all obstacles either by at 2008] least 50 feet vertically (as shown by the § 135.365 Large transport category air- takeoff path data) or 200 feet hori- planes: Reciprocating engine pow- zontally within the airport boundaries ered: Weight limitations.

and 300 feet horizontally beyond the boundaries, without banking before (a) No person may take off a recipro- reaching a height of 50 feet (as shown cating engine powered large transport by the takeoff path data) and after category airplane from an airport lo- that without banking more than 15 de- cated at an elevation outside of the grees.

range for which maximum takeoff (b) In applying this section, correc- weights have been determined for that tions must be made for any runway airplane.

gradient. To allow for wind effect, (b) No person may take off a recipro- takeoff data based on still air may be cating engine powered large transport corrected by taking into account not category airplane for an airport of in- more than 50 percent of any reported tended destination that is located at an headwind component and not less than elevation outside of the range for 150 percent of any reported tailwind which maximum landing weights have component.

been determined for that airplane.

(c) No person may specify, or have § 135.369 Large transport category air- specified, an alternate airport that is planes: Reciprocating engine pow- located at an elevation outside of the ered: En route limitations: All en- range for which maximum landing gines operating.

weights have been determined for the (a) No person operating a recipro- reciprocating engine powered large cating engine powered large transport transport category airplane concerned.

category airplane may take off that (d) No person may take off a recipro- airplane at a weight, allowing for nor- cating engine powered large transport mal consumption of fuel and oil, that category airplane at a weight more does not allow a rate of climb (in feet than the maximum authorized takeoff per minute), with all engines oper- weight for the elevation of the airport.

ating, of at least 6.90 Vs (that is, the (e) No person may take off a recipro- o number of feet per minute obtained by cating engine powered large transport multiplying the number of knots by category airplane if its weight on ar- 6.90) at an altitude of a least 1,000 feet rival at the airport of destination will above the highest ground or obstruc- be more than the maximum authorized tion within ten miles of each side of landing weight for the elevation of that the intended track.

airport, allowing for normal consump- tion of fuel and oil en route. (b) This section does not apply to large transport category airplanes cer- § 135.367 Large transport category air- tificated under part 4a of the Civil Air planes: Reciprocating engine pow- Regulations.

ered: Takeoff limitations.

§ 135.371 Large transport category air- (a) No person operating a recipro- planes: Reciprocating engine pow- cating engine powered large transport ered: En route limitations: One en- category airplane may take off that gine inoperative.

airplane unless it is possible— (1) To stop the airplane safely on the (a) Except as provided in paragraph runway, as shown by the accelerate- (b) of this section, no person operating stop distance data, at any time during a reciprocating engine powered large takeoff until reaching critical-engine transport category airplane may take failure speed; off that airplane at a weight, allowing (2) If the critical engine fails at any for normal consumption of fuel and oil, time after the airplane reaches crit- that does not allow a rate of climb (in ical-engine failure speed V , to con- feet per minute), with one engine inop- tinue the takeoff and reach a height of erative, of at least (0.079 ¥ 0.106/N) Vs 2 o VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:01 Aug 27, 2026 Jkt 268049 PO 00000 Frm 00514 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Y:\SGML\268049.XXX 268049 jgilmore on DSK4WB1RN3PROD with CFR

Federal Aviation Administration, DOT § 135.373

(where N is the number of engines in- 1,000 feet above the airport used as an stalled and Vs is expressed in knots) alternate in this procedure.

o at an altitude of least 1,000 feet above (4) The procedure must include an ap- the highest ground or obstruction proved method of accounting for winds within 10 miles of each side of the in- and temperatures that would otherwise tended track. However, for the pur- adversely affect the flight path.

poses of this paragraph the rate of (5) In complying with this procedure, climb for transport category airplanes fuel jettisoning is allowed if the certifi- certificated under part 4a of the Civil cate holder shows that it has an ade- Air Regulations is 0.026 Vs 2. quate training program, that proper in- o (b) In place of the requirements of structions are given to the flight crew, paragraph (a) of this section, a person and all other precautions are taken to may, under an approved procedure, op- ensure a safe procedure.

erate a reciprocating engine powered (6) The certificate holder and the large transport category airplane at an pilot in command shall jointly elect an all-engines-operating altitude that al- alternate airport for which the appro- lows the airplane to continue, after an priate weather reports or forecasts, or engine failure, to an alternate airport any combination of them, indicate that where a landing can be made under weather conditions will be at or above § 135.377, allowing for normal consump- the alternate weather minimum speci- tion of fuel and oil. After the assumed fied in the certificate holder’s oper- failure, the flight path must clear the ations specifications for that airport ground and any obstruction within five when the flight arrives.

miles on each side of the intended [Docket 16097, 43 FR 46783, Oct. 10, 1978, as track by at least 2,000 feet.

amended by Amdt. 135–110, 72 FR 31685, June (c) If an approved procedure under 7, 2007] paragraph (b) of this section is used, the certificate holder shall comply § 135.373 Part 25 transport category airplanes with four or more en- with the following: gines: Reciprocating engine pow- (1) The rate of climb (as prescribed in ered: En route limitations: Two en- the Airplane Flight Manual for the ap- gines inoperative.

propriate weight and altitude) used in calculating the airplane’s flight path (a) No person may operate an air- shall be diminished by an amount in plane certificated under part 25 and feet per minute, equal to (0.079 ¥ 0.106/ having four or more engines unless— N) Vs 2 (when N is the number of en- (1) There is no place along the in- o gines installed and Vs is expressed in tended track that is more than 90 min- o knots) for airplanes certificated under utes (with all engines operating at part 25 of this chapter and by 0.026 Vs 2 cruising power) from an airport that o for airplanes certificated under part 4a meets § 135.377; or of the Civil Air Regulations. (2) It is operated at a weight allowing (2) The all-engines-operating altitude the airplane, with the two critical en- shall be sufficient so that in the event gines inoperative, to climb at 0.013 Vs 2 o the critical engine becomes inoperative feet per minute (that is, the number of at any point along the route, the flight feet per minute obtained by multi- will be able to proceed to a predeter- plying the number of knots squared by mined alternate airport by use of this 0.013) at an altitude of 1,000 feet above procedure. In determining the takeoff the highest ground or obstruction weight, the airplane is assumed to pass within 10 miles on each side of the in- over the critical obstruction following tended track, or at an altitude of 5,000 engine failure at a point no closer to feet, whichever is higher.

the critical obstruction than the near- (b) For the purposes of paragraph est approved navigational fix, unless (a)(2) of this section, it is assumed the Administrator approves a proce- that— dure established on a different basis (1) The two engines fail at the point upon finding that adequate operational that is most critical with respect to safeguards exist. the takeoff weight; (3) The airplane must meet the provi- (2) Consumption of fuel and oil is nor- sions of paragraph (a) of this section at mal with all engines operating up to VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:01 Aug 27, 2026 Jkt 268049 PO 00000 Frm 00515 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Y:\SGML\268049.XXX 268049 jgilmore on DSK4WB1RN3PROD with CFR

14 CFR Ch. I (1–1–26 Edition) § 135.375

the point where the two engines fail percent of the headwind component or with two engines operating beyond not less than 150 percent of the tail- that point; wind component.

(3) Where the engines are assumed to (b) An airplane that would be prohib- ited from being taken off because it fail at an altitude above the prescribed could not meet paragraph (a)(2) of this minimum altitude, compliance with section may be taken off if an alter- the prescribed rate of climb at the pre- nate airport is selected that meets all scribed minimum altitude need not be of this section except that the airplane shown during the descent from the can accomplish a full stop landing cruising altitude to the prescribed min- within 70 percent of the effective imum altitude, if those requirements length of the runway.

can be met once the prescribed min- imum altitude is reached, and assum- § 135.377 Large transport category air- ing descent to be along a net flight planes: Reciprocating engine pow- path and the rate of descent to be 0.013 ered: Landing limitations: Alternate Vs 2 greater than the rate in the ap- o airports.

proved performance data; and No person may list an airport as an (4) If fuel jettisoning is provided, the alternate airport in a flight plan unless airplane’s weight at the point where the airplane (at the weight anticipated the two engines fail is considered to be at the time of arrival at the airport), not less than that which would include based on the assumptions in § 135.375(a) enough fuel to proceed to an airport (1) and (2), can be brought to a full stop meeting § 135.377 and to arrive at an al- landing within 70 percent of the effec- titude of at least 1,000 feet directly tive length of the runway.

over that airport.

§ 135.379 Large transport category air- § 135.375 Large transport category air- planes: Turbine engine powered: planes: Reciprocating engine pow- Takeoff limitations.

ered: Landing limitations: Destina- (a) No person operating a turbine en- tion airports.

gine powered large transport category (a) Except as provided in paragraph airplane may take off that airplane at (b) of this section, no person operating a weight greater than that listed in the a reciprocating engine powered large Airplane Flight Manual for the ele- transport category airplane may take vation of the airport and for the ambi- off that airplane, unless its weight on ent temperature existing at take- off.

arrival, allowing for normal consump- (b) No person operating a turbine en- tion of fuel and oil in flight, would gine powered large transport category allow a full stop landing at the in- airplane certificated after August 26, tended destination within 60 percent of 1957, but before August 30, 1959 (SR422, the effective length of each runway de- 422A), may take off that airplane at a scribed below from a point 50 feet di- weight greater than that listed in the rectly above the intersection of the ob- Airplane Flight Manual for the min- struction clearance plane and the run- imum distance required for takeoff. In way. For the purposes of determining the case of an airplane certificated the allowable landing weight at the after September 30, 1958 (SR422A, 422B), destination airport the following is as- the takeoff distance may include a sumed: clearway distance but the clearway dis- (1) The airplane is landed on the most tance included may not be greater than favorable runway and in the most fa- one-half of the takeoff run.

vorable direction in still air. (c) No person operating a turbine en- (2) The airplane is landed on the most gine powered large transport category suitable runway considering the prob- airplane certificated after August 29, able wind velocity and direction (fore- 1959 (SR422B), may take off that air- cast for the expected time of arrival), plane at a weight greater than that the ground handling characteristics of listed in the Airplane Flight Manual at the type of airplane, and other condi- which compliance with the following tions such as landing aids and terrain, may be shown: and allowing for the effect of the land- (1) The accelerate-stop distance, as ing path and roll of not more than 50 defined in § 25.109 of this chapter, must VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:01 Aug 27, 2026 Jkt 268049 PO 00000 Frm 00516 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Y:\SGML\268049.XXX 268049 jgilmore on DSK4WB1RN3PROD with CFR

Federal Aviation Administration, DOT § 135.381

not exceed the length of the runway banked before reaching a height of 50 plus the length of any stopway. feet, as shown by the takeoff path or (2) The takeoff distance must not ex- net takeoff flight path data (as appro- ceed the length of the runway plus the priate) in the Airplane Flight Manual, length of any clearway except that the and after that the maximum bank is length of any clearway included must not more than 15 degrees.

not be greater than one-half the length (g) For the purposes of this section, of the runway. the terms, takeoff distance, takeoff run, (3) The takeoff run must not be net takeoff flight path, have the same greater than the length of the runway. meanings as set forth in the rules (d) No person operating a turbine en- under which the airplane was certifi- gine powered large transport category cated.

airplane may take off that airplane at [Docket 16097, 43 FR 46783, Oct. 10, 1978, as a weight greater than that listed in the amended by Amdt. 135–71, 63 FR 8321, Feb. 18, Airplane Flight Manual— 1998] (1) For an airplane certificated after August 26, 1957, but before October 1, § 135.381 Large transport category air- planes: Turbine engine powered: En 1958 (SR422), that allows a takeoff path route limitations: One engine inop- that clears all obstacles either by at erative.

least (35 + 0.01 D) feet vertically (D is the distance along the intended flight (a) No person operating a turbine en- path from the end of the runway in gine powered large transport category feet), or by at least 200 feet hori- airplane may take off that airplane at zontally within the airport boundaries a weight, allowing for normal con- and by at least 300 feet horizontally sumption of fuel and oil, that is greater after passing the boundaries; or than that which (under the approved, (2) For an airplane certificated after one engine inoperative, en route net September 30, 1958 (SR422A, 422B), that flight path data in the Airplane Flight allows a net takeoff flight path that Manual for that airplane) will allow clears all obstacles either by a height compliance with paragraph (a) (1) or (2) of at least 35 feet vertically, or by at of this section, based on the ambient least 200 feet horizontally within the temperatures expected en route.

airport boundaries and by at least 300 (1) There is a positive slope at an al- feet horizontally after passing the titude of at least 1,000 feet above all boundaries. terrain and obstructions within five (e) In determining maximum statute miles on each side of the in- weights, minimum distances, and flight tended track, and, in addition, if that paths under paragraphs (a) through (d) airplane was certificated after August of this section, correction must be 29, 1958 (SR422B), there is a positive made for the runway to be used, the slope at 1,500 feet above the airport elevation of the airport, the effective where the airplane is assumed to land runway gradient, the ambient tempera- after an engine fails.

ture and wind component at the time (2) The net flight path allows the air- of takeoff, and, if operating limitations plane to continue flight from the cruis- exist for the minimum distances re- ing altitude to an airport where a land- quired for takeoff from wet runways, ing can be made under § 135.387 clearing the runway surface condition (dry or all terrain and obstructions within five wet). Wet runway distances associated statute miles of the intended track by with grooved or porous friction course at least 2,000 feet vertically and with a runways, if provided in the Airplane positive slope at 1,000 feet above the Flight Manual, may be used only for airport where the airplane lands after runways that are grooved or treated an engine fails, or, if that airplane was with a porous friction course (PFC) certificated after September 30, 1958 overlay, and that the operator deter- (SR422A, 422B), with a positive slope at mines are designed, constructed, and 1,500 feet above the airport where the maintained in a manner acceptable to airplane lands after an engine fails.

the Administrator. (b) For the purpose of paragraph (f) For the purposes of this section, it (a)(2) of this section, it is assumed is assumed that the airplane is not that— VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:01 Aug 27, 2026 Jkt 268049 PO 00000 Frm 00517 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Y:\SGML\268049.XXX 268049 jgilmore on DSK4WB1RN3PROD with CFR

14 CFR Ch. I (1–1–26 Edition) § 135.383

(1) The engine fails at the most crit- tended track, or at an altitude of 5,000 ical point en route; feet, whichever is higher.

(2) The airplane passes over the crit- For the purposes of paragraph (a)(2) of ical obstruction, after engine failure at this section, it is assumed that the two a point that is no closer to the obstruc- engines fail at the most critical point tion than the approved navigation fix, en route, that if fuel jettisoning is pro- unless the Administrator authorizes a vided, the airplane’s weight at the different procedure based on adequate point where the engines fail includes operational safeguards; enough fuel to continue to the airport (3) An approved method is used to and to arrive at an altitude of at least allow for adverse winds; 1,000 feet directly over the airport, and (4) Fuel jettisoning will be allowed if that the fuel and oil consumption after the certificate holder shows that the engine failure is the same as the con- crew is properly instructed, that the sumption allowed for in the net flight training program is adequate, and that path data in the Airplane Flight Man- all other precautions are taken to en- ual.

sure a safe procedure; (b) Airplanes certificated after Sep- (5) The alternate airport is selected tember 30, 1958, but before August 30, and meets the prescribed weather mini- 1959 (SR422A). No person may operate a mums; and turbine engine powered large transport category airplane along an intended (6) The consumption of fuel and oil route unless that person complies with after engine failure is the same as the either of the following: consumption that is allowed for in the approved net flight path data in the (1) There is no place along the in- Airplane Flight Manual. tended track that is more than 90 min- utes (with all engines operating at [Docket 16097, 43 FR 46783, Oct. 10, 1978, as cruising power) from an airport that amended by Amdt. 135–110, 72 FR 31685, June meets § 135.387.

7, 2007] (2) Its weight, according to the two- engine-inoperative, en route, net flight § 135.383 Large transport category air- path data in the Airplane Flight Man- planes: Turbine engine powered: En route limitations: Two engines inop- ual allows the airplane to fly from the erative.

point where the two engines are as- sumed to fail simultaneously to an air- (a) Airplanes certificated after Au- port that meets § 135.387 with a net gust 26, 1957, but before October 1, 1958 flight path (considering the ambient (SR422). No person may operate a tur- temperatures anticipated along the bine engine powered large transport track) having a positive slope at an al- category airplane along an intended titude of at least 1,000 feet above all route unless that person complies with terrain and obstructions within five either of the following: statute miles on each side of the in- (1) There is no place along the in- tended track, or at an altitude of 2,000 tended track that is more than 90 min- feet, whichever is higher.

utes (with all engines operating at cruising power) from an airport that For the purpose of paragraph (b)(2) of meets § 135.387.

this section, it is assumed that the two (2) Its weight, according to the two- engines fail at the most critical point engine-inoperative, en route, net flight en route, that the airplane’s weight at path data in the Airplane Flight Man- the point where the engines fail in- ual, allows the airplane to fly from the cludes enough fuel to continue to the point where the two engines are as- airport, to arrive at an altitude of at sumed to fail simultaneously to an air- least 1,500 feet directly over the air- port that meets § 135.387, with a net port, and after that to fly for 15 min- flight path (considering the ambient utes at cruise power or thrust, or both, temperature anticipated along the and that the consumption of fuel and track) having a positive slope at an al- oil after engine failure is the same as titude of at least 1,000 feet above all the consumption allowed for in the net terrain and obstructions within five flight path data in the Airplane Flight statute miles on each side of the in- Manual.

VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:01 Aug 27, 2026 Jkt 268049 PO 00000 Frm 00518 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Y:\SGML\268049.XXX 268049 jgilmore on DSK4WB1RN3PROD with CFR

Federal Aviation Administration, DOT § 135.385

(c) Aircraft certificated after August sumption of fuel and oil in flight to the 29, 1959 (SR422B). No person may oper- destination or alternate airport) the ate a turbine engine powered large weight of the airplane on arrival would transport category airplane along an exceed the landing weight in the Air- intended route unless that person com- plane Flight Manual for the elevation plies with either of the following: of the destination or alternate airport (1) There is no place along the in- and the ambient temperature antici- tended track that is more than 90 min- pated at the time of landing.

utes (with all engines operating at (b) Except as provided in paragraph cruising power) from an airport that (c), (d), (e), or (f) of this section, no per- meets § 135.387.

son operating a turbine engine powered (2) Its weight, according to the two- large transport category airplane may engine-inoperative, en route, net flight take off that airplane unless its weight path data in the Airplane Flight Man- on arrival, allowing for normal con- ual, allows the airplane to fly from the sumption of fuel and oil in flight (in point where the two engines are as- accordance with the landing distance sumed to fail simultaneously to an air- in the Airplane Flight Manual for the port that meets § 135.387, with the net elevation of the destination airport and flight path (considering the ambient the wind conditions expected there at temperatures anticipated along the the time of landing), would allow a full track) clearing vertically by at least stop landing at the intended destina- 2,000 feet all terrain and obstructions tion airport within 60 percent of the ef- within five statute miles on each side fective length of each runway described of the intended track. For the purposes below from a point 50 feet above the of this paragraph, it is assumed that— intersection of the obstruction clear- (i) The two engines fail at the most ance plane and the runway. For the critical point en route; purpose of determining the allowable (ii) The net flight path has a positive landing weight at the destination air- slope at 1,500 feet above the airport port the following is assumed: where the landing is assumed to be made after the engines fail; (1) The airplane is landed on the most (iii) Fuel jettisoning will be approved favorable runway and in the most fa- if the certificate holder shows that the vorable direction, in still air.

crew is properly instructed, that the (2) The airplane is landed on the most training program is adequate, and that suitable runway considering the prob- all other precautions are taken to en- able wind velocity and direction and sure a safe procedure; the ground handling characteristics of (iv) The airplane’s weight at the the airplane, and considering other point where the two engines are as- conditions such as landing aids and ter- sumed to fail provides enough fuel to rain.

continue to the airport, to arrive at an (c) A turbopropeller powered airplane altitude of at least 1,500 feet directly that would be prohibited from being over the airport, and after that to fly taken off because it could not meet for 15 minutes at cruise power or paragraph (b)(2) of this section, may be thrust, or both; and taken off if an alternate airport is se- (v) The consumption of fuel and oil lected that meets all of this section ex- after the engines fail is the same as the cept that the airplane can accomplish a consumption that is allowed for in the full stop landing within 70 percent of net flight path data in the Airplane the effective length of the runway.

Flight Manual.

(d) Unless, based on a showing of ac- tual operating landing techniques on § 135.385 Large transport category air- planes: Turbine engine powered: wet runways, a shorter landing dis- Landing limitations: Destination tance (but never less than that re- airports.

quired by paragraph (b) of this section) has been approved for a specific type (a) No person operating a turbine en- gine powered large transport category and model airplane and included in the airplane may take off that airplane at Airplane Flight Manual, no person may a weight that (allowing for normal con- take off a turbojet airplane when the VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:01 Aug 27, 2026 Jkt 268049 PO 00000 Frm 00519 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Y:\SGML\268049.XXX 268049 jgilmore on DSK4WB1RN3PROD with CFR

14 CFR Ch. I (1–1–26 Edition) § 135.387

appropriate weather reports or fore- § 135.387 Large transport category air- casts, or any combination of them, in- planes: Turbine engine powered: Landing limitations: Alternate air- dicate that the runways at the destina- ports.

tion airport may be wet or slippery at (a) Except as provided in paragraph the estimated time of arrival unless (b) of this section, no person may se- the effective runway length at the des- lect an airport as an alternate airport tination airport is at least 115 percent for a turbine engine powered large of the runway length required under transport category airplane unless paragraph (b) of this section.

(based on the assumptions in (e) A turbojet airplane that would be § 135.385(b)) that airplane, at the weight prohibited from being taken off be- expected at the time of arrival, can be cause it could not meet paragraph brought to a full stop landing within 70 (b)(2) of this section may be taken off if percent of the effective length of the an alternate airport is selected that runway for turbo-propeller-powered meets all of paragraph (b) of this sec- airplanes and 60 percent of the effec- tion.

tive length of the runway for turbojet (f) An eligible on-demand operator airplanes, from a point 50 feet above may take off a turbine engine powered the intersection of the obstruction large transport category airplane on an clearance plane and the runway.

on-demand flight if all of the following (b) Eligible on-demand operators may select an airport as an alternate air- conditions exist: port for a turbine engine powered large (1) The operation is permitted by an transport category airplane if (based approved Destination Airport Analysis on the assumptions in § 135.385(f)) that in that person’s operations manual.

airplane, at the weight expected at the (2) The airplane’s weight on arrival, time of arrival, can be brought to a full allowing for normal consumption of stop landing within 80 percent of the fuel and oil in flight (in accordance effective length of the runway from a with the landing distance in the Air- point 50 feet above the intersection of plane Flight Manual for the elevation the obstruction clearance plane and of the destination airport and the wind the runway.

conditions expected there at the time [Docket FAA–2001–10047, 68 FR 54588, Sept. 17, of landing), would allow a full stop 2003] landing at the intended destination air- port within 80 percent of the effective § 135.389 Large nontransport category length of each runway described below airplanes: Takeoff limitations.

from a point 50 feet above the intersec- (a) No person operating a large non- tion of the obstruction clearance plane transport category airplane may take and the runway. For the purpose of de- off that airplane at a weight greater termining the allowable landing weight than the weight that would allow the at the destination airport, the fol- airplane to be brought to a safe stop lowing is assumed: within the effective length of the run- (i) The airplane is landed on the most way, from any point during the takeoff favorable runway and in the most fa- before reaching 105 percent of min- vorable direction, in still air. imum control speed (the minimum speed at which an airplane can be safe- (ii) The airplane is landed on the ly controlled in flight after an engine most suitable runway considering the becomes inoperative) or 115 percent of probable wind velocity and direction the power off stalling speed in the and the ground handling characteris- takeoff configuration, whichever is tics of the airplane, and considering greater.

other conditions such as landing aids (b) For the purposes of this section— and terrain.

(1) It may be assumed that takeoff (3) The operation is authorized by op- power is used on all engines during the erations specifications.

acceleration; (2) Not more than 50 percent of the [Docket 16097, 43 FR 46783, Oct. 10, 1978, as reported headwind component, or not amended by Amdt. 135–91, 68 FR 54588, Sept.

17, 2003] less than 150 percent of the reported VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:01 Aug 27, 2026 Jkt 268049 PO 00000 Frm 00520 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Y:\SGML\268049.XXX 268049 jgilmore on DSK4WB1RN3PROD with CFR

Federal Aviation Administration, DOT § 135.395

tailwind component, may be taken into (6) Any other operational factors account; that affect the operations.

(c) For the purposes of this section, it (3) The average runway gradient (the is assumed that— difference between the elevations of (1) The critical engine is inoperative; the endpoints of the runway divided by (2) The propeller of the inoperative the total length) must be considered if engine is in the minimum drag posi- it is more than one-half of one percent; tion; (4) It is assumed that the airplane is (3) The wing flaps and landing gear operating in standard atmosphere; and are in the most favorable position; (5) For takeoff, effective length of the (4) The operating engines are oper- runway means the distance from the ating at the maximum continuous end of the runway at which the takeoff power available; is started to a point at which the ob- (5) The airplane is operating in stand- struction clearance plane associated ard atmosphere; and with the other end of the runway inter- (6) The weight of the airplane is pro- sects the runway centerline.

gressively reduced by the anticipated consumption of fuel and oil.

§ 135.391 Large nontransport category airplanes: En route limitations: One § 135.393 Large nontransport category engine inoperative.

airplanes: Landing limitations: Des- tination airports.

(a) Except as provided in paragraph (b) of this section, no person operating (a) No person operating a large non- a large nontransport category airplane transport category airplane may take may take off that airplane at a weight off that airplane at a weight that— that does not allow a rate of climb of (1) Allowing for anticipated consump- at least 50 feet a minute, with the crit- tion of fuel and oil, is greater than the ical engine inoperative, at an altitude weight that would allow a full stop of at least 1,000 feet above the highest landing within 60 percent of the effec- obstruction within five miles on each tive length of the most suitable run- side of the intended track, or 5,000 feet, way at the destination airport; and whichever is higher. (2) Is greater than the weight allow- able if the landing is to be made on the (b) Without regard to paragraph (a) runway— of this section, if the Administrator (i) With the greatest effective length finds that safe operations are not im- in still air; and paired, a person may operate the air- (ii) Required by the probable wind, plane at an altitude that allows the taking into account not more than 50 airplane, in case of engine failure, to percent of the headwind component or clear all obstructions within five miles not less than 150 percent of the tail- on each side of the intended track by wind component.

1,000 feet. If this procedure is used, the (b) For the purpose of this section, it rate of descent for the appropriate is assumed that— weight and altitude is assumed to be 50 (1) The airplane passes directly over feet a minute greater than the rate in the intersection of the obstruction the approved performance data. Before clearance plane and the runway at a approving such a procedure, the Ad- height of 50 feet in a steady gliding ap- ministrator considers the following for proach at a true indicated airspeed of the route, route segement, or area con- at least 1.3 V ; so cerned: (2) The landing does not require ex- (1) The reliability of wind and weath- ceptional pilot skill; and er forecasting.

(3) The airplane is operating in stand- (2) The location and kinds of naviga- ard atmosphere.

tion aids.

(3) The prevailing weather condi- § 135.395 Large nontransport category tions, particularly the frequency and airplanes: Landing limitations: Al- ternate airports.

amount of turbulence normally en- countered.

No person may select an airport as (4) Terrain features.

an alternate airport for a large non- (5) Air traffic problems. transport category airplane unless that VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:01 Aug 27, 2026 Jkt 268049 PO 00000 Frm 00521 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Y:\SGML\268049.XXX 268049 jgilmore on DSK4WB1RN3PROD with CFR

14 CFR Ch. I (1–1–26 Edition) § 135.397

airplane (at the weight anticipated at elevation of the airport, the effective the time of arrival), based on the as- runway gradient, and ambient tem- sumptions in § 135.393(b), can be perature, and wind component at the brought to a full stop landing within 70 time of takeoff.

percent of the effective length of the (e) For the purposes of this section, the assumption is that the airplane is runway.

not banked before reaching a height of § 135.397 Small transport category air- 50 feet as shown by the net takeoff plane performance operating limi- flight path data in the Airplane Flight tations.

Manual and thereafter the maximum (a) No person may operate a recipro- bank is not more than 15 degrees.

cating engine powered small transport [Docket 23516, 52 FR 1836, Jan. 15, 1987] category airplane unless that person complies with the weight limitations § 135.399 Small nontransport category in § 135.365, the takeoff limitations in airplane performance operating limitations.

§ 135.367 (except paragraph (a)(3)), and the landing limitations in §§ 135.375 and (a) No person may operate a recipro- 135.377.

cating engine or turbopropeller-pow- (b) No person may operate a turbine ered small airplane that is certificated engine powered small transport cat- under § 135.169(b) (2), (3), (4), (5), or (6) egory airplane unless that person com- unless that person complies with the plies with the takeoff limitations in takeoff weight limitations in the ap- § 135.379 (except paragraphs (d) and (f)) proved Airplane Flight Manual or and the landing limitations in §§ 135.385 equivalent for operations under this and 135.387.

part, and, if the airplane is certificated under § 135.169(b) (4) or (5) with the § 135.398 Commuter category airplanes landing weight limitations in the Ap- performance operating limitations.

proved Airplane Flight Manual or (a) No person may operate a com- equivalent for operations under this muter category airplane unless that part.

person complies with the takeoff (b) No person may operate an air- weight limitations in the approved Air- plane that is certificated under plane Flight Manual.

§ 135.169(b)(6) unless that person com- (b) No person may take off an air- plies with the landing limitations pre- plane type certificated in the com- scribed in §§ 135.385 and 135.387 of this muter category at a weight greater part. For purposes of this paragraph, than that listed in the Airplane Flight §§ 135.385 and 135.387 are applicable to Manual that allows a net takeoff flight reciprocating and turbopropeller-pow- path that clears all obstacles either by ered small airplanes notwithstanding a height of at least 35 feet vertically, their stated applicability to turbine en- or at least 200 feet horizontally within gine powered large transport category the airport boundaries and by at least airplanes.

300 feet horizontally after passing the [44 FR 53731, Sept. 17, 1979] boundaries.

(c) No person may operate a com-

Subpart J—Maintenance, Preven-

muter category airplane unless that

tive Maintenance, and Alter-

person complies with the landing limi-

tations prescribed in §§ 135.385 and ations

135.387 of this part. For purposes of this § 135.411 Applicability.

paragraph, §§ 135.385 and 135.387 are ap- plicable to all commuter category air- (a) This subpart prescribes rules in planes notwithstanding their stated ap- addition to those in other parts of this plicability to turbine-engine-powered chapter for the maintenance, preven- large transport category airplanes. tive maintenance, and alterations for (d) In determining maximum each certificate holder as follows: weights, minimum distances and flight (1) Aircraft that are type certificated paths under paragraphs (a) through (c) for a passenger seating configuration, of this section, correction must be excluding any pilot seat, of nine seats made for the runway to be used, the or less, shall be maintained under parts VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:01 Aug 27, 2026 Jkt 268049 PO 00000 Frm 00522 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Y:\SGML\268049.XXX 268049 jgilmore on DSK4WB1RN3PROD with CFR

Federal Aviation Administration, DOT § 135.415

91 and 43 of this chapter and §§ 135.415, performed under the certificate hold- 135.417, 135.421 and 135.422. An approved er’s manual and this chapter.

aircraft inspection program may be § 135.415 Service difficulty reports.

used under § 135.419.

(2) Aircraft that are type certificated (a) Each certificate holder shall re- for a passenger seating configuration, port the occurrence or detection of excluding any pilot seat, of ten seats or each failure, malfunction, or defect in more, shall be maintained under a an aircraft concerning— maintenance program in §§ 135.415, (1) Fires during flight and whether 135.417, 135.423 through 135.443.

the related fire-warning system func- (b) A certificate holder who is not tioned properly; otherwise required, may elect to main- (2) Fires during flight not protected tain its aircraft under paragraph (a)(2) by related fire-warning system; of this section.

(3) False fire-warning during flight; (c) Single engine aircraft used in pas- (4) An exhaust system that causes senger-carrying IFR operations shall damage during flight to the engine, ad- also be maintained in accordance with jacent structure, equipment, or compo- § 135.421 (c), (d), and (e).

nents; (d) A certificate holder who elects to (5) An aircraft component that operate in accordance with § 135.364 causes accumulation or circulation of must maintain its aircraft under para- smoke, vapor, or toxic or noxious graph (a)(2) of this section and the ad- fumes in the crew compartment or pas- ditional requirements of Appendix G of senger cabin during flight; this part.

(6) Engine shutdown during flight be- [Docket 16097, 43 FR 46783, Oct. 10, 1978, as cause of flameout; amended by Amdt. 135–70, 62 FR 42374, Aug. 6, (7) Engine shutdown during flight 1997; Amdt. 135–78, 65 FR 60556, Oct. 11, 2000; when external damage to the engine or Amdt. 135–92, 68 FR 69308, Dec. 12, 2003; Amdt.

aircraft structure occurs; 135–81, 70 FR 5533, Feb. 2, 2005; Amdt. 135–108, (8) Engine shutdown during flight due 72 FR 1885, Jan. 16, 2007; 72 FR 53114, Sept. 18, to foreign object ingestion or icing; 2007] (9) Shutdown of more than one en- § 135.413 Responsibility for airworthi- gine during flight; ness.

(10) A propeller feathering system or ability of the system to control over- (a) Each certificate holder is pri- speed during flight; marily responsible for the airworthi- (11) A fuel or fuel-dumping system ness of its aircraft, including air- that affects fuel flow or causes haz- frames, aircraft engines, propellers, ro- ardous leakage during flight; tors, appliances, and parts, and shall (12) An unwanted landing gear exten- have its aircraft maintained under this sion or retraction or opening or closing chapter, and shall have defects repaired of landing gear doors during flight; between required maintenance under (13) Brake system components that part 43 of this chapter.

result in loss of brake actuating force (b) Each certificate holder who main- when the aircraft is in motion on the tains its aircraft under § 135.411(a)(2) ground; shall— (14) Aircraft structure that requires (1) Perform the maintenance, preven- major repair; tive maintenance, and alteration of its (15) Cracks, permanent deformation, aircraft, including airframe, aircraft or corrosion of aircraft structures, if engines, propellers, rotors, appliances, more than the maximum acceptable to emergency equipment and parts, under the manufacturer or the FAA; and its manual and this chapter; or (2) Make arrangements with another (16) Aircraft components or systems person for the performance of mainte- that result in taking emergency ac- nance, preventive maintenance, or al- tions during flight (except action to teration. However, the certificate hold- shut-down an engine).

er shall ensure that any maintenance, (b) For the purpose of this section, preventive maintenance, or alteration during flight means the period from the that is performed by another person is moment the aircraft leaves the surface VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:01 Aug 27, 2026 Jkt 268049 PO 00000 Frm 00523 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Y:\SGML\268049.XXX 268049 jgilmore on DSK4WB1RN3PROD with CFR

14 CFR Ch. I (1–1–26 Edition) § 135.417

of the earth on takeoff until it touches tion if the failure, malfunction, or de- down on landing. fect has been reported by it under § 21.3 (c) In addition to the reports required or § 37.17 of this chapter or under the by paragraph (a) of this section, each accident reporting provisions of 49 CFR certificate holder shall report any part 830 of the regulations of the Na- other failure, malfunction, or defect in tional Transportation Safety Board.

an aircraft that occurs or is detected at (g) No person may withhold a report any time if, in its opinion, the failure, required by this section even though malfunction, or defect has endangered all information required by this section or may endanger the safe operation of is not available.

the aircraft.

(h) When the certificate holder gets (d) Each certificate holder shall sub- additional information, including in- mit each report required by this sec- formation from the manufacturer or tion, covering each 24-hour period be- other agency, concerning a report re- ginning at 0900 local time of each day quired by this section, it shall expedi- and ending at 0900 local time on the tiously submit it as a supplement to next day, to the FAA offices in Okla- the first report and reference the date homa City, Oklahoma. Each report of and place of submission of the first re- occurrences during a 24-hour period port.

shall be submitted to the collection [Docket 16097, 43 FR 46783, Oct. 10, 1978, as point within the next 96 hours. How- amended by Amdt. 135–102, 70 FR 76979, Dec.

ever, a report due on Saturday or Sun- 29, 2005; Docket FAA–2022–1355, Amdt. 135– day may be submitted on the following 143; 87 FR 75848, Dec. 9, 2022] Monday, and a report due on a holiday may be submitted on the next work- § 135.417 Mechanical interruption day.

summary report.

(e) The certificate holder shall trans- Each certificate holder shall mail or mit the reports required by this section deliver, before the end of the 10th day on a form and in a manner prescribed of the following month, a summary re- by the Administrator, and shall include port of the following occurrences in as much of the following as is avail- multiengine aircraft for the preceding able: month to the responsible Flight Stand- (1) The type and identification num- ards office: ber of the aircraft.

(a) Each interruption to a flight, un- (2) The name of the operator.

scheduled change of aircraft en route, (3) The date.

or unscheduled stop or diversion from a (4) The nature of the failure, mal- route, caused by known or suspected function, or defect.

mechanical difficulties or malfunctions (5) Identification of the part and sys- that are not required to be reported tem involved, including available infor- under § 135.415.

mation pertaining to type designation (b) The number of propeller of the major component and time since featherings in flight, listed by type of last overhaul, if known.

propeller and engine and aircraft on (6) Apparent cause of the failure, which it was installed. Propeller malfunction or defect (e.g., wear, featherings for training, demonstra- crack, design deficiency, or personnel tion, or flight check purposes need not error).

be reported.

(7) Other pertinent information nec- essary for more complete identifica- [Docket 16097, 43 FR 46783, Oct. 10, 1978, as tion, determination of seriousness, or amended by Amdt. 135–60, 61 FR 2616, Jan. 26, corrective action. 1996; Docket FAA–2018–0119, Amdt. 135–139, 83 FR 9175, Mar. 5, 2018] (f) A certificate holder that is also the holder of a type certificate (includ- § 135.419 Approved aircraft inspection ing a supplemental type certificate), a program.

Parts Manufacturer Approval, or a Technical Standard Order Authoriza- (a) Whenever the Administrator finds tion, or that is the licensee of a type that the aircraft inspections required certificate need not report a failure, or allowed under part 91 of this chapter malfunction, or defect under this sec- are not adequate to meet this part, or VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:01 Aug 27, 2026 Jkt 268049 PO 00000 Frm 00524 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Y:\SGML\268049.XXX 268049 jgilmore on DSK4WB1RN3PROD with CFR

Federal Aviation Administration, DOT § 135.421

upon application by a certificate hold- essary. The certificate holder may pe- er, the Administrator may amend the tition the Administrator to reconsider certificate holder’s operations speci- the notice to make any changes in a fications under § 119.51, to require or program. The petition must be filed allow an approved aircraft inspection with the representatives of the Admin- program for any make and model air- istrator assigned to it within 30 days craft of which the certificate holder after the certificate holder receives the has the exclusive use of at least one notice. Except in the case of an emer- aircraft (as defined in § 135.25(b)). gency requiring immediate action in (b) A certificate holder who applies the interest of safety, the filing of the for an amendment of its operations petition stays the notice pending a de- specifications to allow an approved air- cision by the Administrator.

craft inspection program must submit (g) Each certificate holder who has that program with its application for an approved aircraft inspection pro- approval by the Administrator. gram shall have each aircraft that is (c) Each certificate holder who is re- subject to the program inspected in ac- quired by its operations specifications cordance with the program.

(h) The registration number of each to have an approved aircraft inspection aircraft that is subject to an approved program shall submit a program for ap- aircraft inspection program must be in- proval by the Administrator within 30 cluded in the operations specifications days of the amendment of its oper- of the certificate holder.

ations specifications or within any other period that the Administrator [Docket 16097, 43 FR 46783, Oct. 10, 1978, as may prescribe in the operations speci- amended by Amdt. 135–104, 71 FR 536, Jan. 4, fications.

2006] (d) The aircraft inspection program § 135.421 Additional maintenance re- submitted for approval by the Adminis- quirements.

trator must contain the following: (1) Instructions and procedures for (a) Each certificate holder who oper- the conduct of aircraft inspections ates an aircraft type certificated for a (which must include necessary tests passenger seating configuration, ex- and checks), setting forth in detail the cluding any pilot seat, of nine seats or parts and areas of the airframe, en- less, must comply with the manufac- gines, propellers, rotors, and appli- turer’s recommended maintenance pro- ances, including emergency equipment, grams, or a program approved by the that must be inspected.

Administrator, for each aircraft en- (2) A schedule for the performance of gine, propeller, rotor, and each item of the aircraft inspections under para- emergency equipment required by this graph (d)(1) of this section expressed in chapter.

terms of the time in service, calendar (b) For the purpose of this section, a time, number of system operations, or manufacturer’s maintenance program any combination of these.

is one which is contained in the main- (3) Instructions and procedures for tenance manual or maintenance in- recording discrepancies found during structions set forth by the manufac- inspections and correction or deferral turer as required by this chapter for of discrepancies including form and the aircraft, aircraft engine, propeller, disposition of records.

rotor or item of emergency equipment.

(e) After approval, the certificate (c) For each single engine aircraft to holder shall include the approved air- be used in passenger-carrying IFR op- craft inspection program in the manual erations, each certificate holder must required by § 135.21. incorporate into its maintenance pro- (f) Whenever the Administrator finds gram either: that revisions to an approved aircraft (1) The manufacturer’s recommended inspection program are necessary for engine trend monitoring program, the continued adequacy of the pro- which includes an oil analysis, if appro- gram, the certificate holder shall, after priate, or notification by the Administrator, (2) An FAA approved engine trend make any changes in the program monitoring program that includes an found by the Administrator to be nec- oil analysis at each 100 hour interval or VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:01 Aug 27, 2026 Jkt 268049 PO 00000 Frm 00525 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Y:\SGML\268049.XXX 268049 jgilmore on DSK4WB1RN3PROD with CFR

14 CFR Ch. I (1–1–26 Edition) § 135.422

at the manufacturer’s suggested inter- than December 5, 2007, and thereafter val, whichever is more frequent. at intervals not to exceed 7 years.

(d) For single engine aircraft to be (2) Airplanes exceeding 14 years in serv- used in passenger-carrying IFR oper- ice but not 24 years in service on Decem- ations, written maintenance instruc- ber 8, 2003; initial and repetitive inspec- tions containing the methods, tech- tions and records reviews. For an air- niques, and practices necessary to plane that has exceeded 14 years in maintain the equipment specified in service, but not 24 years in service, on §§ 135.105, and 135.163 (f) and (h) are re- December 8, 2003, no later than Decem- quired. ber 4, 2008, and thereafter at intervals (e) No certificate holder may operate not to exceed 7 years.

a single engine aircraft under IFR, car- (3) Airplanes not exceeding 14 years in rying passengers, unless the certificate service on December 8, 2003; initial and re- holder records and maintains in the en- petitive inspections and records reviews.

gine maintenance records the results of For an airplane that has not exceeded each test, observation, and inspection 14 years in service on December 8, 2003, required by the applicable engine trend no later than 5 years after the start of monitoring program specified in (c) (1) the airplane’s 15th year in service and and (2) of this section. thereafter at intervals not to exceed 7 years.

[Docket 16097, 43 FR 46783, Oct. 10, 1978, as (c) Unforeseen schedule conflict. In the amended by Amdt. 135–70, 62 FR 42374, Aug. 6, event of an unforeseen scheduling con- 1997] flict for a specific airplane, the Admin- § 135.422 Aging airplane inspections istrator may approve an extension of and records reviews for multien- up to 90 days beyond an interval speci- gine airplanes certificated with fied in paragraph (b) of this section.

nine or fewer passenger seats.

(d) Airplane and records availability.

(a) Applicability. This section applies The certificate holder must make to multiengine airplanes certificated available to the Administrator each with nine or fewer passenger seats, op- airplane for which an inspection and erated by a certificate holder in a records review is required under this scheduled operation under this part, section, in a condition for inspection except for those airplanes operated by specified by the Administrator, to- a certificate holder in a scheduled op- gether with the records containing the eration between any point within the following information: State of Alaska and any other point (1) Total years in service of the air- within the State of Alaska. plane; (b) Operation after inspections and (2) Total time in service of the air- records review. After the dates specified frame; in this paragraph, a certificate holder (3) Date of the last inspection and may not operate a multiengine air- records review required by this section; plane in a scheduled operation under (4) Current status of life-limited this part unless the Administrator has parts of the airframe; notified the certificate holder that the (5) Time since the last overhaul of all Administrator has completed the aging structural components required to be airplane inspection and records review overhauled on a specific time basis; required by this section. During the in- (6) Current inspection status of the spection and records review, the cer- airplane, including the time since the tificate holder must demonstrate to last inspection required by the inspec- the Administrator that the mainte- tion program under which the airplane nance of age-sensitive parts and com- is maintained; ponents of the airplane has been ade- (7) Current status of applicable air- quate and timely enough to ensure the worthiness directives, including the highest degree of safety. date and methods of compliance, and, (1) Airplanes exceeding 24 years in serv- if the airworthiness directive involves ice on December 8, 2003; initial and repet- recurring action, the time and date itive inspections and records reviews. For when the next action is required; an airplane that has exceeded 24 years (8) A list of major structural alter- in service on December 8, 2003, no later ations; and VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:01 Aug 27, 2026 Jkt 268049 PO 00000 Frm 00526 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Y:\SGML\268049.XXX 268049 jgilmore on DSK4WB1RN3PROD with CFR

Federal Aviation Administration, DOT § 135.426

(9) A report of major structural re- (a) Maintenance, preventive mainte- pairs and the current inspection status nance, and alterations performed by it, for these repairs. or by other persons, are performed under the certificate holder’s manual; (e) Notification to the Administrator.

(b) Competent personnel and ade- Each certificate holder must notify the quate facilities and equipment are pro- Administrator at least 60 days before vided for the proper performance of the date on which the airplane and air- maintenance, preventive maintenance, plane records will be made available and alterations; and for the inspection and records review.

(c) Each aircraft released to service [Docket FAA–1999–5401, 70 FR 5533, Feb. 2, is airworthy and has been properly 2005] maintained for operation under this part.

§ 135.423 Maintenance, preventive maintenance, and alteration organi- § 135.426 Contract maintenance.

zation.

(a) A certificate holder may arrange (a) Each certificate holder that per- with another person for the perform- forms any of its maintenance (other ance of maintenance, preventive main- than required inspections), preventive tenance, and alterations as authorized maintenance, or alterations, and each in § 135.437(a) only if the certificate person with whom it arranges for the holder has met all the requirements in performance of that work, must have this section. For purposes of this sec- an organization adequate to perform tion— the work.

(1) A maintenance provider is any per- (b) Each certificate holder that per- son who performs maintenance, preven- forms any inspections required by its tive maintenance, or an alteration for manual under § 135.427(b) (2) or (3), (in a certificate holder other than a person this subpart referred to as required in- who is trained by and employed di- spections ), and each person with whom rectly by that certificate holder.

it arranges for the performance of that (2) Covered work means any of the fol- work, must have an organization ade- lowing: quate to perform that work.

(i) Essential maintenance that could (c) Each person performing required result in a failure, malfunction, or de- inspections in addition to other main- fect endangering the safe operation of tenance, preventive maintenance, or an aircraft if not performed properly or alterations, shall organize the perform- if improper parts or materials are used; ance of those functions so as to sepa- (ii) Regularly scheduled mainte- rate the required inspection functions nance; or from the other maintenance, preven- (iii) A required inspection item on an tive maintenance, and alteration func- aircraft.

tions. The separation shall be below (3) Directly in charge means having re- the level of administrative control at sponsibility for covered work per- which overall responsibility for the re- formed by a maintenance provider. A quired inspection functions and other representative of the certificate holder maintenance, preventive maintenance, directly in charge of covered work does and alteration functions is exercised.

not need to physically observe and di- rect each maintenance provider con- [Docket 16097, 43 FR 46783, Oct. 10, 1978. Re- stantly, but must be available for con- designated by Amdt. 135–81, 67 FR 72765, Dec.

sultation on matters requiring instruc- 6, 2002. Redesignated by Amdt. 135–81, 70 FR 5533, Feb. 2, 2005] tion or decision.

(b) Each certificate holder must be § 135.425 Maintenance, preventive directly in charge of all covered work maintenance, and alteration pro- done for it by a maintenance provider.

grams.

(c) Each maintenance provider must Each certificate holder shall have an perform all covered work in accordance inspection program and a program cov- with the certificate holder’s mainte- ering other maintenance, preventive nance manual.

maintenance, and alterations, that en- (d) No maintenance provider may sures that— perform covered work unless that work VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:01 Aug 27, 2026 Jkt 268049 PO 00000 Frm 00527 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Y:\SGML\268049.XXX 268049 jgilmore on DSK4WB1RN3PROD with CFR

14 CFR Ch. I (1–1–26 Edition) § 135.427

is carried out under the supervision § 135.427 Manual requirements.

and control of the certificate holder.

(a) Each certificate holder shall put (e) Each certificate holder who con- in its manual the chart or description tracts for maintenance, preventive of the certificate holder’s organization maintenance, or alterations must de- required by § 135.423 and a list of per- velop and implement policies, proce- sons with whom it has arranged for the dures, methods, and instructions for performance of any of its required in- the accomplishment of all contracted spections, other maintenance, preven- tive maintenance, or alterations, in- maintenance, preventive maintenance, cluding a general description of that and alterations. These policies, proce- work.

dures, methods, and instructions must (b) Each certificate holder shall put provide for the maintenance, preven- in its manual the programs required by tive maintenance, and alterations to be § 135.425 that must be followed in per- performed in accordance with the cer- forming maintenance, preventive tificate holder’s maintenance program maintenance, and alterations of that and maintenance manual.

certificate holder’s aircraft, including (f) Each certificate holder who con- airframes, aircraft engines, propellers, tracts for maintenance, preventive rotors, appliances, emergency equip- maintenance, or alterations must en- ment, and parts, and must include at sure that its system for the continuing least the following: analysis and surveillance of the main- (1) The method of performing routine tenance, preventive maintenance, and and nonroutine maintenance (other alterations carried out by a mainte- than required inspections), preventive nance provider, as required by maintenance, and alterations.

§ 135.431(a), contains procedures for (2) A designation of the items of maintenance and alteration that must oversight of all contracted covered be inspected (required inspections) in- work.

cluding at least those that could result (g) The policies, procedures, methods, in a failure, malfunction, or defect en- and instructions required by para- dangering the safe operation of the air- graphs (e) and (f) of this section must craft, if not performed properly or if be acceptable to the FAA and included improper parts or materials are used.

in the certificate holder’s maintenance (3) The method of performing re- manual, as required by § 135.427(b)(10).

quired inspections and a designation by (h) Each certificate holder who con- occupational title of personnel author- tracts for maintenance, preventive ized to perform each required inspec- maintenance, or alterations must pro- tion.

vide to its responsible Flight Standards (4) Procedures for the reinspection of office, in a format acceptable to the work performed under previous re- FAA, a list that includes the name and quired inspection findings ( buy-back physical (street) address, or addresses, procedures ).

where the work is carried out for each (5) Procedures, standards, and limits maintenance provider that performs necessary for required inspections and work for the certificate holder, and a acceptance or rejection of the items re- description of the type of maintenance, quired to be inspected and for periodic preventive maintenance, or alteration inspection and calibration of precision tools, measuring devices, and test that is to be performed at each loca- equipment.

tion. The list must be updated with (6) Procedures to ensure that all re- any changes, including additions or de- quired inspections are performed.

letions, and the updated list provided (7) Instructions to prevent any per- to the FAA in a format acceptable to son who performs any item of work the FAA by the last day of each cal- from performing any required inspec- endar month.

tion of that work.

[Docket FAA–2011–1136, Amdt. 135–132, 80 FR (8) Instructions and procedures to 11547, Mar. 4, 2015, as amended by Docket prevent any decision of an inspector re- FAA–2018–0119, Amdt. 135–139, 83 FR 9175, garding any required inspection from Mar. 5, 2018] being countermanded by persons other VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:01 Aug 27, 2026 Jkt 268049 PO 00000 Frm 00528 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Y:\SGML\268049.XXX 268049 jgilmore on DSK4WB1RN3PROD with CFR

Federal Aviation Administration, DOT § 135.429

than supervisory personnel of the in- § 135.429 Required inspection per- spection unit, or a person at the level sonnel.

of administrative control that has (a) No person may use any person to overall responsibility for the manage- perform required inspections unless the ment of both the required inspection person performing the inspection is ap- functions and the other maintenance, propriately certificated, properly preventive maintenance, and alter- trained, qualified, and authorized to do ations functions.

so.

(9) Procedures to ensure that re- (b) No person may allow any person quired inspections, other maintenance, to perform a required inspection un- preventive maintenance, and alter- less, at the time, the person performing ations that are not completed as a re- that inspection is under the super- sult of work interruptions are properly vision and control of an inspection completed before the aircraft is re- unit.

(c) No person may perform a required leased to service.

inspection if that person performed the (10) Policies, procedures, methods, item of work required to be inspected.

and instructions for the accomplish- (d) In the case of rotorcraft that op- ment of all maintenance, preventive erate in remote areas or sites, the Ad- maintenance, and alterations carried ministrator may approve procedures out by a maintenance provider. These for the performance of required inspec- policies, procedures, methods, and in- tion items by a pilot when no other structions must be acceptable to the qualified person is available, pro- FAA and ensure that, when followed by vided— the maintenance provider, the mainte- (1) The pilot is employed by the cer- nance, preventive maintenance, and al- tificate holder; terations are performed in accordance (2) It can be shown to the satisfaction with the certificate holder’s mainte- of the Administrator that each pilot nance program and maintenance man- authorized to perform required inspec- ual.

tions is properly trained and qualified; (c) Each certificate holder shall put (3) The required inspection is a result in its manual a suitable system (which of a mechanical interruption and is not may include a coded system) that pro- a part of a certificate holder’s contin- vides for the retention of the following uous airworthiness maintenance pro- information— gram; (1) A description (or reference to data (4) Each item is inspected after each acceptable to the Administrator) of the flight until the item has been inspected work performed; by an appropriately certificated me- (2) The name of the person per- chanic other than the one who origi- forming the work if the work is per- nally performed the item of work; and formed by a person outside the organi- (5) Each item of work that is a re- zation of the certificate holder; and quired inspection item that is part of (3) The name or other positive identi- the flight control system shall be flight fication of the individual approving the tested and reinspected before the air- work.

craft is approved for return to service.

(d) For the purposes of this part, the (e) Each certificate holder shall certificate holder must prepare that maintain, or shall determine that each part of its manual containing mainte- person with whom it arranges to per- nance information and instructions, in form its required inspections main- whole or in part, in printed form or tains, a current listing of persons who other form, acceptable to the Adminis- have been trained, qualified, and au- trator, that is retrievable in the thorized to conduct required inspec- English language. tions. The persons must be identified by name, occupational title and the in- [Docket 16097, 43 FR 46783, Oct. 10, 1978, as spections that they are authorized to amended by Amdt. 135–66, 62 FR 13257, Mar.

perform. The certificate holder (or per- 19, 1997; 69 FR 18472, Apr. 8, 2004; Amdt. 135– son with whom it arranges to perform 118, 74 FR 38522, Aug. 4, 2009; Docket FAA– its required inspections) shall give 2011–1136, Amdt. 135–132, 80 FR 11547, Mar. 4, 2015] written information to each person so VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:01 Aug 27, 2026 Jkt 268049 PO 00000 Frm 00529 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Y:\SGML\268049.XXX 268049 jgilmore on DSK4WB1RN3PROD with CFR

14 CFR Ch. I (1–1–26 Edition) § 135.431

authorized, describing the extent of and techniques and new equipment in that person’s responsibilities, authori- use and is competent to perform that ties, and inspectional limitations. The person’s duties.

list shall be made available for inspec- § 135.435 Certificate requirements.

tion by the Administrator upon re- quest.

(a) Except for maintenance, preven- [Docket 16097, 43 FR 46783, Oct. 10, 1978, as tive maintenance, alterations, and re- amended by Amdt. 135–20, 51 FR 40710, Nov. 7, quired inspections performed by a cer- 1986] tificated repair station that is located outside the United States, each person § 135.431 Continuing analysis and sur- who is directly in charge of mainte- veillance.

nance, preventive maintenance, or al- (a) Each certificate holder shall es- terations, and each person performing tablish and maintain a system for the required inspections must hold an ap- continuing analysis and surveillance of propriate airman certificate.

the performance and effectiveness of (b) For the purpose of this section, a its inspection program and the pro- person directly in charge is each person gram covering other maintenance, pre- assigned to a position in which that ventive maintenance, and alterations person is responsible for the work of a and for the correction of any deficiency shop or station that performs mainte- in those programs, regardless of wheth- nance, preventive maintenance, alter- er those programs are carried out by ations, or other functions affecting air- the certificate holder or by another worthiness. A person who is directly in person.

charge need not physically observe and (b) Whenever the Administrator finds direct each worker constantly but that either or both of the programs de- must be available for consultation and scribed in paragraph (a) of this section decision on matters requiring instruc- does not contain adequate procedures tion or decision from higher authority and standards to meet this part, the than that of the person performing the certificate holder shall, after notifica- work.

tion by the Administrator, make changes in those programs requested [Docket 16097, 43 FR 46783, Oct. 10, 1978, as by the Administrator. amended by Amdt. 135–82, 66 FR 41117, Aug. 6, 2001] (c) A certificate holder may petition the Administrator to reconsider the § 135.437 Authority to perform and ap- notice to make a change in a program.

prove maintenance, preventive The petition must be filed with the re- maintenance, and alterations.

sponsible Flight Standards office with- (a) A certificate holder may perform in 30 days after the certificate holder or make arrangements with other per- receives the notice. Except in the case sons to perform maintenance, preven- of an emergency requiring immediate tive maintenance, and alterations as action in the interest of safety, the fil- provided in its maintenance manual. In ing of the petition stays the notice addition, a certificate holder may per- pending a decision by the Adminis- form these functions for another cer- trator.

tificate holder as provided in the main- [Docket 16097, 43 FR 46783, Oct. 10, 1978, as tenance manual of the other certificate amended by Amdt. 135–60, 61 FR 2617, Jan. 26, holder.

1996; Docket FAA–2018–0119, Amdt. 135–139, 83 FR 9175, Mar. 5, 2018] (b) A certificate holder may approve any airframe, aircraft engine, pro- § 135.433 Maintenance and preventive peller, rotor, or appliance for return to maintenance training program.

service after maintenance, preventive Each certificate holder or a person maintenance, or alterations that are performing maintenance or preventive performed under paragraph (a) of this maintenance functions for it shall have section. However, in the case of a a training program to ensure that each major repair or alteration, the work person (including inspection personnel) must have been done in accordance who determines the adequacy of work with technical data approved by the done is fully informed about procedures Administrator.

VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:01 Aug 27, 2026 Jkt 268049 PO 00000 Frm 00530 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Y:\SGML\268049.XXX 268049 jgilmore on DSK4WB1RN3PROD with CFR

Federal Aviation Administration, DOT § 135.443

kept by this section available for in- § 135.439 Maintenance recording re- quirements. spection by the Administrator or any representative of the National Trans- (a) Each certificate holder shall keep portation Safety Board.

(using the system specified in the man- ual required in § 135.427) the following [Docket 16097, 43 FR 46783, Oct. 10, 1978; 43 FR records for the periods specified in 49975, Oct. 26, 1978] paragraph (b) of this section: (1) All the records necessary to show § 135.441 Transfer of maintenance records.

that all requirements for the issuance of an airworthiness release under Each certificate holder who sells a § 135.443 have been met.

United States registered aircraft shall (2) Records containing the following transfer to the purchaser, at the time information: of the sale, the following records of (i) The total time in service of the that aircraft, in plain language form or airframe, engine, propeller, and rotor.

in coded form which provides for the (ii) The current status of life-limited preservation and retrieval of informa- parts of each airframe, engine, pro- tion in a manner acceptable to the Ad- peller, rotor, and appliance.

ministrator: (iii) The time since last overhaul of (a) The records specified in each item installed on the aircraft § 135.439(a)(2).

which are required to be overhauled on (b) The records specified in a specified time basis.

§ 135.439(a)(1) which are not included in (iv) The identification of the current the records covered by paragraph (a) of inspection status of the aircraft, in- this section, except that the purchaser cluding the time since the last inspec- may allow the seller to keep physical tions required by the inspection pro- custody of such records. However, cus- gram under which the aircraft and its tody of records by the seller does not appliances are maintained.

relieve the purchaser of its responsi- (v) The current status of applicable bility under § 135.439(c) to make the airworthiness directives, including the records available for inspection by the date and methods of compliance, and, Administrator or any representative of if the airworthiness directive involves the National Transportation Safety recurring action, the time and date Board.

when the next action is required.

(vi) A list of current major alter- § 135.443 Airworthiness release or air- ations and repairs to each airframe, en- craft maintenance log entry.

gine, propeller, rotor, and appliance.

(a) No certificate holder may operate (b) Each certificate holder shall re- an aircraft after maintenance, preven- tain the records required to be kept by tive maintenance, or alterations are this section for the following periods: performed on the aircraft unless the (1) Except for the records of the last certificate holder prepares, or causes complete overhaul of each airframe, the person with whom the certificate engine, propeller, rotor, and appliance holder arranges for the performance of the records specified in paragraph (a)(1) the maintenance, preventive mainte- of this section shall be retained until nance, or alterations, to prepare— the work is repeated or superseded by (1) An airworthiness release; or other work or for one year after the (2) An appropriate entry in the air- work is performed.

craft maintenance log.

(2) The records of the last complete (b) The airworthiness release or log overhaul of each airframe, engine, pro- entry required by paragraph (a) of this peller, rotor, and appliance shall be re- section must— tained until the work is superseded by (1) Be prepared in accordance with work of equivalent scope and detail.

the procedure in the certificate hold- (3) The records specified in paragraph er’s manual; (a)(2) of this section shall be retained and transferred with the aircraft at the (2) Include a certification that— time the aircraft is sold. (i) The work was performed in ac- (c) The certificate holder shall make cordance with the requirements of the all maintenance records required to be certificate holder’s manual; VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:01 Aug 27, 2026 Jkt 268049 PO 00000 Frm 00531 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Y:\SGML\268049.XXX 268049 jgilmore on DSK4WB1RN3PROD with CFR

14 CFR Ch. I (1–1–26 Edition) § 135.501

(ii) All items required to be inspected (b) Definitions. For purposes of this were inspected by an authorized person subpart, the following definitions who determined that the work was sat- apply: isfactorily completed; (1) Company material (COMAT) —Mate- (iii) No known condition exists that rial owned or used by a certificate would make the aircraft unairworthy; holder.

and (2) Initial hazardous materials train- (iv) So far as the work performed is ing —The basic training required for concerned, the aircraft is in condition each newly hired person, or each per- for safe operation; and son changing job functions, who per- (3) Be signed by an authorized certifi- forms or directly supervises any of the cated mechanic or repairman, except job functions specified in paragraph (a) that a certificated repairman may sign of this section.

the release or entry only for the work (3) Recurrent hazardous materials for which that person is employed and training —The training required every for which that person is certificated.

24 months for each person who has sat- (c) Notwithstanding paragraph (b)(3) isfactorily completed the certificate of this section, after maintenance, pre- holder’s approved initial hazardous ma- ventive maintenance, or alterations terials training program and performs performed by a repair station located or directly supervises any of the job outside the United States , the air- functions specified in paragraph (a) of worthiness release or log entry re- this section.

quired by paragraph (a) of this section may be signed by a person authorized § 135.503 Hazardous materials train- ing: General.

by that repair station.

(d) Instead of restating each of the (a) Each certificate holder must es- conditions of the certification required tablish and implement a hazardous ma- by paragraph (b) of this section, the terials training program that: certificate holder may state in its (1) Satisfies the requirements of Ap- manual that the signature of an au- pendix O of part 121 of this part; thorized certificated mechanic or re- (2) Ensures that each person per- pairman constitutes that certification.

forming or directly supervising any of [Docket 16097, 43 FR 46783, Oct. 10, 1978, as the job functions specified in § 135.501(a) amended by Amdt. 135–29, 53 FR 47375, Nov.

is trained to comply with all applicable 22, 1988; Amdt. 135–82, 66 FR 41117, Aug. 6, parts of 49 CFR parts 171 through 180 2001] and the requirements of this subpart; and

Subpart K—Hazardous Materials

(3) Enables the trained person to rec-

Training Program

ognize items that contain, or may con- tain, hazardous materials regulated by 49 CFR parts 171 through 180.

S OURCE : Docket FAA–2003–15085, 70 FR 58829, Oct. 7, 2005, unless otherwise noted. (b) Each certificate holder must pro- vide initial hazardous materials train- § 135.501 Applicability and definitions.

ing and recurrent hazardous materials training to each crewmember and per- (a) This subpart prescribes the re- son performing or directly supervising quirements applicable to each certifi- any of the job functions specified in cate holder for training each crew- § 135.501(a).

member and person performing or di- rectly supervising any of the following (c) Each certificate holder’s haz- job functions involving any item for ardous materials training program transport on board an aircraft: must be approved by the FAA prior to (1) Acceptance; implementation.

(2) Rejection; § 135.505 Hazardous materials training (3) Handling; required.

(4) Storage incidental to transport; (5) Packaging of company material; (a) Training requirement. Except as or provided in paragraphs (b), (c) and (f) of (6) Loading. this section, no certificate holder may VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:01 Aug 27, 2026 Jkt 268049 PO 00000 Frm 00532 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Y:\SGML\268049.XXX 268049 jgilmore on DSK4WB1RN3PROD with CFR

Federal Aviation Administration, DOT § 135.507

use any crewmember or person to per- (d) Recurrent hazardous materials form any of the job functions or direct training—Completion date. A person who supervisory responsibilities, and no satisfactorily completes recurrent haz- person may perform any of the job ardous materials training in the cal- functions or direct supervisory respon- endar month before, or the calendar sibilities, specified in § 135.501(a) unless month after, the month in which the that person has satisfactorily com- recurrent training is due, is considered pleted the certificate holder’s FAA-ap- to have taken that training during the proved initial or recurrent hazardous month in which it is due. If the person materials training program within the completes this training earlier than past 24 months. the month before it is due, the month (b) New hire or new job function. A per- of the completion date becomes his or son who is a new hire and has not yet her new anniversary month.

satisfactorily completed the required (e) Repair stations. A certificate hold- initial hazardous materials training, or er must ensure that each repair station a person who is changing job functions performing work for, or on the certifi- and has not received initial or recur- cate holder’s behalf is notified in writ- rent training for a job function involv- ing of the certificate holder’s policies ing storage incidental to transport, or and operations specification authoriza- loading of items for transport on an tion permitting or prohibition against aircraft, may perform those job func- the acceptance, rejection, handling, tions for not more than 30 days from storage incidental to transport, and the date of hire or a change in job func- transportation of hazardous materials, tion, if the person is under the direct including company material. This noti- visual supervision of a person who is fication requirement applies only to re- authorized by the certificate holder to pair stations that are regulated by 49 supervise that person and who has suc- CFR parts 171 through 180.

cessfully completed the certificate (f) Certificate holders operating at for- holder’s FAA-approved initial or recur- eign locations. This exception applies if rent training program within the past a certificate holder operating at a for- 24 months. eign location where the country re- (c) Persons who work for more than one quires the certificate holder to use per- certificate holder. A certificate holder sons working in that country to load that uses or assigns a person to per- aircraft. In such a case, the certificate form or directly supervise a job func- holder may use those persons even if tion specified in § 135.501(a), when that they have not been trained in accord- person also performs or directly super- ance with the certificate holder’s FAA vises the same job function for another approved hazardous materials training certificate holder, need only train that program. Those persons, however, must person in its own policies and proce- be under the direct visual supervision dures regarding those job functions, if of someone who has successfully com- all of the following are met: pleted the certificate holder’s approved (1) The certificate holder using this initial or recurrent hazardous mate- exception receives written verification rials training program in accordance from the person designated to hold the with this part. This exception applies training records representing the other only to those persons who load air- certificate holder that the person has craft.

satisfactorily completed hazardous ma- § 135.507 Hazardous materials training terials training for the specific job records.

function under the other certificate holder’s FAA approved hazardous ma- (a) General requirement. Each certifi- terial training program under appendix cate holder must maintain a record of O of part 121 of this chapter; and all training required by this part re- (2) The certificate holder who trained ceived within the preceding three years the person has the same operations for each person who performs or di- specifications regarding the accept- rectly supervises a job function speci- ance, handling, and transport of haz- fied in § 135.501(a). The record must be ardous materials as the certificate maintained during the time that the holder using this exception. person performs or directly supervises VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:01 Aug 27, 2026 Jkt 268049 PO 00000 Frm 00533 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Y:\SGML\268049.XXX 268049 jgilmore on DSK4WB1RN3PROD with CFR

14 CFR Ch. I (1–1–26 Edition) § 135.601

any of those job functions, and for 90 cate holder authorizing the use of the days thereafter. These training records person in accordance with the excep- must be kept for direct employees of tion; the certificate holder, as well as inde- (2) The date of hire or change in job pendent contractors, subcontractors, function; and any other person who performs or (3) The person’s name and assigned directly supervises these job functions job function; for the certificate holder.

(4) The name of the supervisor of the (b) Location of records. The certificate job function; and holder must retain the training records (5) The date the person is to complete required by paragraph (a) of this sec- hazardous materials training in accord- tion for all initial and recurrent train- ance with Appendix O of part 121 of this ing received within the preceding 3 chapter.

years for all persons performing or di- rectly supervising the job functions

Subpart L—Helicopter Air Ambu-

listed in Appendix O of part 121 of this lance Equipment, Operations, chapter at a designated location. The

records must be available upon request and Training Requirements

at the location where the trained per- son performs or directly supervises the S OURCE : Docket FAA–2010–0982, 79 FR 9975, job function specified in § 135.501(a).

Feb. 21, 2014, unless otherwise noted.

Records may be maintained electroni- cally and provided on location elec- § 135.601 Applicability and definitions.

tronically. When the person ceases to (a) Applicability. This subpart pre- perform or directly supervise a haz- scribes the requirements applicable to ardous materials job function, the cer- each certificate holder conducting heli- tificate holder must retain the haz- copter air ambulance operations.

ardous materials training records for (b) Definitions. For purposes of this an additional 90 days and make them subpart, the following definitions available upon request at the last loca- apply: tion where the person worked.

(1) Helicopter air ambulance operation (c) Content of records. Each record means a flight, or sequence of flights, must contain the following: with a patient or medical personnel on (1) The individual’s name; board, for the purpose of medical trans- (2) The most recent training comple- portation, by a part 135 certificate tion date; holder authorized by the Administrator (3) A description, copy or reference to to conduct helicopter air ambulance training materials used to meet the operations. A helicopter air ambulance training requirement; operation includes, but is not limited (4) The name and address of the orga- to— nization providing the training; and (i) Flights conducted to position the (5) A copy of the certification issued helicopter at the site at which a pa- when the individual was trained, which tient or donor organ will be picked up.

shows that a test has been completed (ii) Flights conducted to reposition satisfactorily.

the helicopter after completing the pa- (d) New hire or new job function. Each tient, or donor organ transport.

certificate holder using a person under (iii) Flights initiated for the trans- the exception in § 135.505(b) must main- port of a patient or donor organ that tain a record for that person. The are terminated due to weather or other records must be available upon request reasons.

at the location where the trained per- son performs or directly supervises the (2) Medical personnel means a person job function specified in § 135.501(a). or persons with medical training, in- Records may be maintained electroni- cluding but not limited to flight physi- cally and provided on location elec- cians, flight nurses, or flight para- tronically. The record must include the medics, who are carried aboard a heli- following: copter during helicopter air ambulance (1) A signed statement from an au- operations in order to provide medical thorized representative of the certifi- care.

VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:01 Aug 27, 2026 Jkt 268049 PO 00000 Frm 00534 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Y:\SGML\268049.XXX 268049 jgilmore on DSK4WB1RN3PROD with CFR

Federal Aviation Administration, DOT § 135.609

(3) Mountainous means designated information on the availability of this mountainous areas as listed in part 95 material at NARA, call (202) 741–6030 or of this chapter. go to http://www.archives.gov/fed- (4) Nonmountainous means areas eral _ register/code _ of _ federal _ regulations/ other than mountainous areas as listed ibr _ locations.html.

in part 95 of this chapter.

(1) U.S. Department of Transpor- tation, Subsequent Distribution Office, § 135.603 Pilot-in-command instrument DOT Warehouse M30, Ardmore East qualifications.

Business Center, 3341 Q 75th Avenue, After April 24, 2017, no certificate Landover, MD 20785; telephone (301) holder may use, nor may any person 322–5377. Copies are also available on serve as, a pilot in command of a heli- the FAA’s Web site. Use the following copter air ambulance operation unless link and type the TSO number in the that person meets the requirements of search box: http://rgl.faa.gov/Regu- § 135.243 and holds a helicopter instru- latory _ and _ Guidance _ Library/rgTSO.nsf/ ment rating or an airline transport Frameset?OpenPage.

pilot certificate with a category and (i) TSO C–194, Helicopter Terrain class rating for that aircraft, that is Awareness and Warning System not limited to VFR.

(HTAWS), Dec. 17, 2008.

(ii) [Reserved] § 135.605 Helicopter terrain awareness (2) RTCA, Inc., 1150 18th Street NW., and warning system (HTAWS).

Suite 910, Washington, DC 20036, tele- (a) After April 24, 2017, no person may phone (202) 833–9339, and are also avail- operate a helicopter in helicopter air able on RTCA’s Web site at http:// ambulance operations unless that heli- www.rtca.org/onlinecart/index.cfm.

copter is equipped with a helicopter (i) RTCA DO–309, Minimum Oper- terrain awareness and warning system ational Performance Standards (HTAWS) that meets the requirements (MOPS) for Helicopter Terrain Aware- in TSO–C194 and Section 2 of RTCA ness and Warning System (HTAWS) DO–309.

Airborne Equipment, Mar. 13, 2008.

(b) The certificate holder’s Rotor- (ii) [Reserved] craft Flight Manual must contain ap- propriate procedures for— § 135.607 Flight Data Monitoring Sys- (1) The use of the HTAWS; and tem.

(2) Proper flight crew response to After April 23, 2018, no person may HTAWS audio and visual warnings.

operate a helicopter in air ambulance (c) Certificate holders with HTAWS operations unless it is equipped with an required by this section with an ap- approved flight data monitoring sys- proved deviation under § 21.618 of this tem capable of recording flight per- chapter are in compliance with this formance data. This system must: section.

(d) The standards required in this (a) Receive electrical power from the section are incorporated by reference bus that provides the maximum reli- into this section with the approval of ability for operation without jeopard- the Director of the Federal Register izing service to essential or emergency under 5 U.S.C. 552(a) and 1 CFR part 51. loads, and To enforce any edition other than that (b) Be operated from the application specified in this section, the FAA must of electrical power before takeoff until publish notice of change in the F ED - the removal of electrical power after ERAL R EGISTER and the material must termination of flight.

be available to the public. All approved § 135.609 VFR ceiling and visibility re- material is available for inspection at quirements for Class G airspace.

the FAA’s Office of Rulemaking (ARM– 1), 800 Independence Avenue SW., Wash- (a) Unless otherwise specified in the ington, DC 20591 (telephone (202) 267– certificate holder’s operations speci- 9677) and from the sources indicated fications, when conducting VFR heli- below. It is also available for inspec- copter air ambulance operations in tion at the National Archives and Class G airspace, the weather mini- Records Administration (NARA). For mums in the following table apply: VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:01 Aug 27, 2026 Jkt 268049 PO 00000 Frm 00535 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Y:\SGML\268049.XXX 268049 jgilmore on DSK4WB1RN3PROD with CFR

14 CFR Ch. I (1–1–26 Edition) § 135.611

(b) A certificate holder may des- (NWS), a source approved by the NWS, ignate local flying areas in a manner or a source approved by the FAA, sub- acceptable to the Administrator, that ject to the following limitations: must— (1) The certificate holder must obtain (1) Not exceed 50 nautical miles in a weather report from a weather re- any direction from each designated lo- porting facility operated by the NWS, a cation; source approved by the NWS, or a (2) Take into account obstacles and source approved by the FAA, that is lo- terrain features that are easily identi- cated within 15 nautical miles of the fiable by the pilot in command and airport. If a weather report is not from which the pilot in command may available, the certificate holder may visually determine a position; and obtain weather reports, forecasts, or (3) Take into account the operating any combination of them from the environment and capabilities of the NWS, a source approved by the NWS, certificate holder’s helicopters.

or a source approved by the FAA, for (c) A pilot must demonstrate a level information regarding the weather ob- of familiarity with the local flying served in the vicinity of the airport; area by passing an examination given (2) Flight planning for IFR flights by the certificate holder within the 12 conducted under this paragraph must calendar months prior to using the include selection of an alternate air- local flying area.

port that meets the requirements of [Docket FAA–2010–0982, 79 FR 9975, Feb. 21, §§ 135.221 and 135.223; 2014; Amdt. 135–129A, 79 FR 41126, July 15, (3) In Class G airspace, IFR depar- 2014] tures with visual transitions are au- thorized only after the pilot in com- § 135.611 IFR operations at locations without weather reporting. mand determines that the weather con- ditions at the departure point are at or (a) If a certificate holder is author- above takeoff minimums depicted in a ized to conduct helicopter IFR oper- published departure procedure or VFR ations, the Administrator may author- minimum ceilings and visibilities in ize the certificate holder to conduct accordance with § 135.609.

IFR helicopter air ambulance oper- (4) All approaches must be conducted ations at airports with an instrument approach procedure and at which a at Category A approach speeds as es- weather report is not available from tablished in part 97 or those required the U.S. National Weather Service for the type of approach being used.

VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:01 Aug 27, 2026 Jkt 268049 PO 00000 Frm 00536 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Y:\SGML\268049.XXX 268049 ER21FE14.021</GPH> jgilmore on DSK4WB1RN3PROD with CFR

Federal Aviation Administration, DOT § 135.615

(b) Each helicopter air ambulance op- area is greater than 3 NM, the VFR erated under this section must be weather minimums required by the equipped with functioning severe class of airspace.

weather detection equipment, unless (b) Departures. For transitions from the pilot in command reasonably deter- VFR to IFR upon departure— mines severe weather will not be en- (1) The VFR weather minimums of countered at the destination, the alter- paragraph (a) of this section apply if— nate destination, or along the route of (i) An FAA-approved obstacle depar- flight.

ture procedure is followed; and (c) Pilots conducting operations pur- (ii) An IFR clearance is obtained on suant to this section may use the or before reaching a predetermined lo- weather information obtained in para- cation that is not more than 3 NM from graph (a) to satisfy the weather report the departure location.

and forecast requirements of § 135.213 (2) If the departure does not meet the and § 135.225(a).

requirements of paragraph (b)(1) of this (d) After completing a landing at the section, the VFR weather minimums airport at which a weather report is required by the class of airspace apply.

not available, the pilot in command is authorized to determine if the weather § 135.615 VFR flight planning.

meets the takeoff requirements of part (a) Pre-flight. Prior to conducting 97 of this chapter or the certificate VFR operations, the pilot in command holder’s operations specification, as ap- must— plicable.

(1) Determine the minimum safe [Docket FAA–2010–0982, 79 FR 9975, Feb. 21, cruise altitude by evaluating the ter- 2014, as amended by Amdt. 135–131, 79 FR rain and obstacles along the planned 43622, July 28, 2014; Amdt. 135–141, 84 FR route of flight; 35823, July 25, 2019] (2) Identify and document the highest obstacle along the planned route of § 135.613 Approach/departure IFR flight; and transitions.

(3) Using the minimum safe cruise al- (a) Approaches. When conducting an titudes in paragraphs (b)(1)–(2) of this authorized instrument approach and section, determine the minimum re- transitioning from IFR to VFR flight, quired ceiling and visibility to conduct upon transitioning to VFR flight the the planned flight by applying the following weather minimums apply— weather minimums appropriate to the (1) For Point-in-Space (PinS) Copter class of airspace for the planned flight.

Instrument approaches annotated with (b) Enroute. While conducting VFR a ‘‘Proceed VFR’’ segment, if the dis- operations, the pilot in command must tance from the missed approach point ensure that all terrain and obstacles to the landing area is 1 NM or less, along the route of flight are cleared flight visibility must be at least 1 stat- vertically by no less than the fol- ute mile and the ceiling on the ap- lowing: proach chart applies; (1) 300 feet for day operations.

(2) For all instrument approaches, in- cluding PinS when paragraph (a)(1) of (2) 500 feet for night operations.

this section does not apply, if the dis- (c) Rerouting the planned flight path. A tance from the missed approach point pilot in command may deviate from to the landing area is 3 NM or less, the the planned flight path for reasons applicable VFR weather minimums such as weather conditions or oper- are— ational considerations. Such deviations (i) For Day Operations: No less than do not relieve the pilot in command of a 600-foot ceiling and 2 statute miles the weather requirements or the re- flight visibility; quirements for terrain and obstacle (ii) For Night Operations: No less clearance contained in this part and in than a 600-foot ceiling and 3 statute part 91 of this chapter. Rerouting, miles flight visibility; or change in destination, or other changes (3) For all instrument approaches, in- to the planned flight that occur while cluding PinS, if the distance from the the helicopter is on the ground at an missed approach point to the landing intermediate stop require evaluation of VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:01 Aug 27, 2026 Jkt 268049 PO 00000 Frm 00537 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Y:\SGML\268049.XXX 268049 jgilmore on DSK4WB1RN3PROD with CFR

14 CFR Ch. I (1–1–26 Edition) § 135.617

the new route in accordance with para- bulance operations, with 10 or more graph (a) of this section. helicopter air ambulances assigned to (d) Operations manual. Each certifi- the certificate holder’s operations cate holder must document its VFR specifications, must have an operations flight planning procedures in its oper- control center. The operations control ations manual.

center must be staffed by operations control specialists who, at a min- § 135.617 Pre-flight risk analysis.

imum— (a) Each certificate holder con- (1) Provide two-way communications ducting helicopter air ambulance oper- with pilots; ations must establish, and document in (2) Provide pilots with weather brief- its operations manual, an FAA-ap- ings, to include current and forecasted proved preflight risk analysis that in- weather along the planned route of cludes at least the following— flight; (1) Flight considerations, to include (3) Monitor the progress of the flight; obstacles and terrain along the planned and route of flight, landing zone conditions, (4) Participate in the preflight risk and fuel requirements; analysis required under § 135.617 to in- (2) Human factors, such as crew fa- clude the following: tigue, life events, and other stressors; (i) Ensure the pilot has completed all (3) Weather, including departure, en required items on the preflight risk route, destination, and forecasted; analysis worksheet; (4) A procedure for determining (ii) Confirm and verify all entries on whether another helicopter air ambu- the preflight risk analysis worksheet; lance operator has refused or rejected a flight request; and (iii) Assist the pilot in mitigating (5) Strategies and procedures for any identified risk prior to takeoff; and mitigating identified risks, including (iv) Acknowledge in writing, speci- procedures for obtaining and docu- fying the date and time, that the pre- menting approval of the certificate flight risk analysis worksheet has been holder’s management personnel to re- accurately completed and that, accord- lease a flight when a risk exceeds a ing to their professional judgment, the level predetermined by the certificate flight can be conducted safely.

holder.

(b) Operations control center staffing.

(b) Each certificate holder must de- Each certificate holder conducting hel- velop a preflight risk analysis work- icopter air ambulance operations must sheet to include, at a minimum, the provide enough operations control spe- items in paragraph (a) of this section.

cialists at each operations control cen- (c) Prior to the first leg of each heli- ter to ensure the certificate holder copter air ambulance operation, the maintains operational control of each pilot in command must conduct a pre- flight.

flight risk analysis and complete the (c) Documentation of duties and respon- preflight risk analysis worksheet in ac- sibilities. Each certificate holder must cordance with the certificate holder’s describe in its operations manual the FAA-approved procedures. The pilot in duties and responsibilities of oper- command must sign the preflight risk ations control specialists, including analysis worksheet and specify the preflight risk mitigation strategies and date and time it was completed.

control measures, shift change check- (d) The certificate holder must retain list, and training and testing proce- the original or a copy of each com- dures to hold the position, including pleted preflight risk analysis work- procedures for retesting.

sheet at a location specified in its oper- ations manual for at least 90 days from (d) Training requirements. No certifi- the date of the operation. cate holder may use, nor may any per- son perform the duties of, an oper- § 135.619 Operations control centers.

ations control specialist unless the op- (a) Operations control center. After erations control specialist has satisfac- April 22, 2016, certificate holders au- torily completed the training require- thorized to conduct helicopter air am- ments of this paragraph.

VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:01 Aug 27, 2026 Jkt 268049 PO 00000 Frm 00538 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Y:\SGML\268049.XXX 268049 jgilmore on DSK4WB1RN3PROD with CFR

Federal Aviation Administration, DOT § 135.619

(1) Initial training. Before performing (iv) Windshear; the duties of an operations control spe- (v) Icing conditions; cialist, each person must satisfactorily (vi) Use of aviation weather products; complete the certificate holder’s FAA- (vii) Available sources of informa- approved operations control specialist tion; and initial training program and pass an (viii) Weather minimums; FAA-approved knowledge and practical (2) Navigation, including: test given by the certificate holder. (i) Navigation aids; Initial training must include a min- (ii) Instrument approach procedures; imum of 80 hours of training on the (iii) Navigational publications; and topics listed in paragraph (f) of this (iv) Navigation techniques; section. A certificate holder may re- (3) Flight monitoring, including: duce the number of hours of initial (i) Available flight-monitoring proce- training to a minimum of 40 hours for dures; and persons who have obtained, at the time (ii) Alternate flight-monitoring pro- of beginning initial training, a total of cedures; at least 2 years of experience during (4) Air traffic control, including: the last 5 years in any one or in any (i) Airspace; combination of the following areas— (ii) Air traffic control procedures; (i) In military aircraft operations as (iii) Aeronautical charts; and a pilot, flight navigator, or meteorolo- (iv) Aeronautical data sources; gist; (5) Aviation communication, includ- (ii) In air carrier operations as a ing: pilot, flight engineer, certified aircraft (i) Available aircraft communica- dispatcher, or meteorologist; or tions systems; (iii) In aircraft operations as an air (ii) Normal communication proce- traffic controller or a flight service dures; specialist. (iii) Abnormal communication proce- (2) Recurrent training. Every 12 dures; and months after satisfactory completion (iv) Emergency communication pro- of the initial training, each operations cedures; control specialist must complete a (6) Aircraft systems, including: minimum of 40 hours of recurrent (i) Communications systems; training on the topics listed in para- (ii) Navigation systems; graph (f) of this section and pass an (iii) Surveillance systems; FAA-approved knowledge and practical (iv) Fueling systems; test given by the certificate holder on (v) Specialized systems; those topics. (vi) General maintenance require- (e) Training records. The certificate ments; and holder must maintain a training record (vii) Minimum equipment lists; for each operations control specialist (7) Aircraft limitations and perform- employed by the certificate holder for ance, including: the duration of that individual’s em- (i) Aircraft operational limitations; ployment and for 90 days thereafter. (ii) Aircraft performance; The training record must include a (iii) Weight and balance procedures chronological log for each training and limitations; and course, including the number of train- (iv) Landing zone and landing facility ing hours and the examination dates requirements; and results. (8) Aviation policy and regulations, (f) Training topics. Each certificate including: holder must have an FAA-approved op- (i) 14 CFR Parts 1, 27, 29, 61, 71, 91, erations control specialist training and 135; program that covers at least the fol- (ii) 49 CFR Part 830; lowing topics— (iii) Company operations specifica- (1) Aviation weather, including: tions; (i) General meteorology; (iv) Company general operations poli- (ii) Prevailing weather; cies; (iii) Adverse and deteriorating weath- (v) Enhanced operational control er; policies; VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:01 Aug 27, 2026 Jkt 268049 PO 00000 Frm 00539 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Y:\SGML\268049.XXX 268049 jgilmore on DSK4WB1RN3PROD with CFR

14 CFR Ch. I (1–1–26 Edition) § 135.621

(vi) Aeronautical decision making (2) Except in cases where cir- and risk management; cumstances or emergency conditions (vii) Lost aircraft procedures; and beyond the control of the certificate holder require otherwise— (viii) Emergency and search and res- (i) No certificate holder may sched- cue procedures, including plotting co- ule an operations control specialist for ordinates in degrees, minutes, seconds more than 10 consecutive hours of format, and degrees, decimal minutes duty; format; (ii) If an operations control specialist (9) Crew resource management, in- is scheduled for more than 10 hours of cluding: duty in 24 consecutive hours, the cer- (i) Concepts and practical applica- tificate holder must provide that per- tion; son a rest period of at least 8 hours at (ii) Risk management and risk miti- or before the end of 10 hours of duty; gation; and (iii) If an operations control spe- (iii) Pre-flight risk analysis proce- cialist is on duty for more than 10 con- dures required under § 135.617; secutive hours, the certificate holder (10) Local flying area orientation, in- must provide that person a rest period cluding: of at least 8 hours before that person’s (i) Terrain features; next duty period; (ii) Obstructions; (iv) Each operations control spe- (iii) Weather phenomena for local cialist must be relieved of all duty with area; the certificate holder for at least 24 (iv) Airspace and air traffic control consecutive hours during any 7 con- facilities; secutive days.

(v) Heliports, airports, landing zones, (h) Drug and alcohol testing. Oper- and fuel facilities; ations control specialists must be test- (vi) Instrument approaches; ed for drugs and alcohol according to (vii) Predominant air traffic flow; the certificate holder’s Drug and Alco- (viii) Landmarks and cultural fea- hol Testing Program administered tures, including areas prone to flat- under part 120 of this chapter.

light, whiteout, and brownout condi- tions; and § 135.621 Briefing of medical per- sonnel.

(ix) Local aviation and safety re- sources and contact information; and (a) Except as provided in paragraph (11) Any other requirements as deter- (b) of this section, prior to each heli- mined by the Administrator to ensure copter air ambulance operation, each safe operations.

pilot in command, or other flight crew- (g) Operations control specialist duty member designated by the certificate time limitations. (1) Each certificate holder, must ensure that all medical holder must establish the daily duty personnel have been briefed on the fol- period for an operations control spe- lowing— cialist so that it begins at a time that (1) Passenger briefing requirements allows that person to become thor- in § 135.117(a) and (b); and oughly familiar with operational con- (2) Physiological aspects of flight; siderations, including existing and an- (3) Patient loading and unloading; ticipated weather conditions in the (4) Safety in and around the heli- area of operations, helicopter oper- copter; ations in progress, and helicopter (5) In-flight emergency procedures; maintenance status, before performing (6) Emergency landing procedures; duties associated with any helicopter (7) Emergency evacuation proce- air ambulance operation. The oper- dures; ations control specialist must remain (8) Efficient and safe communica- on duty until relieved by another tions with the pilot; and qualified operations control specialist (9) Operational differences between or until each helicopter air ambulance day and night operations, if appro- monitored by that person has com- priate.

pleted its flight or gone beyond that (b) The briefing required in para- person’s jurisdiction. graphs (a)(2) through (9) of this section VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:01 Aug 27, 2026 Jkt 268049 PO 00000 Frm 00540 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Y:\SGML\268049.XXX 268049 jgilmore on DSK4WB1RN3PROD with CFR

Federal Aviation Administration, DOT Pt. 135, App. A

(1) Installation losses; and may be omitted if all medical per- (2) The power or equivalent thrust ab- sonnel on board have satisfactorily sorbed by the accessories and services appro- completed the certificate holder’s priate to the particular ambient atmospheric FAA-approved medical personnel train- conditions and the particular flight condi- ing program within the preceding 24 tion.

calendar months. Each training pro- (c) Unless otherwise prescribed in this ap- gram must include a minimum of 4 pendix, the applicant must select the take- hours of ground training, and 4 hours of off, en route, and landing configurations for the airplane.

training in and around an air ambu- (d) The airplane configuration may vary lance helicopter, on the topics set forth with weight, altitude, and temperature, to in paragraph (a)(2) through (9) of this the extent they are compatible with the op- section.

erating procedures required by paragraph (e) (c) Each certificate holder must of this section.

maintain a record for each person (e) Unless otherwise prescribed in this ap- trained under this section that— pendix, in determining the critical engine in- (1) Contains the individual’s name, operative takeoff performance, the accel- erate-stop distance, takeoff distance, the most recent training completion changes in the airplane’s configuration, date, and a description, copy, or ref- speed, power, and thrust must be made under erence to training materials used to procedures established by the applicant for meet the training requirement.

operation in service.

(2) Is maintained for 24 calendar (f) Procedures for the execution of balked months following the individual’s com- landings must be established by the appli- pletion of training.

cant and included in the Airplane Flight Manual.

[Docket FAA–2010–0982, 79 FR 9975, Feb. 21, (g) The procedures established under para- 2014; Amdt. 135–129A, 79 FR 41126, July 15, graphs (e) and (f) of this section must— 2014] (1) Be able to be consistently executed in service by a crew of average skill; (2) Use methods or devices that are safe and reliable; and A PPENDIX A TO P ART 135—A DDITIONAL (3) Include allowance for any time delays, in the execution of the procedures, that may A IRWORTHINESS S TANDARDS FOR 10 reasonably be expected in service.

OR M ORE P ASSENGER A IRPLANES 5. Takeoff. (a) General. Takeoff speeds, the Applicability accelerate-stop distance, the takeoff dis- tance, and the one-engine-inoperative take- 1. Applicability. This appendix prescribes off flight path data (described in paragraphs the additional airworthiness standards re- (b), (c), (d), and (f) of this section), must be quired by § 135.169.

determined for— 2. References. Unless otherwise provided, (1) Each weight, altitude, and ambient references in this appendix to specific sec- temperature within the operational limits tions of part 23 of the Federal Aviation Reg- selected by the applicant; ulations (FAR part 23) are to those sections (2) The selected configuration for takeoff; of part 23 in effect on March 30, 1967.

(3) The center of gravity in the most unfa- vorable position; Flight Requirements (4) The operating engine within approved 3. General. Compliance must be shown with operating limitations; and the applicable requirements of subpart B of (5) Takeoff data based on smooth, dry, FAR part 23, as supplemented or modified in hard-surface runway.

§§ 4 through 10.

(b) Takeoff speeds. (1) The decision speed V is the calibrated airspeed on the ground at Performance which, as a result of engine failure or other 4. General. (a) Unless otherwise prescribed reasons, the pilot is assumed to have made a in this appendix, compliance with each appli- decision to continue or discontinue the take- cable performance requirement in sections 4 off. The speed V must be selected by the ap- through 7 must be shown for ambient atmos- plicant but may not be less than— pheric conditions and still air.

(i) 1.10 V S 1 ; (b) The performance must correspond to (ii) 1.10 V ; MC the propulsive thrust available under the (iii) A speed that allows acceleration to V particular ambient atmospheric conditions and stop under paragraph (c) of this section; and the particular flight condition. The or available propulsive thrust must correspond (iv) A speed at which the airplane can be to engine power or thrust, not exceeding the rotated for takeoff and shown to be adequate approved power or thrust less— to safely continue the takeoff, using normal VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:01 Aug 27, 2026 Jkt 268049 PO 00000 Frm 00541 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Y:\SGML\268049.XXX 268049 jgilmore on DSK4WB1RN3PROD with CFR

14 CFR Ch. I (1–1–26 Edition) Pt. 135, App. A

piloting skill, when the critical engine is of the power or thrust controls from the suddenly made inoperative. minimum flight idle to the takeoff position.

(2) The initial climb out speed V , in terms (2) A climb speed not greater than the ap- of calibrated airspeed, must be selected by proach speed established under section 7 and the applicant so as to allow the gradient of not less than the greater of 1.05 V or MC climb required in section 6(b)(2), but it must 1.10 V .

S 1 not be less than V or less than 1.2 V .

1 S 1 (b) Takeoff climb: one-engine-inoperative.

(3) Other essential take off speeds nec- The maximum weight at which the airplane essary for safe operation of the airplane.

meets the minimum climb performance spec- (c) Accelerate-stop distance. (1) The accel- ified in paragraphs (1) and (2) of this para- erate-stop distance is the sum of the dis- graph must be determined for each altitude tances necessary to— and ambient temperature within the oper- (i) Accelerate the airplane from a standing ational limits established for the airplane, start to V ; and out of ground effect in free air, with the air- (ii) Come to a full stop from the point at plane in the takeoff configuration, with the which V is reached assuming that in the most unfavorable center of gravity, the crit- case of engine failure, failure of the critical ical engine inoperative, the remaining en- engine is recognized by the pilot at the speed gines at the maximum takeoff power or V .

thrust, and the propeller of the inoperative (2) Means other than wheel brakes may be engine windmilling with the propeller con- used to determine the accelerate-stop dis- trols in the normal position except that, if tance if that means is available with the an approved automatic feathering system is critical engine inoperative and— installed, the propellers may be in the feath- (i) Is safe and reliable; ered position: (ii) Is used so that consistent results can (1) Takeoff: landing gear extended. The min- be expected under normal operating condi- imum steady gradient of climb must be tions; and measurably positive at the speed V .

(iii) Is such that exceptional skill is not re- (2) Takeoff: landing gear retracted. The min- quired to control the airplane.

imum steady gradient of climb may not be (d) All engines operating takeoff distance.

. For airplanes less than 2 percent at speed V 2 The all engine operating takeoff distance is with fixed landing gear this requirement the horizontal distance required to takeoff must be met with the landing gear extended.

and climb to a height of 50 feet above the (c) En route climb: one-engine-inoperative.

takeoff surface under the procedures in FAR The maximum weight must be determined 23.51(a).

for each altitude and ambient temperature (e) One-engine-inoperative takeoff. Deter- within the operational limits established for mine the weight for each altitude and tem- the airplane, at which the steady gradient of perature within the operational limits estab- climb is not less 1.2 percent at an altitude lished for the airplane, at which the airplane 1,000 feet above the takeoff surface, with the has the capability, after failure of the crit- airplane in the en route configuration, the ical engine at V 1 determined under para- critical engine inoperative, the remaining graph (b) of this section, to take off and engine at the maximum continuous power or climb at not less than V 2 , to a height 1,000 thrust, and the most unfavorable center of feet above the takeoff surface and attain the gravity.

speed and configuration at which compliance 7. Landing. (a) The landing field length de- is shown with the en route one-engine-inop- scribed in paragraph (b) of this section must erative gradient of climb specified in section be determined for standard atmosphere at 6(c).

each weight and altitude within the oper- (f) One-engine-inoperative takeoff flight path ational limits established by the applicant.

data. The one-engine-inoperative takeoff (b) The landing field length is equal to the flight path data consist of takeoff flight landing distance determined under FAR paths extending from a standing start to a 23.75(a) divided by a factor of 0.6 for the des- point in the takeoff at which the airplane tination airport and 0.7 for the alternate air- reaches a height 1,000 feet above the takeoff port. Instead of the gliding approach speci- surface under paragraph (e) of this section.

fied in FAR 23.75(a)(1), the landing may be 6. Climb. (a) Landing climb: All-engines-oper- preceded by a steady approach down to the ating. The maximum weight must be deter- 50-foot height at a gradient of descent not mined with the airplane in the landing con- greater than 5.2 percent (3 ° ) at a calibrated figuration, for each altitude, and ambient airspeed not less than 1.3 V .

S 1 temperature within the operational limits established for the airplane, with the most Trim unfavorable center of gravity, and out-of- ground effect in free air, at which the steady 8. Trim. (a) Lateral and directional trim. The gradient of climb will not be less than 3.3 airplane must maintain lateral and direc- percent, with: tional trim in level flight at a speed of V or H (1) The engines at the power that is avail- V / M whichever is lower, with landing MO MO, able 8 seconds after initiation of movement gear and wing flaps retracted.

VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:01 Aug 27, 2026 Jkt 268049 PO 00000 Frm 00542 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Y:\SGML\268049.XXX 268049 jgilmore on DSK4WB1RN3PROD with CFR

Federal Aviation Administration, DOT Pt. 135, App. A

(b) Longitudinal trim. The airplane must crew within the cockpit is not acceptable by maintain longitudinal trim during the fol- itself.

lowing conditions, except that it need not Control Systems maintain trim at a speed greater than V / MO M : MO 11. Electric trim tabs. The airplane must (1) In the approach conditions specified in meet FAR 23.677 and in addition it must be FAR 23.161(c) (3) through (5), except that in- shown that the airplane is safely control- stead of the speeds specified in those para- lable and that a pilot can perform all the graphs, trim must be maintained with a maneuvers and operations necessary to ef- stick force of not more than 10 pounds down fect a safe landing following any probable to a speed used in showing compliance with electric trim tab runaway which might be section 7 or 1.4 V whichever is lower.

S 1 reasonably expected in service allowing for (2) In level flight at any speed from V or H appropriate time delay after pilot recogni- V / M , whichever is lower, to either V or MO MO x tion of the runaway. This demonstration 1.4 V , with the landing gear and wing flaps S 1 must be conducted at the critical airplane retracted.

weights and center of gravity positions.

Stability Instruments: Installation 9. Static longitudinal stability. (a) In showing 12. Arrangement and visibility. Each instru- compliance with FAR 23.175(b) and with ment must meet FAR 23.1321 and in addition: paragraph (b) of this section, the airspeed (a) Each flight, navigation, and powerplant must return to within ± 7 ⁄2 percent of the instrument for use by any pilot must be trim speed.

plainly visible to the pilot from the pilot’s (b) Cruise stability. The stick force curve station with the minimum practicable devi- must have a stable slope for a speed range of ation from the pilot’s normal position and ± 50 knots from the trim speed except that line of vision when the pilot is looking for- / M or be less the speeds need not exceed V FC FC ward along the flight path.

. This speed range will be consid- than 1.4 V S 1 (b) The flight instruments required by FAR ered to begin at the outer extremes of the 23.1303 and by the applicable operating rules friction band and the stick force may not ex- must be grouped on the instrument panel ceed 50 pounds with— and centered as nearly as practicable about (1) Landing gear retracted; the vertical plane of each pilot’s forward vi- (2) Wing flaps retracted; sion. In addition— (3) The maximum cruising power as se- (1) The instrument that most effectively lected by the applicant as an operating limi- indicates the attitude must be in the panel tation for turbine engines or 75 percent of in the top center position; maximum continuous power for recipro- cating engines except that the power need (2) The instrument that most effectively not exceed that required at V / M ; indicates the airspeed must be on the panel MO MO (4) Maximum takeoff weight; and directly to the left of the instrument in the (5) The airplane trimmed for level flight top center position; with the power specified in paragraph (3) of (3) The instrument that most effectively this paragraph. indicates altitude must be adjacent to and V / M may not be less than a speed mid- directly to the right of the instrument in the FC FC way between V / M and V / M except top center position; and MO MO DF DF, that, for altitudes where Mach number is the (4) The instrument that most effectively limiting factor, M need not exceed the FC indicates direction of flight must be adjacent Mach number at which effective speed warn- to and directly below the instrument in the ing occurs.

top center position.

(c) Climb stability (turbopropeller powered 13. Airspeed indicating system. Each airspeed airplanes only). In showing compliance with indicating system must meet FAR 23.1323 FAR 23.175(a), an applicant must, instead of and in addition: the power specified in FAR 23.175(a)(4), use (a) Airspeed indicating instruments must the maximum power or thrust selected by be of an approved type and must be cali- the applicant as an operating limitation for brated to indicate true airspeed at sea level use during climb at the best rate of climb in the standard atmosphere with a minimum speed, except that the speed need not be less practicable instrument calibration error than 1.4 V .

S 1 when the corresponding pitot and static pressures are supplied to the instruments.

Stalls (b) The airspeed indicating system must be 10. Stall warning. If artificial stall warning calibrated to determine the system error, is required to comply with FAR 23.207, the i.e., the relation between IAS and CAS, in warning device must give clearly distin- flight and during the accelerate-takeoff guishable indications under expected condi- ground run. The ground run calibration must tions of flight. The use of a visual warning be obtained between 0.8 of the minimum device that requires the attention of the value of V and 1.2 times the maximum value VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:01 Aug 27, 2026 Jkt 268049 PO 00000 Frm 00543 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Y:\SGML\268049.XXX 268049 jgilmore on DSK4WB1RN3PROD with CFR

14 CFR Ch. I (1–1–26 Edition) Pt. 135, App. A

of V , considering the approved ranges of al- the pilot. A placard adjacent to the airspeed titude and weight. The ground run calibra- indicator is an acceptable means of showing tion is determined assuming an engine fail- compliance with FAR 23.1545(c).

ure at the minimum value of V .

Airplane Flight Manual (c) The airspeed error of the installation excluding the instrument calibration error, 18. General. The Airplane Flight Manual must not exceed 3 percent or 5 knots which- must be prepared under FARs 23.1583 and ever is greater, throughout the speed range 23.1587, and in addition the operating limita- from V to 1.3 V with flaps retracted and MO S 1 tions and performance information in sec- from 1.3 V to V with flaps in the landing SO FE tions 19 and 20 must be included.

position.

19. Operating limitations. The Airplane (d) Information showing the relationship Flight Manual must include the following between IAS and CAS must be shown in the limitations— Airplane Flight manual.

(a) Airspeed limitations. (1) The maximum 14. Static air vent system. The static air vent operating limit speed V / M and a state- MO MO system must meet FAR 23.1325. The altim- ment that this speed limit may not be delib- eter system calibration must be determined erately exceeded in any regime of flight and shown in the Airplane Flight Manual.

(climb, cruise, or descent) unless a higher speed is authorized for flight test or pilot Operating Limitations and Information training; 15. Maximum operating limit speed V MO / M MO.

(2) If an airspeed limitation is based upon Instead of establishing operating limitations compressibility effects, a statement to this based on V and V the applicant must es- NE NO, effect and information as to any symptoms, tablish a maximum operating limit speed the probable behavior of the airplane, and V / M as follows: MO MO the recommended recovery procedures; and (a) The maximum operating limit speed (3) The airspeed limits, shown in terms of must not exceed the design cruising speed V C V MO /M MO instead of V NO and V NE.

and must be sufficiently below V / M or V / D D DF (b) Takeoff weight limitations. The max- M DF to make it highly improbable that the imum takeoff weight for each airport ele- latter speeds will be inadvertently exceeded vation ambient temperature and available in flight.

takeoff runway length within the range se- (b) The speed V must not exceed 0.8 V / MO D lected by the applicant may not exceed the M or 0.8 V / M unless flight demonstra- D DF DF weight at which— tions involving upsets as specified by the Ad- (1) The all-engine-operating takeoff dis- ministrator indicates a lower speed margin tance determined under section 5(b) or the will not result in speeds exceeding V / M or D D accelerate-stop distance determined under V Atmospheric variations, horizontal DF.

section 5(c), whichever is greater, is equal to gusts, system and equipment errors, and air- the available runway length; frame production variations are taken into (2) The airplane complies with the one-en- account.

gine-inoperative takeoff requirements speci- 16. Minimum flight crew. In addition to fied in section 5(e); and meeting FAR 23.1523, the applicant must es- (3) The airplane complies with the one-en- tablish the minimum number and type of gine-inoperative takeoff and en route climb qualified flight crew personnel sufficient for requirements specified in sections 6 (b) and safe operation of the airplane considering— (c).

(a) Each kind of operation for which the (c) Landing weight limitations. The max- applicant desires approval; imum landing weight for each airport ele- (b) The workload on each crewmember con- vation (standard temperature) and available sidering the following: landing runway length, within the range se- (1) Flight path control.

lected by the applicant. This weight may not (2) Collision avoidance.

exceed the weight at which the landing field (3) Navigation.

length determined under section 7(b) is equal (4) Communications.

to the available runway length. In showing (5) Operation and monitoring of all essen- compliance with this operating limitation, it tial aircraft systems.

(6) Command decisions; and is acceptable to assume that the landing (c) The accessibility and ease of operation weight at the destination will be equal to the of necessary controls by the appropriate takeoff weight reduced by the normal con- crewmember during all normal and emer- sumption of fuel and oil en route.

gency operations when at the crewmember 20. Performance information. The Airplane flight station. Flight Manual must contain the performance 17. Airspeed indicator. The airspeed indi- information determined under the perform- cator must meet FAR 23.1545 except that, the ance requirements of this appendix. The in- airspeed notations and markings in terms of formation must include the following: V and V must be replaced by the V / (a) Sufficient information so that the take- NO NH MO M notations. The airspeed indicator mark- off weight limits specified in section 19(b) MO ings must be easily read and understood by can be determined for all temperatures and VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:01 Aug 27, 2026 Jkt 268049 PO 00000 Frm 00544 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Y:\SGML\268049.XXX 268049 jgilmore on DSK4WB1RN3PROD with CFR

Federal Aviation Administration, DOT Pt. 135, App. A

altitudes within the operation limitations (2) A pitch velocity of 1.0 radians per sec- selected by the applicant. ond.

(b) The conditions under which the per- (3) A normal load factor of 2.5.

formance information was obtained, includ- (4) Maximum continuous thrust.

26. Unsymmetrical loads due to engine failure.

ing the airspeed at the 50-foot height used to (a) Turbopropeller powered airplanes must determine landing distances.

be designed for the unsymmet- rical loads re- (c) The performance information (deter- sulting from the failure of the critical engine mined by extrapolation and computed for the including the following conditions in com- range of weights between the maximum bination with a single malfunction of the landing and takeoff weights) for— propeller drag limiting system, considering (1) Climb in the landing configuration; and the probable pilot corrective action on the (2) Landing distance.

flight controls: (d) Procedure established under section 4 (1) At speeds between V and V the loads mo D, related to the limitations and information resulting from power failure because of fuel required by this section in the form of guid- flow interruption are considered to be limit ance material including any relevant limita- loads.

tions or information.

(2) At speeds between V and V the loads mo c, (e) An explanation of significant or un- resulting from the disconnection of the en- usual flight or ground handling characteris- gine compressor from the turbine or from tics of the airplane.

loss of the turbine blades are considered to (f) Airspeeds, as indicated airspeeds, cor- be ultimate loads.

responding to those determined for takeoff (3) The time history of the thrust decay under section 5(b).

and drag buildup occurring as a result of the 21. Maximum operating altitudes. The max- prescribed engine failures must be substan- imum operating altitude to which operation tiated by test or other data applicable to the is allowed, as limited by flight, structural, particular engine-propeller combination.

powerplant, functional, or equipment char- (4) The timing and magnitude of the prob- acteristics, must be specified in the Airplane able pilot corrective action must be conserv- Flight Manual.

atively estimated, considering the character- 22. Stowage provision for airplane flight man- istics of the particular engine-propeller-air- ual. Provision must be made for stowing the plane combination.

Airplane Flight Manual in a suitable fixed (b) Pilot corrective action may be assumed container which is readily accessible to the to be initiated at the time maximum yawing pilot.

velocity is reached, but not earlier than 2 23. Operating procedures. Procedures for re- seconds after the engine failure. The mag- starting turbine engines in flight (including nitude of the corrective action may be based the effects of altitude) must be set forth in on the control forces in FAR 23.397 except the Airplane Flight Manual.

that lower forces may be assumed where it is shown by analysis or test that these forces Airframe Requirements can control the yaw and roll resulting from the prescribed engine failure conditions.

Flight Loads Ground Loads 24. Engine torque. (a) Each turbopropeller engine mount and its supporting structure 27. Dual wheel landing gear units. Each dual must be designed for the torque effects of: wheel landing gear unit and its supporting (1) The conditions in FAR 23.361(a).

structure must be shown to comply with the (2) The limit engine torque corresponding following: to takeoff power and propeller speed multi- (a) Pivoting. The airplane must be assumed plied by a factor accounting for propeller to pivot about one side of the main gear with control system malfunction, including quick the brakes on that side locked. The limit feathering action, simultaneously with 1 g vertical load factor must be 1.0 and the coef- level flight loads. In the absence of a ration- ficient of friction 0.8. This condition need al analysis, a factor of 1.6 must be used.

apply only to the main gear and its sup- (b) The limit torque is obtained by multi- porting structure.

plying the mean torque by a factor of 1.25. (b) Unequal tire inflation. A 60–40 percent 25. Turbine engine gyroscopic loads. Each distribution of the loads established under turbopropeller engine mount and its sup- FAR 23.471 through FAR 23.483 must be ap- porting structure must be designed for the plied to the dual wheels.

gyroscopic loads that result, with the en- (c) Flat tire. (1) Sixty percent of the loads gines at maximum continuous r.p.m., under in FAR 23.471 through FAR 23.483 must be ap- either— plied to either wheel in a unit.

(a) The conditions in FARs 23.351 and (2) Sixty percent of the limit drag and side 23.423; or loads and 100 percent of the limit vertical (b) All possible combinations of the fol- load established under FARs 23.493 and 23.485 lowing: must be applied to either wheel in a unit ex- (1) A yaw velocity of 2.5 radians per second. cept that the vertical load need not exceed VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:01 Aug 27, 2026 Jkt 268049 PO 00000 Frm 00545 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Y:\SGML\268049.XXX 268049 jgilmore on DSK4WB1RN3PROD with CFR

14 CFR Ch. I (1–1–26 Edition) Pt. 135, App. A

the maximum vertical load in paragraph tion means must be provided to protect pas- (c)(1) of this section. sengers from injury by the contents of any cargo or baggage compartment when the ul- Fatigue Evaluation timate forward inertia force is 9 g.

28. Fatigue evaluation of wing and associated 32. Doors and exits. The airplane must meet structure. Unless it is shown that the struc- FAR 23.783 and FAR 23.807 (a)(3), (b), and (c), ture, operating stress levels, materials and and in addition: expected use are comparable from a fatigue (a) There must be a means to lock and standpoint to a similar design which has had safeguard each external door and exit substantial satisfactory service experience, against opening in flight either inadvert- the strength, detail design, and the fabrica- ently by persons, or as a result of mechan- tion of those parts of the wing, wing carry- ical failure. Each external door must be op- through, and attaching structure whose fail- erable from both the inside and the outside.

ure would be catastrophic must be evaluated (b) There must be means for direct visual under either— inspection of the locking mechanism by (a) A fatigue strength investigation in crewmembers to determine whether external which the structure is shown by analysis, doors and exits, for which the initial opening tests, or both to be able to withstand the re- movement is outward, are fully locked. In peated loads of variable magnitude expected addition, there must be a visual means to in service; or signal to crewmembers when normally used (b) A fail-safe strength investigation in external doors are closed and fully locked.

which it is shown by analysis, tests, or both (c) The passenger entrance door must qual- that catastrophic failure of the structure is not probable after fatigue, or obvious partial ify as a floor level emergency exit. Each ad- failure, of a principal structural element, ditional required emergency exit except floor and that the remaining structure is able to level exits must be located over the wing or withstand a static ultimate load factor of 75 must be provided with acceptable means to percent of the critical limit load factor at V C. assist the occupants in descending to the These loads must be multiplied by a factor of ground. In addition to the passenger en- 1.15 unless the dynamic effects of failure trance door: under static load are otherwise considered.

(1) For a total seating capacity of 15 or less, an emergency exit as defined in FAR Design and Construction 23.807(b) is required on each side of the cabin.

29. Flutter. For multiengine turbopropeller (2) For a total seating capacity of 16 powered airplanes, a dynamic evaluation through 23, three emergency exits as defined must be made and must include— in FAR 23.807(b) are required with one on the (a) The significant elastic, inertia, and aer- same side as the door and two on the side op- odynamic forces associated with the rota- posite the door.

tions and displacements of the plane of the (d) An evacuation demonstration must be propeller; and conducted utilizing the maximum number of (b) Engine-propeller-nacelle stiffness and occupants for which certification is desired.

damping variations appropriate to the par- It must be conducted under simulated night ticular configuration.

conditions utilizing only the emergency exits on the most critical side of the aircraft.

Landing Gear The participants must be representative of 30. Flap operated landing gear warning de- average airline passengers with no previous vice. Airplanes having retractable landing practice or rehearsal for the demonstration.

gear and wing flaps must be equipped with a Evacuation must be completed within 90 sec- warning device that functions continuously onds.

when the wing flaps are extended to a flap (e) Each emergency exit must be marked position that activates the warning device to with the word ‘‘Exit’’ by a sign which has give adequate warning before landing, using white letters 1 inch high on a red back- normal landing procedures, if the landing ground 2 inches high, be self-illuminated or gear is not fully extended and locked. There independently internally electrically illumi- may not be a manual shut off for this warn- nated, and have a minimum luminescence ing device. The flap position sensing unit (brightness) of at least 160 microlamberts.

may be installed at any suitable location.

The colors may be reversed if the passenger The system for this device may use any part compartment illumination is essentially the of the system (including the aural warning device) provided for other landing gear warn- same.

ing devices. (f) Access to window type emergency exits must not be obstructed by seats or seat Personnel and Cargo Accommodations backs.

31. Cargo and baggage compartments. Cargo (g) The width of the main passenger aisle and baggage compartments must be designed at any point between seats must equal or ex- to meet FAR 23.787 (a) and (b), and in addi- ceed the values in the following table: VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:01 Aug 27, 2026 Jkt 268049 PO 00000 Frm 00546 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Y:\SGML\268049.XXX 268049 jgilmore on DSK4WB1RN3PROD with CFR

Federal Aviation Administration, DOT Pt. 135, App. A

(k) List of special tools.

Minimum main passenger aisle width Propulsion Total seating capacity Less than 25 25 inches inches from and more General floor from floor 36. Vibration characteristics. For turbo- 10 through 23 ......................... 9 inches ....... 15 inches.

propeller powered airplanes, the engine in- stallation must not result in vibration char- Miscellaneous acteristics of the engine exceeding those es- tablished during the type certification of the 33. Lightning strike protection. Parts that engine.

are electrically insulated from the basic air- 37. In flight restarting of engine. If the en- frame must be connected to it through light- gine on turbopropeller powered airplanes ning arrestors unless a lightning strike on cannot be restarted at the maximum cruise the insulated part— altitude, a determination must be made of (a) Is improbable because of shielding by the altitude below which restarts can be con- other parts; or sistently accomplished. Restart information (b) Is not hazardous.

must be provided in the Airplane Flight 34. Ice protection. If certification with ice Manual.

protection provisions is desired, compliance 38. Engines. (a) For turbopropeller powered with the following must be shown: airplanes. The engine installation must com- (a) The recommended procedures for the ply with the following: use of the ice protection equipment must be (1) Engine isolation. The powerplants must set forth in the Airplane Flight Manual.

be arranged and isolated from each other to (b) An analysis must be performed to es- allow operation, in at least one configura- tablish, on the basis of the airplane’s oper- tion, so that the failure or malfunction of ational needs, the adequacy of the ice protec- any engine, or of any system that can affect tion system for the various components of the engine, will not— the airplane. In addition, tests of the ice pro- (i) Prevent the continued safe operation of tection system must be conducted to dem- the remaining engines; or onstrate that the airplane is capable of oper- (ii) Require immediate action by any crew- ating safely in continuous maximum and member for continued safe operation.

intermittent maximum icing conditions as (2) Control of engine rotation. There must be described in appendix C of part 25 of this a means to individually stop and restart the chapter.

rotation of any engine in flight except that (c) Compliance with all or portions of this engine rotation need not be stopped if con- section may be accomplished by reference, tinued rotation could not jeopardize the safe- where applicable because of similarity of the ty of the airplane. Each component of the designs, to analysis and tests performed by stopping and restarting system on the engine the applicant for a type certificated model.

side of the firewall, and that might be ex- 35. Maintenance information. The applicant posed to fire, must be at least fire resistant.

must make available to the owner at the If hydraulic propeller feathering systems are time of delivery of the airplane the informa- used for this purpose, the feathering lines tion the applicant considers essential for the must be at least fire resistant under the op- proper maintenance of the airplane. That in- erating conditions that may be expected to formation must include the following: exist during feathering.

(a) Description of systems, including elec- (3) Engine speed and gas temperature control trical, hydraulic, and fuel controls.

devices. The powerplant systems associated (b) Lubrication instructions setting forth with engine control devices, systems, and in- the frequency and the lubricants and fluids strumentation must provide reasonable as- which are to be used in the various systems.

surance that those engine operating limita- (c) Pressures and electrical loads applica- tions that adversely affect turbine rotor ble to the various systems.

structural integrity will not be exceeded in (d) Tolerances and adjustments necessary service.

for proper functioning.

(e) Methods of leveling, raising, and tow- (b) For reciprocating engine powered air- ing. planes. To provide engine isolation, the pow- (f) Methods of balancing control surfaces. erplants must be arranged and isolated from (g) Identification of primary and secondary each other to allow operation, in at least one structures. configuration, so that the failure or malfunc- (h) Frequency and extent of inspections tion of any engine, or of any system that can necessary to the proper operation of the air- affect that engine, will not— plane. (1) Prevent the continued safe operation of (i) Special repair methods applicable to the the remaining engines; or airplane. (2) Require immediate action by any crew- (j) Special inspection techniques, such as member for continued safe operation.

X-ray, ultrasonic, and magnetic particle in- 39. Turbopropeller reversing systems. (a) Tur- spection. bopropeller reversing systems intended for VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:01 Aug 27, 2026 Jkt 268049 PO 00000 Frm 00547 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Y:\SGML\268049.XXX 268049 jgilmore on DSK4WB1RN3PROD with CFR

14 CFR Ch. I (1–1–26 Edition) Pt. 135, App. A

ground operation must be designed so that ply) to be 125 percent of the takeoff fuel con- no single failure or malfunction of the sys- sumption of the engine.

tem will result in unwanted reverse thrust Fuel System Components under any expected operating condition.

Failure of structural elements need not be 43. Fuel pumps. For turbopropeller powered considered if the probability of this kind of airplanes, a reliable and independent power failure is extremely remote.

source must be provided for each pump used (b) Turbopropeller reversing systems in- with turbine engines which do not have pro- tended for in flight use must be designed so visions for mechanically driving the main that no unsafe condition will result during pumps. It must be demonstrated that the normal operation of the system, or from any pump installations provide a reliability and failure (or reasonably likely combination of durability equivalent to that in FAR failures) of the reversing system, under any 23.991(a).

anticipated condition of operation of the air- 44. Fuel strainer or filter. For turbopropeller plane. Failure of structural elements need powered airplanes, the following apply: not be considered if the probability of this (a) There must be a fuel strainer or filter kind of failure is extremely remote.

between the tank outlet and the fuel meter- (c) Compliance with this section may be ing device of the engine. In addition, the fuel shown by failure analysis, testing, or both strainer or filter must be— for propeller systems that allow propeller (1) Between the tank outlet and the en- blades to move from the flight low-pitch po- gine-driven positive displacement pump sition to a position that is substantially less inlet, if there is an engine-driven positive than that at the normal flight low-pitch stop displacement pump; position. The analysis may include or be sup- (2) Accessible for drainage and cleaning ported by the analysis made to show compli- and, for the strainer screen, easily remov- ance with the type certification of the pro- able; and peller and associated installation compo- (3) Mounted so that its weight is not sup- nents. Credit will be given for pertinent ported by the connecting lines or by the analysis and testing completed by the engine inlet or outlet connections of the strainer or and propeller manufacturers.

filter itself.

40. Turbopropeller drag-limiting systems. Tur- (b) Unless there are means in the fuel sys- bopropeller drag-limiting systems must be tem to prevent the accumulation of ice on designed so that no single failure or malfunc- the filter, there must be means to automati- tion of any of the systems during normal or cally maintain the fuel-flow if ice-clogging emergency operation results in propeller of the filter occurs; and drag in excess of that for which the airplane (c) The fuel strainer or filter must be of was designed. Failure of structural elements adequate capacity (for operating limitations of the drag-limiting systems need not be con- established to ensure proper service) and of sidered if the probability of this kind of fail- appropriate mesh to insure proper engine op- ure is extremely remote.

eration, with the fuel contaminated to a de- 41. Turbine engine powerplant operating gree (for particle size and density) that can characteristics. For turbopropeller powered be reasonably expected in service. The de- airplanes, the turbine engine powerplant op- gree of fuel filtering may not be less than erating characteristics must be investigated that established for the engine type certifi- in flight to determine that no adverse char- cation.

acteristics (such as stall, surge, or flameout) 45. Lightning strike protection. Protection are present to a hazardous degree, during must be provided against the ignition of normal and emergency operation within the flammable vapors in the fuel vent system range of operating limitations of the air- due to lightning strikes.

plane and of the engine.

42. Fuel flow. (a) For turbopropeller pow- Cooling ered airplanes— (1) The fuel system must provide for con- 46. Cooling test procedures for turbopropeller tinuous supply of fuel to the engines for nor- powered airplanes. (a) Turbopropeller powered mal operation without interruption due to airplanes must be shown to comply with depletion of fuel in any tank other than the FAR 23.1041 during takeoff, climb, en route, main tank; and and landing stages of flight that correspond (2) The fuel flow rate for turbopropeller en- to the applicable performance requirements.

gine fuel pump systems must not be less The cooling tests must be conducted with than 125 percent of the fuel flow required to the airplane in the configuration, and oper- develop the standard sea level atmospheric ating under the conditions that are critical conditions takeoff power selected and in- relative to cooling during each stage of cluded as an operating limitation in the Air- flight. For the cooling tests a temperature is plane Flight Manual. ‘‘stabilized’’ when its rate of change is less (b) For reciprocating engine powered air- than 2 ° F. per minute.

planes, it is acceptable for the fuel flow rate (b) Temperatures must be stabilized under for each pump system (main and reserve sup- the conditions from which entry is made into VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:01 Aug 27, 2026 Jkt 268049 PO 00000 Frm 00548 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Y:\SGML\268049.XXX 268049 jgilmore on DSK4WB1RN3PROD with CFR

Federal Aviation Administration, DOT Pt. 135, App. A

each stage of flight being investigated unless Powerplant Controls and Accessories the entry condition is not one during which 51. Engine controls. If throttles or power le- component and engine fluid temperatures vers for turbopropeller powered airplanes are would stabilize, in which case, operation such that any position of these controls will through the full entry condition must be reduce the fuel flow to the engine(s) below conducted before entry into the stage of that necessary for satisfactory and safe idle flight being investigated to allow tempera- operation of the engine while the airplane is tures to reach their natural levels at the in flight, a means must be provided to pre- time of entry. The takeoff cooling test must vent inadvertent movement of the control be preceded by a period during which the into this position. The means provided must powerplant component and engine fluid tem- incorporate a positive lock or stop at this peratures are stabilized with the engines at idle position and must require a separate and ground idle.

distinct operation by the crew to displace (c) Cooling tests for each stage of flight the control from the normal engine oper- must be continued until— ating range.

(1) The component and engine fluid tem- 52. Reverse thrust controls. For turbo- peratures stabilize; propeller powered airplanes, the propeller re- (2) The stage of flight is completed; or verse thrust controls must have a means to (3) An operating limitation is reached.

prevent their inadvertent operation. The means must have a positive lock or stop at Induction System the idle position and must require a separate 47. Air induction. For turbopropeller pow- and distinct operation by the crew to dis- ered airplanes— place the control from the flight regime.

(a) There must be means to prevent haz- 53. Engine ignition systems. Each turbo- ardous quantities of fuel leakage or overflow propeller airplane ignition system must be from drains, vents, or other components of considered an essential electrical load.

flammable fluid systems from entering the 54. Powerplant accessories. The powerplant engine intake systems; and accessories must meet FAR 23.1163, and if (b) The air inlet ducts must be located or the continued rotation of any accessory re- protected so as to minimize the ingestion of motely driven by the engine is hazardous foreign matter during takeoff, landing, and when malfunctioning occurs, there must be taxiing.

means to prevent rotation without inter- 48. Induction system icing protection. For fering with the continued operation of the turbopropeller powered airplanes, each tur- engine.

bine engine must be able to operate through- out its flight power range without adverse Powerplant Fire Protection effect on engine operation or serious loss of 55. Fire detector system. For turbopropeller power or thrust, under the icing conditions powered airplanes, the following apply: specified in appendix C of part 25 of this (a) There must be a means that ensures chapter. In addition, there must be means to prompt detection of fire in the engine com- indicate to appropriate flight crewmembers partment. An overtemperature switch in the functioning of the powerplant ice protec- each engine cooling air exit is an acceptable tion system.

method of meeting this requirement.

49. Turbine engine bleed air systems. Turbine (b) Each fire detector must be constructed engine bleed air systems of turbopropeller and installed to withstand the vibration, in- powered airplanes must be investigated to ertia, and other loads to which it may be determine— subjected in operation.

(a) That no hazard to the airplane will re- (c) No fire detector may be affected by any sult if a duct rupture occurs. This condition oil, water, other fluids, or fumes that might must consider that a failure of the duct can be present.

occur anywhere between the engine port and (d) There must be means to allow the flight the airplane bleed service; and crew to check, in flight, the functioning of (b) That, if the bleed air system is used for each fire detector electric circuit.

direct cabin pressurization, it is not possible (e) Wiring and other components of each for hazardous contamination of the cabin air fire detector system in a fire zone must be at system to occur in event of lubrication sys- least fire resistant.

tem failure.

56. Fire protection, cowling and nacelle skin.

For reciprocating engine powered airplanes, Exhaust System the engine cowling must be designed and 50. Exhaust system drains. Turbopropeller constructed so that no fire originating in the engine exhaust systems having low spots or engine compartment can enter either pockets must incorporate drains at those lo- through openings or by burn through, any cations. These drains must discharge clear of other region where it would create addi- the airplane in normal and ground attitudes tional hazards.

to prevent the accumulation of fuel after the 57. Flammable fluid fire protection. If flam- failure of an attempted engine start. mable fluids or vapors might be liberated by VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:01 Aug 27, 2026 Jkt 268049 PO 00000 Frm 00549 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Y:\SGML\268049.XXX 268049 jgilmore on DSK4WB1RN3PROD with CFR

14 CFR Ch. I (1–1–26 Edition) Pt. 135, App. A

the leakage of fluid systems in areas other power supply, that installation must be con- than engine compartments, there must be sidered an essential load on the power sup- means to— ply, and the power sources and the distribu- (a) Prevent the ignition of those fluids or tion system must be capable of supplying the vapors by any other equipment; or following power loads in probable operation (b) Control any fire resulting from that ig- combinations and for probable durations: nition.

(1) All essential loads after failure of any prime mover, power converter, or energy Equipment storage device.

(2) All essential loads after failure of any 58. Powerplant instruments. (a) The fol- one engine on two-engine airplanes.

lowing are required for turbopropeller air- (3) In determining the probable operating planes: (1) The instruments required by FAR combinations and durations of essential 23.1305 (a) (1) through (4), (b) (2) and (4). loads for the power failure conditions de- (2) A gas temperature indicator for each scribed in paragraphs (1) and (2) of this para- engine. graph, it is permissible to assume that the (3) Free air temperature indicator. power loads are reduced in accordance with a (4) A fuel flowmeter indicator for each en- monitoring procedure which is consistent gine. with safety in the types of operations au- (5) Oil pressure warning means for each en- thorized.

gine.

60. Ventilation. The ventilation system of (6) A torque indicator or adequate means the airplane must meet FAR 23.831, and in for indicating power output for each engine.

addition, for pressurized aircraft, the ven- (7) Fire warning indicator for each engine.

tilating air in flight crew and passenger com- (8) A means to indicate when the propeller partments must be free of harmful or haz- blade angle is below the low-pitch position ardous concentrations of gases and vapors in corresponding to idle operation in flight.

normal operation and in the event of reason- (9) A means to indicate the functioning of ably probable failures or malfunctioning of the ice protection system for each engine.

the ventilating, heating, pressurization, or (b) For turbopropeller powered airplanes, other systems, and equipment. If accumula- the turbopropeller blade position indicator tion of hazardous quantities of smoke in the must begin indicating when the blade has cockpit area is reasonably probable, smoke moved below the flight low-pitch position.

evacuation must be readily accomplished.

(c) The following instruments are required for reciprocating engine powered airplanes: Electrical Systems and Equipment (1) The instruments required by FAR 61. General. The electrical systems and 23.1305.

equipment of the airplane must meet FAR (2) A cylinder head temperature indicator 23.1351, and the following: for each engine.

(a) Electrical system capacity. The required (3) A manifold pressure indicator for each generating capacity, and number and kinds engine.

of power sources must— Systems and Equipments (1) Be determined by an electrical load analysis; and General (2) Meet FAR 23.1301.

(b) Generating system. The generating sys- 59. Function and installation. The systems tem includes electrical power sources, main and equipment of the airplane must meet power busses, transmission cables, and asso- FAR 23.1301, and the following: ciated control, regulation and protective de- (a) Each item of additional installed equip- vices. It must be designed so that— ment must— (1) The system voltage and frequency (as (1) Be of a kind and design appropriate to applicable) at the terminals of all essential its intended function; load equipment can be maintained within (2) Be labeled as to its identification, func- the limits for which the equipment is de- tion, or operating limitations, or any appli- signed, during any probable operating condi- cable combination of these factors, unless tions; misuse or inadvertent actuation cannot cre- (2) System transients due to switching, ate a hazard; fault clearing, or other causes do not make (3) Be installed according to limitations essential loads inoperative, and do not cause specified for that equipment; and (4) Function properly when installed. a smoke or fire hazard; (b) Systems and installations must be de- (3) There are means, accessible in flight to signed to safeguard against hazards to the appropriate crewmembers, for the individual aircraft in the event of their malfunction or and collective disconnection of the electrical failure. power sources from the system; and (c) Where an installation, the functioning (4) There are means to indicate to appro- of which is necessary in showing compliance priate crewmembers the generating system with the applicable requirements, requires a quantities essential for the safe operation of VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:01 Aug 27, 2026 Jkt 268049 PO 00000 Frm 00550 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Y:\SGML\268049.XXX 268049 jgilmore on DSK4WB1RN3PROD with CFR

Federal Aviation Administration, DOT Pt. 135, App. B

the system, including the voltage and cur- event of reasonably probable faults or open rent supplied by each generator. circuits, including faults in heavy current 62. Electrical equipment and installation. carrying cables.

Electrical equipment, controls, and wiring (c) If two independent sources of electrical must be installed so that operation of any power for particular equipment or systems one unit or system of units will not ad- are required under this appendix, their elec- versely affect the simultaneous operation of trical energy supply must be ensured by any other electrical unit or system essential means such as duplicate electrical equip- to the safe operation. ment, throwover switching, or multichannel 63. Distribution system. (a) For the purpose or loop circuits separately routed.

of complying with this section, the distribu- 64. Circuit protective devices. The circuit tion system includes the distribution busses, protective devices for the electrical circuits their associated feeders, and each control of the airplane must meet FAR 23.1357, and and protective device. in addition circuits for loads which are es- (b) Each system must be designed so that sential to safe operation must have indi- essential load circuits can be supplied in the vidual and exclusive circuit protection.

A PPENDIX B TO P ART 135—A IRPLANE F LIGHT R ECORDER S PECIFICATIONS 1 4 Installed system minimum Sampling inter- Resolution Parameters Range accuracy (to recovered data) val (per second) read out Relative time (from recorded 25 hr minimum ............... ± 0.125% per hour ................. 1 ........................ 1 sec.

on prior to takeoff).

Indicated airspeed .................. V so to V D (KIAS) ............. ± 5% or ± 10 kts., whichever is 1 ........................ 1% .

greater. Resolution 2 kts.

below 175 KIAS.

Altitude .................................... ¥ 1,000 ft. to max cert. ± 100 to ± 700 ft. (see Table 1, 1 ........................ 25 to 150 alt. of A/C. TSO C51–a).

Magnetic heading ................... 360 ° ................................ ± 5 ° ......................................... 1 ........................ 1 ° Vertical acceleration ............... ¥ 3g to + 6g ................... ± 0.2g in addition to ± 0.3g 4 (or 1 per sec- 0.03g.

maximum datum. ond where peaks, ref. to 1g are re- corded).

Longitudinal acceleration ........ ± 1.0g ............................... ± 1.5% max. range excluding 2 ........................ 0.01g.

datum error of ± 5%.

Pitch attitude ........................... 100% of usable .............. ± 2 ° ......................................... 1 ........................ 0.8 ° Roll attitude ............................ ± 60 ° or 100% of usable ± 2 ° ......................................... 1 ........................ 0.8 ° range, whichever is greater.

Stabilizer trim position ............ Full range ....................... ± 3% unless higher uniquely 1 ........................ 1% .

required.

Or Pitch control position .............. Full range ....................... ± 3% unless higher uniquely 1 ........................ 1% .

required.

Engine Power, Each Engine Fan or N speed or EPR or Maximum range .............. ± 5% ....................................... 1 ........................ 1% .

cockpit indications used for aircraft certification.

Or Prop. speed and torque (sam- ......................................... ................................................ 1 (prop speed), ple once/sec as close to- 1 (torque).

gether as practicable).

Altitude rate (need depends ± 8,000 fpm ..................... ± 10%. Resolution 250 fpm 1 ........................ 250 fpm Below on altitude resolution). below 12,000 ft. indicated. 12,000 2 3 Angle of attack (need de- ¥ 20 ° to 40 ° or of usable ± 2 ° ......................................... 1 ........................ 0.8% pends on altitude resolu- range.

tion).

Radio transmitter keying (dis- On/off .............................. ................................................ 1.

crete).

TE flaps (discrete or analog) .. Each discrete position ................................................ 1.

(U, D, T/O, AAP).

Or.

Analog 0–100% range .... ± 3 ° ......................................... 1 ........................ 1% LE flaps (discrete or analog) .. Each discrete position ................................................ 1.

(U, D, T/O, AAP).

Or.

Analog 0–100% range .... ± 3 ° ......................................... 1 ........................ 1% .

Thrust reverser, each engine Stowed or full reverse .... ................................................ 1.

(Discrete).

Spoiler/speedbrake (discrete) Stowed or out ................. ................................................ 1.

VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:01 Aug 27, 2026 Jkt 268049 PO 00000 Frm 00551 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Y:\SGML\268049.XXX 268049 jgilmore on DSK4WB1RN3PROD with CFR

14 CFR Ch. I (1–1–26 Edition) Pt. 135, App. C

1 4 Installed system minimum Sampling inter- Resolution Parameters Range accuracy (to recovered data) val (per second) read out Autopilot engaged (discrete) .. Engaged or disengaged ................................................ 1.

When data sources are aircraft instruments (except altimeters) of acceptable quality to fly the aircraft the recording system excluding these sensors (but including all other characteristics of the recording system) shall contribute no more than half of the values in this column.

If data from the altitude encoding altimeter (100 ft. resolution) is used, then either one of these parameters should also be re- corded. If however, altitude is recorded at a minimum resolution of 25 feet, then these two parameters can be omitted.

Per cent of full range.

This column applies to aircraft manufacturing after October 11, 1991.

[Docket 25530, 53 FR 26152, July 11, 1988; 53 FR 30906, Aug. 16, 1988, as amended by Amdt. 135– 69, 62 FR 38397, July 17, 1997] A PPENDIX C TO P ART 135—H ELICOPTER F LIGHT R ECORDER S PECIFICATIONS 1 3 Installed system minimum Sampling inter- Resolution Parameters Range accuracy (to recovered data) val (per second) read out Relative time (from recorded 25 hr minimum ............... ± 0.125% per hour ................. 1 ........................ 1 sec.

on prior to takeoff).

Indicated airspeed .................. V in to V (KIAS) (min- ± 5% or ± 10 kts., whichever is 1 ........................ 1 kt.

m D imum airspeed signal greater.

attainable with installed pilot-static system).

Altitude .................................... ¥ 1,000 ft. to 20,000 ft. ± 100 to ± 700 ft. (see Table 1, 1 ........................ 25 to 150 ft.

pressure altitude. TSO C51–a).

Magnetic heading ................... 360 ° ................................ ± 5 ° ......................................... 1 ........................ 1 ° .

Vertical acceleration ............... ¥ 3g to + 6g ................... ± 0.2g in addition to ± 0.3g 4 (or 1 per sec- 0.05g.

maximum datum. ond where peaks, ref. to 1g are re- corded).

Longitudinal acceleration ........ ± 1.0g ............................... ± 1.5% max. range excluding 2 ........................ 0.03g.

datum error of ± 5%.

Pitch attitude ........................... 100% of usable range .... ± 2 ° ......................................... 1 ........................ 0.8 ° .

Roll attitude ............................ ± 60 ° or 100% of usable ± 2 ° ......................................... 1 ........................ 0.8 ° .

range, whichever is greater.

Altitude rate ............................ ± 8,000 fpm ..................... ± 10% Resolution 250 fpm 1 ........................ 250 fpm below below 12,000 ft. indicated. 12,000.

Engine Power, Each Engine Main rotor speed .................... Maximum range .............. ± 5% ....................................... 1 ........................ 1% Free or power turbine ............. Maximum range .............. + 5% ...................................... 1 ........................ 1% Engine torque ......................... Maximum range .............. ± 5% ....................................... 1 ........................ 1% Flight Control—Hydraulic Pressure Primary (discrete) ................... High/low .......................... ................................................ 1.

Secondary—if applicable (dis- High/low .......................... ................................................ 1.

crete).

Radio transmitter keying (dis- On/off .............................. ................................................ 1.

crete).

Autopilot engaged (discrete) .. Engaged or disengaged ................................................ 1.

SAS status—engaged (dis- Engaged/disengaged ...... ................................................ 1.

crete).

SAS fault status (discrete) ..... Fault/OK ......................... ................................................ 1.

Flight Controls 4 2 Collective .............................. Full range ....................... ± 3% ....................................... 2 ........................ 1% 4 2 Pedal Position ...................... Full range ....................... ± 3% ....................................... 2 ........................ 1% 4 2 Lat. Cyclic ............................. Full range ....................... ± 3% ....................................... 2 ........................ 1% 4 2 Long. Cyclic .......................... Full range ....................... ± 3% ....................................... 2 ........................ 1% Controllable Stabilator Posi- Full range ....................... ± 3% ....................................... 2 ........................ 1% tion .

When data sources are aircraft instruments (except altimeters) of acceptable quality to fly the aircraft the recording system excluding these sensors (but including all other characteristics of the recording system) shall contribute no more than half of the values in this column.

Per cent of full range.

This column applies to aircraft manufactured after October 11, 1991.

For all aircraft manufactured on or after December 6, 2010, the sampling interval per second is 4.

VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:01 Aug 27, 2026 Jkt 268049 PO 00000 Frm 00552 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Y:\SGML\268049.XXX 268049 jgilmore on DSK4WB1RN3PROD with CFR

Federal Aviation Administration, DOT Pt. 135, App. D

[Docket 25530, 53 FR 26152, July 11, 1988; 53 FR 30906, Aug. 16, 1988, as amended by Amdt. 135– 69, 62 FR 38397, July 17, 1997; Amdt. 135–113, 73 FR 12570, Mar. 7, 2008; 73 FR 15281, Mar. 21, 2008; Amdt. 135–121, 75 FR 17047, Apr. 5, 2010] A PPENDIX D TO P ART 135—A IRPLANE F LIGHT R ECORDER S PECIFICATION Accuracy sensor input to Sampling inter- resolution read Parameters Range DFDR readout val (per second) out Time (GMT or Frame 24 Hrs ............................. ± 0.125% Per Hour ................ 0.25 (1 per 4 1 sec.

Counter) (range 0 to 4095, seconds).

sampled 1 per frame).

Altitude .................................... ¥ 1,000 ft to max certifi- ± 100 to ± 700 ft (See Table 1, 1 ........................ 5 ′ to 35 ′ .

cated altitude of air- TSO-C51a).

craft.

Airspeed ................................. 50 KIAS to V , and V ± 5%, ± 3% .............................. 1 ........................ 1kt so so to 1.2 V .

D Heading .................................. 360 ° ................................ ± 2 ° ......................................... 1 ........................ 0.5 ° Normal Acceleration (Vertical) ¥ 3g to + 6g ................... ± 1% of max range excluding 8 ........................ 0.01g datum error of ± 5%.

Pitch Attitude .......................... ± 75 ° ................................ ± 2 ° ......................................... 1 ........................ 0.5 ° Roll Attitude ............................ ± 180 ° .............................. ± 2 ° ......................................... 1 ........................ 0.5 ° .

Radio Transmitter Keying ....... On-Off (Discrete) ............ ................................................ 1 ........................

Thrust/Power on Each Engine Full range forward .......... ± 2% ....................................... 1 (per engine) ... 0.2% .

Trailing Edge Flap or Cockpit Full range or each dis- ± 3 ° or as pilot’s indicator ...... 0.5 ..................... 0.5% .

Control Selection. crete position.

Leading Edge Flap on or Full range or each dis- ± 3 ° or as pilot’s indicator ...... 0.5 ..................... 0.5% .

Cockpit Control Selection. crete position.

Thrust Reverser Position ........ Stowed, in transit, and ................................................ 1 (per 4 sec- reverse (discretion). onds per en- gine).

Ground Spoiler Position/ Full range or each dis- ± 2% unless higher accuracy 1 ........................ 0.22 .

Speed Brake Selection. crete position. uniquely required.

Marker Beacon Passage ........ Discrete .......................... ................................................ 1 ........................

Autopilot Engagement ............ Discrete .......................... ................................................ 1 ........................

Longitudinal Acceleration ....... ± 1g .................................. ± 1.5% max range excluding 4 ........................ 0.01g.

datum error of ± 5%.

Pilot Input And/or Surface Po- Full range ....................... ± 2 ° unless higher accuracy 1 ........................ 0.2% .

sition-Primary Controls uniquely required.

(Pitch, Roll, Yaw) .

Lateral Acceleration ................ ± 1g .................................. ± 1.5% max range excluding 4 ........................ 0.01g.

datum error of ± 5%.

Pitch Trim Position ................. Full range ....................... ± 3% unless higher accuracy 1 ........................ 0.3% .

uniquely required.

Glideslope Deviation .............. ± 400 Microamps ............. ± 3% ....................................... 1 ........................ 0.3% .

Localizer Deviation ................. ± 400 Microamps ............. ± 3% ....................................... 1 ........................ 0.3% .

AFCS Mode And Engagement Discrete .......................... ................................................ 1 ........................

Status.

Radio Altitude ......................... ¥ 20 ft to 2,500 ft ........... ± 2 Ft or ± 3% whichever is 1 ........................ 1 ft + 5% greater below 500 ft and above 500 ′ .

± 5% above 500 ft.

Master Warning ...................... Discrete .......................... ................................................ 1 ........................

Main Gear Squat Switch Sta- Discrete .......................... ................................................ 1 ........................

tus.

Angle of Attack (if recorded As installed ..................... As installed ............................ 2 ........................ 0.3% .

directly).

Outside Air Temperature or ¥ 50 ° C to + 90 ° C ......... ± 2 ° c ...................................... 0.5 ..................... 0.3 ° c Total Air Temperature.

Hydraulics, Each System Low Discrete .......................... ................................................ 0.5 ..................... or 0.5% .

Pressure.

Groundspeed .......................... As installed ..................... Most accurate systems in- .

1 ........................ 0.2% stalled (IMS equipped air- craft only).

If additional recording capacity is available, recording of the following parameters is recommended. The parameters are listed in order of significance: Drift Angle ............................... When available. As in- As installed ............................ 4 ........................

stalled.

Wind Speed and Direction ..... When available. As in- As installed ............................ 4 ........................

stalled.

Latitude and Longitude ........... When available. As in- As installed ............................ 4 ........................

stalled.

Brake pressure/Brake pedal As installed ..................... As installed ............................ 1 ........................

position.

VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:01 Aug 27, 2026 Jkt 268049 PO 00000 Frm 00553 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Y:\SGML\268049.XXX 268049 jgilmore on DSK4WB1RN3PROD with CFR

14 CFR Ch. I (1–1–26 Edition) Pt. 135, App. E

Accuracy sensor input to Sampling inter- resolution read Parameters Range DFDR readout val (per second) out Additional engine parameters: EPR ................................. As installed ..................... As installed ............................ 1 (per engine) ...

N .................................... As installed ..................... As installed ............................ 1 (per engine) ...

N .................................... As installed ..................... As installed ............................ 1 (per engine) ...

EGT ........................................ As installed ..................... As installed ............................ 1 (per engine) ...

Throttle Lever Position ........... As installed ..................... As installed ............................ 1 (per engine) ...

Fuel Flow ................................ As installed ..................... As installed ............................ 1 (per engine) ...

TCAS: TA .................................... As installed ..................... As installed ............................ 1 ........................

RA ................................... As installed ..................... As installed ............................ 1 ........................

Sensitivity level (as se- As installed ..................... As installed ............................ 2 ........................

lected by crew).

GPWS (ground proximity Discrete .......................... ................................................ 1 ........................

warning system).

Landing gear or gear selector Discrete .......................... ................................................ 0.25 (1 per 4 position. seconds).

DME 1 and 2 Distance ........... 0–200 NM; ...................... As installed ............................ 0.25 ................... 1mi.

Nav 1 and 2 Frequency Se- Full range ....................... As installed ............................ 0.25.

lection.

When altitude rate is recorded. Altitude rate must have sufficient resolution and sampling to permit the derivation of altitude to 5 feet.

Per cent of full range.

For airplanes that can demonstrate the capability of deriving either the control input on control movement (one from the other) for all modes of operation and flight regimes, the ‘‘or’’ applies. For airplanes with non-mechanical control systems (fly-by- wire) the ‘‘and’’ applies. In airplanes with split surfaces, suitable combination of inputs is acceptable in lieu of recording each sur- face separately.

This column applies to aircraft manufactured after October 11, 1991.

[Docket 25530, 53 FR 26153, July 11, 1988; 53 FR 30906, Aug. 16, 1988] A PPENDIX E TO P ART 135—H ELICOPTER F LIGHT R ECORDER S PECIFICATIONS Accuracy sensor input to Sampling inter- Resolution Parameters Range DFDR readout val (per second) read out Time (GMT) ............................ 24 Hrs ............................. ± 0.125% Per Hour ................ 0.25 (1 per 4 1 sec seconds).

Altitude .................................... ¥ 1,000 ft to max certifi- ± 100 to ± 700 ft (See Table 1, 1 ........................ 5 ′ to 30 ′ .

cated altitude of air- TSO-C51a).

craft.

Airspeed ................................. As the installed meas- ± 3% ....................................... 1 ........................ 1 kt uring system.

Heading .................................. 360 ° ................................ ± 2 ° ......................................... 1 ........................ 0.5 ° .

Normal Acceleration (Vertical) ¥ 3g to + 6g ................... ± 1% of max range excluding 8 ........................ 0.01g datum error of ± 5%.

Pitch Attitude .......................... ± 75 ° ................................ ± 2 ° ......................................... 2 ........................ 0.5 ° Roll Attitude ............................ ± 180 ° .............................. ± 2 ° ......................................... 2 ........................ 0.5 ° .

Radio Transmitter Keying ....... On-Off (Discrete) ............ ................................................ 1 ........................ 0.25 sec 1 1 Power in Each Engine: Free 0–130% (power Turbine ± 2% ....................................... 1 speed 1 0.2% to 0.4% Power Turbine Speed and Speed) Full range torque (per Engine Torque. (Torque). engine).

Main Rotor Speed .................. 0–130% .......................... ± 2% ....................................... 2 ........................ 0.3% Altitude Rate ........................... ± 6,000 ft/min ................... As installed ............................ 2 ........................ 0.2% Pilot Input—Primary Controls Full range ....................... ± 3% ....................................... 2 ........................ 0.5% (Collective, Longitudinal Cy- clic, Lateral Cyclic, Pedal) .

Flight Control Hydraulic Pres- Discrete, each circuit ...... ................................................ 1 ........................

sure Low.

Flight Control Hydraulic Pres- Discrete .......................... ................................................ 1 ........................

sure Selector Switch Posi- tion, 1st and 2nd stage.

AFCS Mode and Engagement Discrete (5 bits nec- ................................................ 1 ........................

Status. essary).

Stability Augmentation System Discrete .......................... ................................................ 1 ........................

Engage.

SAS Fault Status .................... Discrete .......................... ................................................ 0.25 ...................

Main Gearbox Temperature As installed ..................... As installed ............................ 0.25 ................... 0.5% Low.

Main Gearbox Temperature As installed ..................... As installed ............................ 0.5 ..................... 0.5% High.

Controllable Stabilator Posi- Full Range ...................... ± 3% ....................................... 2 ........................ 0.4% .

tion.

VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:01 Aug 27, 2026 Jkt 268049 PO 00000 Frm 00554 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Y:\SGML\268049.XXX 268049 jgilmore on DSK4WB1RN3PROD with CFR

Federal Aviation Administration, DOT Pt. 135, App. F

Accuracy sensor input to Sampling inter- Resolution Parameters Range DFDR readout val (per second) read out Longitudinal Acceleration ....... ± 1g .................................. ± 1.5% max range excluding 4 ........................ 0.01g.

datum error of ± 5%.

Lateral Acceleration ................ ± 1g .................................. ± 1.5% max range excluding 4 ........................ 0.01g.

datum of ± 5%.

Master Warning ...................... Discrete .......................... ................................................ 1 ........................

Nav 1 and 2 Frequency Se- Full range ....................... As installed ............................ 0.25 ...................

lection.

Outside Air Temperature ........ ¥ 50 ° C to + 90 ° C ......... ± 2 ° c ...................................... 0.5 ..................... 0.3 ° c Per cent of full range.

This column applies to aircraft manufactured after October 11, 1991.

For all aircraft manufactured on or after December 6, 2010, the sampling interval per second is 4.

[Docket 25530, 53 FR 26154, July 11, 1988; 53 FR 30906, Aug. 16, 1988; Amdt. 135–113, 73 FR 12571, Mar. 7, 2008; 73 FR 15281, Mar. 21, 2008; Amdt. 135–121, 75 FR 17047, Apr. 5, 2010] A PPENDIX F TO P ART 135—A IRPLANE F LIGHT R ECORDER S PECIFICATION The recorded values must meet the designated range, resolution and accuracy requirements during static and dynamic condi- tions. Dynamic condition means the parameter is experiencing change at the maximum rate attainable, including the maximum rate of reversal. All data recorded must be correlated in time to within one second.

Accuracy (sensor Seconds per Parameters Range Resolution Remarks input) sampling interval 1. Time or Rel- 24 Hrs, 0 to ± 0.125% Per 4 ........................ 1 sec ................. UTC time preferred when ative Time 4095. Hour. available. Counter incre- Counts . ments each 4 seconds of system operation.

2. Pressure Alti- ¥ 1000 ft to max ± 100 to ± 700 ft 1 ........................ 5 ′ to 35 ″ ............. Data should be obtained tude. certificated alti- (see table, from the air data computer tude of aircraft. TSO C124a or when practicable.

+ 5000 ft. TSO C51a).

3. Indicated air- 50 KIAS or min- ± 5% and ± 3% .... 1 ........................ 1 kt .................... Data should be obtained speed or Cali- imum value to from the air data computer brated airspeed. Max V and when practicable.

so ü V to 1.2 V. .

so D 4. Heading (Pri- 0 ¥ 360 ° and Dis- ± 2 ° ..................... 1 ........................ 0.5 ° .................... When true or magnetic head- mary flight crew crete ‘‘true’’ or ing can be selected as the reference). ‘‘mag’’. primary heading reference, a discrete indicating selec- tion must be recorded.

5. Normal Accel- ¥ 3g to + 6g ...... ± 1% of max 0.125 ................. 0.004g eration range exclud- (Vertical) . ing datum error of ± 5%.

6. Pitch Attitude .. ± 75% ................. ± 2 ° ..................... 1 or 0.25 for air- 0.5 ° .................... A sampling rate of 0.25 is planes oper- recommended.

ated under § 135.152(j).

7. Roll Attitude .. ± 180 ° ................. ± 2 ° ..................... 1 or 0.5 0.5 air- 0.5 ° .................... A sampling rate of 0.5 is rec- planes oper- ommended.

ated under § 135.152(j).

8. Manual Radio On-Off (Discrete) ........................... 1 ........................ ........................... Preferably each crew mem- Transmitter None .................. ber but one discrete ac- Keying or CVR/ ceptable for all trans- DFDR synchro- mission provided the CVR/ nization ref- FDR system complies with erence. TSO C124a CVR synchro- nization requirements (paragraph 4.2.1 ED–55).

9. Thrust/Power Full Range For- ± 2% ................... 1 (per engine) ... 0.3% of full Sufficient parameters (e.g.

on each en- ward. range. EPR, N1 or Torque, NP) gine—primary as appropriate to the par- flight crew ref- ticular engine being re- erence. corded to determine power in forward and reverse thrust, including potential overspeed condition.

10. Autopilot En- Discrete ‘‘on’’ or ........................... 1 ........................

gagement. ‘‘off’’.

VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:01 Aug 27, 2026 Jkt 268049 PO 00000 Frm 00555 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Y:\SGML\268049.XXX 268049 jgilmore on DSK4WB1RN3PROD with CFR

14 CFR Ch. I (1–1–26 Edition) Pt. 135, App. F

The recorded values must meet the designated range, resolution and accuracy requirements during static and dynamic condi- tions. Dynamic condition means the parameter is experiencing change at the maximum rate attainable, including the maximum rate of reversal. All data recorded must be correlated in time to within one second.

Accuracy (sensor Seconds per Parameters Range Resolution Remarks input) sampling interval 11. Longitudinal ± 1g .................... ± 1.5% max. 0.25 ................... 0.004g.

Acceleration. range exclud- ing datum error of ± 5%.

12a. Pitch con- Full Range ......... ± 2 ° unless high- 0.5 or 0.25 for 0.5% of full For airplanes that have a trol(s) position er accuracy airplanes oper- range. flight control breakaway (nonfly-by-wire uniquely re- ated under capability that allows either systems) . quired. § 135.152(j). pilot to operate the controls independently, record both control inputs. The control inputs may be sampled al- ternately once per second to produce the sampling in- terval of 0.5 or 0.25, as ap- plicable.

12b. Pitch con- Full Range ......... ± 2 ° unless high- 0.5 or 0.25 for 0.2% of full trol(s) position er accuracy airplanes oper- range.

(fly-by-wire sys- uniquely re- ated under 3 18 tems) . quired. § 135.152(j).

13a. Lateral con- Full Range ......... ± 2 ° unless high- 0.5 or 0.25 for 0.2% of full For airplanes that have a trol position(s) er accuracy airplanes oper- range. flight control breakaway (nonfly-by- uniquely re- ated under capability that allows either wire) . quired. § 135.152(j). pilot to operate the controls independently, record both control inputs. The control inputs may be sampled al- ternately once per second to produce the sampling in- terval of 0.5 or 0.25, as ap- plicable.

13b. Lateral con- Full Range ......... ± 2 ° unless high- 0.5 or 0.25 for 0.2% of full trol position(s) er accuracy airplanes oper- range.

4 18 (fly-by-wire) . uniquely re- ated under quired. § 135.152(j).

14a. Yaw control Full Range ......... ± 2 ° unless high- 0.5 ..................... 0.3% of full For airplanes that have a position(s) er accuracy range. flight control breakaway (nonfly-by- uniquely re- capability that allows either 5 18 wire) . quired. pilot to operate the controls independently, record both control inputs. The control inputs may be sampled al- ternately once per second to produce the sampling of 0.5 or 0.25, as applicable.

14b. Yaw control Full Range ......... ± 2 ° unless high- 0.5 ..................... 0.2% of full position(s) (fly- er accuracy range.

by-wire) . uniquely re- quired.

15. Pitch control Full Range ......... ± 2 ° unless high- 0.5 or 0.25 for 0.3% of full For airplanes fitted with mul- surface(s) posi- er accuracy airplanes oper- range. tiple or split surfaces, a 6 18 tion . uniquely re- ated under suitable combination of in- quired. § 135.152(j).. puts is acceptable in lieu of recording each surface separately. The control surfaces may be sampled alternately to produce the sampling interval of 0.5 or 0.25, as applicable.

16. Lateral control Full Range ......... ± 2 ° unless high- 0.5 or 0.25 for 0.2% of full A suitable combination of surface(s) posi- er accuracy airplanes oper- range. surface position sensors is 7 18 tion . uniquely re- ated under acceptable in lieu of re- quired. § 135.152(j). cording each surface sepa- rately. The control surfaces may be sampled alter- nately to produce the sam- pling interval of 0.5 or 0.25, as applicable.

VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:01 Aug 27, 2026 Jkt 268049 PO 00000 Frm 00556 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Y:\SGML\268049.XXX 268049 jgilmore on DSK4WB1RN3PROD with CFR

Federal Aviation Administration, DOT Pt. 135, App. F

The recorded values must meet the designated range, resolution and accuracy requirements during static and dynamic condi- tions. Dynamic condition means the parameter is experiencing change at the maximum rate attainable, including the maximum rate of reversal. All data recorded must be correlated in time to within one second.

Accuracy (sensor Seconds per Parameters Range Resolution Remarks input) sampling interval 17. Yaw control Full Range ......... ± 2 ° unless high- 0.5 ..................... 0.2% of full For airplanes with multiple or surface(s) posi- er accuracy range. split surfaces, a suitable 8 18 tion . uniquely re- combination of surface po- quired. sition sensors is accept- able in lieu of recording each surface separately.

The control surfaces may be sampled alternately to produce the sampling inter- val of 0.5.

18. Lateral Accel- ± 1g .................... ± 1.5% max. 0.25 ................... 0.004g.

eration. range exclud- ing datum error of ± 5%.

19. Pitch Trim Full Range ......... ± 3 ° Unless High- 1 ........................ 0.6% of full Surface Posi- er Accuracy range tion. Uniquely Re- quired.

20. Trailing Edge Full Range or ± 3 ° or as Pilot’s 2 ........................ 0.5% of full Flap position and cockpit Flap or Cockpit Each Position Indicator. range. control may each be sam- Control Selec- (discrete). pled alternately at 4 sec- tion . ond intervals, to give a data point every 2 sec- onds.

21. Leading Edge Full Range or ± 3 ° or as Pilot’s 2 ........................ 0.5% of full Left and right sides, of flap Flap or Cockpit Each Discrete Indicator and range. position and cockpit control Control Selec- Position. sufficient to may each be sampled at 4 tion . determine second intervals, so as to each discrete give a data point to every position. 2 seconds.

22. Each Thrust Stowed, In Tran- ........................... 1 (per engine ..... ........................... Turbo-jet—2 discretes enable reverser Posi- sit, and re- the 3 states to be deter- tion (or equiva- verse (Dis- mined lent for pro- crete). Turbo-prop—1 discrete peller airplane).

23. Ground Spoil- Full Range or ± 2 ° Unless High- 1 or 0.5 for air- 0.5% of full er Position or Each Position er Accuracy planes oper- range Speed Brake (discrete). Uniquely Re- ated under Selection . quired. § 135.152(j).

24. Outside Air ¥ 50 ° C to + 90 ± 2 ° C ................. 2 ........................ 0.3 ° C Temperature or ° C.

Total Air Tem- perature .

25. Autopilot/ A suitable com- ........................... 1 ........................ ........................... Discretes should show which Autothrottle/ bination of systems are engaged and AFCS Mode discretes. which primary modes are and Engage- controlling the flight path ment Status. and speed of the aircraft.

26. Radio Alti- ¥ 20 ft to 2,500 ± 2 ft or ± 3% 1 ........................ 1 ft + 5% above For autoland/category 3 op- tude . ft. Whichever is 500 ft. erations. Each radio altim- Greater Below eter should be recorded, 500 ft and but arranged so that at ± 5% Above least one is recorded each 500 ft. second.

27. Localizer De- ± 400 Microamps As installed ± 3% 1 ........................ 0.3% of full For autoland/category 3 op- viation, MLS or available recommended.. range. erations. Each system Azimuth, or sensor range should be recorded but ar- GPS Lateral as installed ranged so that at least one Deviation. ± 62 ° . is recorded each second. It is not necessary to record ILS and MLS at the same time, only the approach aid in use need be recorded.

VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:01 Aug 27, 2026 Jkt 268049 PO 00000 Frm 00557 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Y:\SGML\268049.XXX 268049 jgilmore on DSK4WB1RN3PROD with CFR

14 CFR Ch. I (1–1–26 Edition) Pt. 135, App. F

The recorded values must meet the designated range, resolution and accuracy requirements during static and dynamic condi- tions. Dynamic condition means the parameter is experiencing change at the maximum rate attainable, including the maximum rate of reversal. All data recorded must be correlated in time to within one second.

Accuracy (sensor Seconds per Parameters Range Resolution Remarks input) sampling interval 28. Glideslope ± 400 Microamps As installed ± 3% 1 ........................ 0.3% of full For autoland/category 3 op- Deviation, MLS or available recommended. range. erations. Each system Elevation, or sensor range should be recorded but ar- GPS Vertical as installed. ranged so that at least one Deviation. 0.9 to + 30 ° ....... is recorded each second. It is not necessary to record ILS and MLS at the same time, only the approach aid in use need be recorded.

29. Marker Bea- Discrete ‘‘on’’ or ........................... 1 ........................ ........................... A single discrete is accept- con Passage. ‘‘off’’. able for all markers.

30. Master Warn- Discrete ............. ........................... 1 ........................ ........................... Record the master warning ing. and record each ‘‘red’’ warning that cannot be de- termined from other pa- rameters or from the cock- pit voice recorder.

31. Air/ground Discrete ‘‘air’’ or ........................... 1 (0.25 rec- sensor (primary ‘‘ground’’. ommended.).

airplane system reference nose or main gear).

32. Angle of At- As installed ........ As installed ........ 2 or 0.5 for air- 0.3% of full If left and right sensors are tack (If meas- planes oper- range. available, each may be re- ured directly). ated under corded at 4 or 1 second in- § 135.152(j). tervals, as appropriate, so as to give a data point at 2 seconds or 0.5 second, as required.

33. Hydraulic Discrete or avail- ± 5% ................... 2 ........................ 0.5% of full Pressure Low, able sensor range.

Each System. range, ‘‘low’’ or ‘‘normal’’.

34. Groundspeed As installed ........ Most Accurate 1 ........................ 0.2% of full Systems In- range.

stalled.

35. GPWS Discrete ‘‘warn- ........................... 1 ........................ ........................... A suitable combination of (ground prox- ing’’ or ‘‘off’’. discretes unless recorder imity warning capacity is limited in which system). case a single discrete for all modes is acceptable.

36. Landing Gear Discrete ............. ........................... 4 ........................ ........................... A suitable combination of Position or discretes should be re- Landing gear corded.

cockpit control selection.

37. Drift Angle As installed ........ As installed ........ 4 ........................ 0.1 ° 38. Wind Speed As installed ........ As installed ........ 4 1 knot, and 1.0 ° .

and Direction.

39. Latitude and As installed ........ As installed ........ 4 ........................ 0.002 ° , or as in- Provided by the Primary Longitude. stalled. Navigation System Ref- erence. Where capacity permits latitude/longitude resolution should be 0.0002 ° .

40. Stick shaker Discrete(s) ‘‘on’’ ........................... 1 ........................ ........................... A suitable combination of and pusher acti- or ‘‘off’’. discretes to determine acti- vation. vation.

41. Windshear Discrete ‘‘warn- ........................... 1.

Detection. ing’’ or ‘‘off’’.

42. Throttle/power Full Range ......... ± 2% ................... 1 for each lever 2% of full range For airplanes with non-me- lever position . chanically linked cockpit engine controls.

VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:01 Aug 27, 2026 Jkt 268049 PO 00000 Frm 00558 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Y:\SGML\268049.XXX 268049 jgilmore on DSK4WB1RN3PROD with CFR

Federal Aviation Administration, DOT Pt. 135, App. F

The recorded values must meet the designated range, resolution and accuracy requirements during static and dynamic condi- tions. Dynamic condition means the parameter is experiencing change at the maximum rate attainable, including the maximum rate of reversal. All data recorded must be correlated in time to within one second.

Accuracy (sensor Seconds per Parameters Range Resolution Remarks input) sampling interval 43. Additional En- As installed ........ As installed ........ Each engine 2% of full range Where capacity permits, the gine Param- each second. preferred priority is indi- eters. cated vibration level, N2, EGT, Fuel Flow, Fuel Cut- off lever position and N3, unless engine manufac- turer recommends other- wise.

44. Traffic Alert Discretes ........... As installed ........ 1 ........................ ........................... A suitable combination of and Collision discretes should be re- Avoidance Sys- corded to determine the tem (TCAS). status of—Combined Con- trol, Vertical Control, Up Advisory, and down advi- sory. (ref. ARINC Char- acteristic 735 Attachment 6E, TCAS VERTICAL RA DATA OUTPUT WORD.)

45. DME 1 and 2 0–200 NM; ........ As installed ........ 4 ........................ 1 NM ................. 1 mile.

Distance.

46. Nav 1 and 2 Full range .......... As installed ........ 4 ........................ ........................... Sufficient to determine se- Selected Fre- lected frequency.

quency.

47. Selected baro- Full Range ......... ± 5% ................... (1 per 64 sec.) .. 0.2% of full metric setting. range.

48. Selected alti- Full Range ......... ± 5% ................... 1 ........................ 100 ft.

tude.

49. Selected Full Range ......... ± 5% ................... 1 ........................ 1 knot.

speed.

50. Selected Full Range ......... ± 5% ................... 1 ........................ .01.

Mach.

51. Selected Full Range ......... ± 5% ................... 1 ........................ 100 ft./min.

vertical speed.

52. Selected Full Range ......... ± 5% ................... 1 ........................ 1 ° .

heading.

53. Selected flight Full Range ......... ± 5% ................... 1 ........................ 1 ° .

path.

54. Selected deci- Full Range ......... ± 5% ................... 64 ...................... 1 ft.

sion height.

55. EFIS display Discrete(s) ......... ........................... 4 ........................ ........................... Discretes should show the format. display system status (e.g., off, normal, fail, composite, sector, plan, nav aids, weather radar, range, copy.

56. Multi-function/ Discrete(s) ......... ........................... 4 ........................ ........................... Discretes should show the Engine Alerts display system status (e.g., Display format. off, normal, fail, and the identity of display pages for emergency procedures, need not be recorded.

57. Thrust Full Range ......... ± 2% ................... 2 ........................ 2% of full range comand .

58. Thrust target Full Range ......... ± 2% ................... 4 ........................ 2% of full range.

59. Fuel quantity Full Range ......... ± 5% ................... (1 per 64 sec.) .. 1% of full range.

in CG trim tank.

60. Primary Navi- Discrete GPS, ........................... 4 ........................ ........................... A suitable combination of gation System INS, VOR/ discretes to determine the Reference. DME, MLS, Primary Navigation System Localizer reference.

Glideslope.

61. Ice Detection Discrete ‘‘ice’’ or ........................... 4.

‘‘no ice’’.

62. Engine warn- Discrete ............. ........................... 1.

ing each engine vibration.

63. Engine warn- Discrete ............. ........................... 1.

ing each engine over temp..

VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:01 Aug 27, 2026 Jkt 268049 PO 00000 Frm 00559 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Y:\SGML\268049.XXX 268049 jgilmore on DSK4WB1RN3PROD with CFR

14 CFR Ch. I (1–1–26 Edition) Pt. 135, App. F

The recorded values must meet the designated range, resolution and accuracy requirements during static and dynamic condi- tions. Dynamic condition means the parameter is experiencing change at the maximum rate attainable, including the maximum rate of reversal. All data recorded must be correlated in time to within one second.

Accuracy (sensor Seconds per Parameters Range Resolution Remarks input) sampling interval 64. Engine warn- Discrete ............. ........................... 1.

ing each engine oil pressure low.

65. Engine warn- Discrete ............. ........................... 1.

ing each engine over speed.

66. Yaw Trim Sur- Full Range ......... ± 3% Unless 2 ........................ 0.3% of full face Position. Higher Accu- range.

racy Uniquely Required.

67. Roll Trim Sur- Full Range ......... ± 3% Unless 2 ........................ 0.3% of full face Position. Higher Accu- range.

racy Uniquely Required.

68. Brake Pres- As installed ........ ± 5% ................... 1 ........................ ........................... To determine braking effort sure (left and applied by pilots or by right). autobrakes.

69. Brake Pedal Discrete or Ana- ± 5% (Analog) .... 1 ........................ ........................... To determine braking applied Application (left log ‘‘applied’’ by pilots.

and right). or ‘‘off’’.

70. Yaw or side- Full Range ......... ± 5% ................... 1 ........................ 0.5 ° .

slip angle.

71. Engine bleed Discrete ‘‘open’’ ........................... 4.

valve position. or ‘‘closed’’.

72. De-icing or Discrete ‘‘on’’ or ........................... 4.

anti-icing sys- ‘‘off’’.

tem selection.

73. Computed Full Range ......... ± 5% ................... (1 per 64 sec.) .. 1% of full range.

center of gravity.

74. AC electrical Discrete ‘‘power’’ ........................... 4 ........................ ........................... Each bus.

bus status. or ‘‘off’’.

75. DC electrical Discrete ‘‘power’’ ........................... 4 ........................ ........................... Each bus.

bus status. or ‘‘off’’.

76. APU bleed Discrete ‘‘open’’ ........................... 4.

valve position. or ‘‘closed’’.

77. Hydraulic Full range .......... ± 5% ................... 2 ........................ 100 psi.

Pressure (each system).

78. Loss of cabin Discrete ‘‘loss’’ ........................... 1.

pressure. or ‘‘normal’’.

79. Computer fail- Discrete ‘‘fail’’ or ........................... 4.

ure (critical ‘‘normal’’.

flight and en- gine control systems).

80. Heads-up dis- Discrete(s) ‘‘on’’ ........................... 4.

play (when an or ‘‘off’’.

information source is in- stalled).

81. Para-visual Discrete(s) ‘‘on’’ ........................... 1.

display (when or ‘‘off’’.

an information source is in- stalled).

82. Cockpit trim Full Range ......... ± 5% ................... 1 ........................ 0.2% of full Where mechanical means for control input po- range. control inputs are not avail- sition—pitch. able, cockpit display trim positions should be re- corded.

83. Cockpit trim Full Range ......... ± 5% ................... 1 ........................ 0.7% of full Where mechanical means for control input po- range. control inputs are not avail- sition—roll. able, cockpit display trim position should be re- corded.

VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:01 Aug 27, 2026 Jkt 268049 PO 00000 Frm 00560 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Y:\SGML\268049.XXX 268049 jgilmore on DSK4WB1RN3PROD with CFR

Federal Aviation Administration, DOT Pt. 135, App. F

The recorded values must meet the designated range, resolution and accuracy requirements during static and dynamic condi- tions. Dynamic condition means the parameter is experiencing change at the maximum rate attainable, including the maximum rate of reversal. All data recorded must be correlated in time to within one second.

Accuracy (sensor Seconds per Parameters Range Resolution Remarks input) sampling interval 84. Cockpit trim Full Range ......... ± 5% ................... 1 ........................ 0.3% of full Where mechanical means for control input po- range. control input are not avail- sition—yaw. able, cockpit display trim positions should be re- corded.

85. Trailing edge Full Range ......... ± 5% ................... 2 ........................ 0.5% of full Trailing edge flaps and cock- flap and cockpit range. pit flap control position flap control po- may each be sampled al- sition. ternately at 4 second inter- vals to provide a sample each 0.5 second.

86. Leading edge Full Range or ± 5% ................... 1 ........................ 0.5% of full flap and cockpit Discrete. range.

flap control po- sition.

87. Ground spoil- Full Range or ± 5% ................... 0.5 ..................... 0.3% of full er position and Discrete. range speed brake se- lection.

88. All cockpit Full Range Con- ± 5 ° ..................... 1 ........................ 0.3% of full For fly-by-wire flight control flight control trol wheel ± 70 range. systems, where flight con- input forces lbs. Control trol surface position is a (control wheel, column ± 85 function of the displace- control column, lbs. Rudder ment of the control input rudder pedal) . pedal ± 165 lbs. device only, it is not nec- essary to record this pa- rameter. For airplanes that have a flight control break- away capability that allows either pilot to operate the control independently, record both control force inputs. The control force inputs may be sampled al- ternately once per 2 sec- onds to produce the sam- pling interval of 1.

For A300 B2/B4 airplanes, resolution = 6 seconds.

For A330/A340 series airplanes, resolution = 0.703 ° .

For A318/A319/A320/A321 series airplanes, resolution = 0.275% (0.088 ° >0.064 ° ). For A330/A340 series airplanes, resolution = 2.20% (0.703 ° >0.064 ° ).

For A318/A319/A320/A321 series airplanes, resolution = 0.22% (0.088 ° >0.080 ° ). For A330/A340 series airplanes, resolution = 1.76% (0.703 ° >0.080 ° ).

For A330/A340 series airplanes, resolution = 1.18% (0.703 ° >0.120 ° ).

For A330/A340 series airplanes, resolution = 0.783% (0.352 ° >0.090 ° ).

For A330/A340 series airplanes, aileron resolution = 0.704% (0.352 ° >0.100 ° ). For A330/A340 series airplanes, spoiler resolu- tion = 1.406% (0.703 ° >0.100 ° ).

For A330/A340 series airplanes, resolution = 0.30% (0.176 ° >0.12 ° ). For A330/A340 series airplanes, seconds per sampling interval = 1.

For B–717 series airplanes, resolution = .005g. For Dassault F900C/F900EX airplanes, resolution = .007g.

For A330/A340 series airplanes, resolution = 1.05% (0.250 ° >0.120 ° ).

For A330/A340 series airplanes, resolution = 1.05% (0.250 ° >0.120 ° ). For A300 B2/B4 series airplanes, resolution = 0.92% (0.230 ° >0.125 ° ).

For A330/A340 series airplanes, spoiler resolution = 1.406% (0.703 ° >0.100 ° ).

For A330/A340 series airplanes, resolution = 0.5 ° C.

For Dassault F900C/F900EX airplanes, Radio Altitude resolution = 1.25 ft.

For A330/A340 series airplanes, resolution = 0.352 degrees.

For A318/A319/A320/A321 series airplanes, resolution = 4.32%. For A330/A340 series airplanes, resolution is 3.27% of full range for throttle lever angle (TLA); for reverse thrust, reverse throttle lever angle (RLA) resolution is nonlinear over the active reverse thrust range, which is 51.54 degrees to 96.14 degrees. The resolved element is 2.8 degrees uniformly over the entire ac- tive reverse thrust range, or 2.9% of the full range value of 96.14 degrees.

For A318/A319/A320/A321 series airplanes, with IAE engines, resolution = 2.58%.

For all aircraft manufactured on or after December 6, 2010, the seconds per sampling interval is 0.125. Each input must be recorded at this rate. Alternately sampling inputs (interleaving) to meet this sampling interval is prohibited.

[Docket 28109, 62 FR 38398, July 17, 1997; 62 FR 48135, Sept. 12, 1997; Amdt. 135–85, 67 FR 54323, Aug. 21, 2002; Amdt. 135–89, 68 FR 42939, July 18, 2003; 68 FR 50069, Aug. 20, 2003; Amdt. 135– 113, 73 FR 12570, Mar. 7, 2008; Amdt. 135–121, 75 FR 17047, Apr. 5, 2010; Amdt. 135–120, 75 FR 7357, Feb. 19, 2010; Docket FAA–2017–0733, Amdt. 135–137, 82 FR 34399, July 25, 2017] VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:01 Aug 27, 2026 Jkt 268049 PO 00000 Frm 00561 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8026 Y:\SGML\268049.XXX 268049 jgilmore on DSK4WB1RN3PROD with CFR

14 CFR Ch. I (1–1–26 Edition) Pt. 135, App. G

planes may be credited as part of the re- A PPENDIX G TO P ART 135—E XTENDED quired 12 months of international experience OPERATIONS (ETOPS) required by paragraph G135.2.2(a) of this ap- G135.1 Definitions. pendix.

G135.1.1 Adequate Airport means an airport (c) ETOPS experience with other aircraft that an airplane operator may list with ap- types to the extent authorized by the FAA.

proval from the FAA because that airport G135.2.3 Airplane requirements. No certifi- meets the landing limitations of § 135.385 or cate holder may conduct ETOPS in an air- is a military airport that is active and oper- plane that was manufactured after February ational.

17, 2015 unless the airplane meets the stand- G135.1.2 ETOPS Alternate Airport means an ards of § 25.1535.

adequate airport that is designated in a dis- G135.2.4 Crew information requirements. The patch or flight release for use in the event of certificate holder must ensure that flight a diversion during ETOPS. This definition crews have in-flight access to current weath- applies to flight planning and does not in er and operational information needed to any way limit the authority of the pilot in comply with § 135.83, § 135.225, and § 135.229.

command during flight.

This includes information on all ETOPS Al- G135.1.3 ETOPS Entry Point means the ternate Airports, all destination alternates, first point on the route of an ETOPS flight, and the destination airport proposed for each determined using a one-engine inoperative ETOPS flight.

cruise speed under standard conditions in G135.2.5 Operational Requirements.

still air, that is more than 180 minutes from an adequate airport. (a) No person may allow a flight to con- G135.1.4 ETOPS Qualified Person means a tinue beyond its ETOPS Entry Point un- person, performing maintenance for the cer- less— tificate holder, who has satisfactorily com- (1) The weather conditions at each ETOPS pleted the certificate holder’s ETOPS train- Alternate Airport are forecast to be at or ing program.

above the operating minima in the certifi- G135.2 Requirements.

cate holder’s operations specifications for G135.2.1 General. After August 13, 2008, no that airport when it might be used (from the certificate holder may operate an airplane, earliest to the latest possible landing time), other than an all-cargo airplane with more and than two engines, outside the continental (3) All ETOPS Alternate Airports within United States more than 180 minutes flying the authorized ETOPS maximum diversion time (at the one-engine-inoperative cruise time are reviewed for any changes in condi- speed under standard conditions in still air) tions that have occurred since dispatch.

from an airport described in § 135.364 unless— (b) In the event that an operator cannot (a) The certificate holder receives ETOPS comply with paragraph G135.2.5(a)(1) of this approval from the FAA; appendix for a specific airport, another (b) The operation is conducted in a multi- ETOPS Alternate Airport must be sub- engine transport category turbine-powered stituted within the maximum ETOPS diver- airplane; sion time that could be authorized for that (c) The operation is planned to be no more flight with weather conditions at or above than 240 minutes flying time (at the one en- operating minima.

gine inoperative cruise speed under standard (c) Pilots must plan and conduct ETOPS conditions in still air) from an airport de- under instrument flight rules.

scribed in § 135.364; and (d) Time-Limited Systems. (1) Except as pro- (d) The certificate holder meets the re- vided in paragraph G135.2.5(d)(3) of this ap- quirements of this appendix.

pendix, the time required to fly the distance G135.2.2 Required certificate holder experience to each ETOPS Alternate Airport (at the all- prior to conducting ETOPS.

engines-operating cruise speed, corrected for Before applying for ETOPS approval, the wind and temperature) may not exceed the certificate holder must have at least 12 time specified in the Airplane Flight Manual months experience conducting international for the airplane’s most limiting fire suppres- operations (excluding Canada and Mexico) sion system time required by regulation for with multi-engine transport category tur- any cargo or baggage compartments (if in- bine-engine powered airplanes. The certifi- stalled), minus 15 minutes.

cate holder may consider the following expe- rience as international operations: (2) Except as provided in G135.2.5(d)(3) of (a) Operations to or from the State of Ha- this appendix, the time required to fly the waii. distance to each ETOPS Alternate Airport (b) For certificate holders granted ap- (at the approved one-engine-inoperative proval to operate under part 135 or part 121 cruise speed, corrected for wind and tem- before February 15, 2007, up to 6 months of perature) may not exceed the time specified domestic operating experience and oper- in the Airplane Flight Manual for the air- ations in Canada and Mexico in multi-engine plane’s most time limited system time transport category turbojet-powered air- (other than the airplane’s most limiting fire VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:01 Aug 27, 2026 Jkt 268049 PO 00000 Frm 00562 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Y:\SGML\268049.XXX 268049 jgilmore on DSK4WB1RN3PROD with CFR

Federal Aviation Administration, DOT Pt. 135, App. G

suppression system time required by regula- airplane must carry additional fuel equal to tion for any cargo or baggage compart- 5% of the fuel required by paragraph ments), minus 15 minutes. G135.2.7(a) of this appendix, as reserve fuel to (3) A certificate holder operating an air- allow for errors in wind data.

plane without the Airplane Flight Manual (3) Fuel to account for icing. In calculating information needed to comply with para- the amount of fuel required by paragraph graphs G135.2.5(d)(1) and (d)(2) of this appen- G135.2.7(a)(1) of this appendix, (after com- dix, may continue ETOPS with that airplane pleting the wind calculation in G135.2.7(a)(2) until February 17, 2015.

of this appendix), the certificate holder must G135.2.6 Communications Requirements.

ensure that the airplane carries the greater (a) No person may conduct an ETOPS of the following amounts of fuel in anticipa- flight unless the following communications tion of possible icing during the diversion: equipment, appropriate to the route to be (i) Fuel that would be burned as a result of flown, is installed and operational: airframe icing during 10 percent of the time (1) Two independent communication trans- icing is forecast (including the fuel used by mitters, at least one of which allows voice engine and wing anti-ice during this period).

communication.

(ii) Fuel that would be used for engine (2) Two independent communication re- anti-ice, and if appropriate wing anti-ice, for ceivers, at least one of which allows voice the entire time during which icing is fore- communication.

cast.

(3) Two headsets, or one headset and one (4) Fuel to account for engine deteriora- speaker.

tion. In calculating the amount of fuel re- (b) In areas where voice communication fa- quired by paragraph G135.2.7(a)(1) of this ap- cilities are not available, or are of such poor pendix (after completing the wind calcula- quality that voice communication is not pos- tion in paragraph G135.2.7(a)(2) of this appen- sible, communication using an alternative dix), the certificate holder must ensure the system must be substituted.

airplane also carries fuel equal to 5% of the G135.2.7 Fuel Requirements. No person may fuel specified above, to account for deterio- dispatch or release for flight an ETOPS ration in cruise fuel burn performance unless flight unless, considering wind and other the certificate holder has a program to mon- weather conditions expected, it has the fuel itor airplane in-service deterioration to otherwise required by this part and enough cruise fuel burn performance.

fuel to satisfy each of the following require- (b) Fuel to account for holding, approach, ments: and landing. In addition to the fuel required (a) Fuel to fly to an ETOPS Alternate Airport.

by paragraph G135.2.7 (a) of this appendix, (1) Fuel to account for rapid decompression the airplane must carry fuel sufficient to and engine failure. The airplane must carry hold at 1500 feet above field elevation for 15 the greater of the following amounts of fuel: minutes upon reaching the ETOPS Alternate (i) Fuel sufficient to fly to an ETOPS Al- Airport and then conduct an instrument ap- ternate Airport assuming a rapid decompres- proach and land.

sion at the most critical point followed by (c) Fuel to account for APU use. If an APU descent to a safe altitude in compliance with is a required power source, the certificate the oxygen supply requirements of § 135.157; holder must account for its fuel consumption (ii) Fuel sufficient to fly to an ETOPS Al- during the appropriate phases of flight.

ternate Airport (at the one-engine-inoper- G135.2.8 Maintenance Program Requirements.

ative cruise speed under standard conditions In order to conduct an ETOPS flight under in still air) assuming a rapid decompression § 135.364, each certificate holder must develop and a simultaneous engine failure at the and comply with the ETOPS maintenance most critical point followed by descent to a program as authorized in the certificate safe altitude in compliance with the oxygen holder’s operations specifications for each requirements of § 135.157; or two-engine airplane-engine combination (iii) Fuel sufficient to fly to an ETOPS Al- used in ETOPS. This provision does not ternate Airport (at the one-engine-inoper- apply to operations using an airplane with ative cruise speed under standard conditions more than two engines. The certificate hold- in still air) assuming an engine failure at the er must develop this ETOPS maintenance most critical point followed by descent to program to supplement the maintenance pro- the one engine inoperative cruise altitude.

gram currently approved for the operator.

(2) Fuel to account for errors in wind fore- This ETOPS maintenance program must in- casting. In calculating the amount of fuel re- clude the following elements: quired by paragraph G135.2.7(a)(1) of this ap- (a) ETOPS maintenance document. The cer- pendix, the certificate holder must increase tificate holder must have an ETOPS mainte- the actual forecast wind speed by 5% (result- nance document for use by each person in- ing in an increase in headwind or a decrease volved in ETOPS. The document must— in tailwind) to account for any potential er- rors in wind forecasting. If a certificate hold- (1) List each ETOPS Significant System, er is not using the actual forecast wind based (2) Refer to or include all of the ETOPS on a wind model accepted by the FAA, the maintenance elements in this section, VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:01 Aug 27, 2026 Jkt 268049 PO 00000 Frm 00563 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Y:\SGML\268049.XXX 268049 jgilmore on DSK4WB1RN3PROD with CFR

14 CFR Ch. I (1–1–26 Edition) Pt. 135, App. G

(3) Refer to or include all supportive pro- (B) Repair station certificated under part grams and procedures, 145 of this title; or (4) Refer to or include all duties and re- (C) Entity authorized pursuant to sponsibilities, and § 43.17(c)(2) of this chapter.

(5) Clearly state where referenced material (c) Limitations on dual maintenance. (1) Ex- is located in the certificate holder’s docu- cept as specified in paragraph G135.2.8(c)(2) ment system.

of this appendix, the certificate holder may (b) ETOPS pre-departure service check. The not perform scheduled or unscheduled dual certificate holder must develop a pre-depar- maintenance during the same maintenance ture check tailored to their specific oper- visit on the same or a substantially similar ation.

ETOPS Significant System listed in the (1) The certificate holder must complete a ETOPS maintenance document, if the im- pre-departure service check immediately be- proper maintenance could result in the fail- fore each ETOPS flight.

ure of an ETOPS Significant System.

(2) At a minimum, this check must: (2) In the event dual maintenance as de- (i) Verify the condition of all ETOPS Sig- fined in paragraph G135.2.8(c)(1) of this ap- nificant Systems; pendix cannot be avoided, the certificate (ii) Verify the overall status of the air- holder may perform maintenance provided: plane by reviewing applicable maintenance (i) The maintenance action on each af- records; and fected ETOPS Significant System is per- (iii) Include an interior and exterior in- formed by a different technician, or spection to include a determination of en- (ii) The maintenance action on each af- gine and APU oil levels and consumption fected ETOPS Significant System is per- rates.

formed by the same technician under the di- (3) An appropriately trained maintenance rect supervision of a second qualified indi- person, who is ETOPS qualified must accom- vidual; and plish and certify by signature ETOPS spe- (iii) For either paragraph G135.2.8(c)(2)(i) cific tasks. Before an ETOPS flight may or (ii) of this appendix, a qualified individual commence, an ETOPS pre-departure service check (PDSC) Signatory Person, who has conducts a ground verification test and any been authorized by the certificate holder, in-flight verification test required under the must certify by signature, that the ETOPS program developed pursuant to paragraph PDSC has been completed. G135.2.8(d) of this appendix.

(4) For the purposes of this paragraph (b) (d) Verification program. The certificate only, the following definitions apply: holder must develop a program for the reso- (i) ETOPS qualified person: A person is lution of discrepancies that will ensure the ETOPS qualified when that person satisfac- effectiveness of maintenance actions taken torily completes the operator’s ETOPS on ETOPS Significant Systems. The training program and is authorized by the verification program must identify potential certificate holder.

problems and verify satisfactory corrective (ii) ETOPS PDSC Signatory Person: A per- action. The verification program must in- son is an ETOPS PDSC Signatory Person clude ground verification and in-flight when that person is ETOPS Qualified and verification policy and procedures. The cer- that person: tificate holder must establish procedures to (A) When certifying the completion of the clearly indicate who is going to initiate the ETOPS PDSC in the United States: verification action and what action is nec- ( 1 ) Works for an operator authorized to en- essary. The verification action may be per- gage in part 135 or 121 operation or works for formed on an ETOPS revenue flight provided a part 145 repair station; and the verification action is documented as sat- ( 2 ) Holds a U.S. Mechanic’s Certificate isfactorily completed upon reaching the with airframe and powerplant ratings.

ETOPS entry point.

(B) When certifying the completion of the (e) Task identification. The certificate hold- ETOPS PDSC outside of the U.S. holds a cer- er must identify all ETOPS-specific tasks.

tificate in accordance with § 43.17(c)(1) of this An ETOPS qualified person must accomplish chapter; or and certify by signature that the ETOPS- (C) When certifying the completion of the specific task has been completed.

ETOPS PDSC outside the U.S. holds the cer- (f) Centralized maintenance control proce- tificates needed or has the requisite experi- dures. The certificate holder must develop ence or training to return aircraft to service procedures for centralized maintenance con- on behalf of an ETOPS maintenance entity.

trol for ETOPS.

(iii) ETOPS maintenance entity: An entity (g) ETOPS parts control program. The cer- authorized to perform ETOPS maintenance tificate holder must develop an ETOPS parts and complete ETOPS pre-departure service checks and that entity is: control program to ensure the proper identi- (A) Certificated to engage in part 135 or 121 fication of parts used to maintain the con- operations; figuration of airplanes used in ETOPS.

VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:01 Aug 27, 2026 Jkt 268049 PO 00000 Frm 00564 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Y:\SGML\268049.XXX 268049 jgilmore on DSK4WB1RN3PROD with CFR

Federal Aviation Administration, DOT Pt. 136

(h) Enhanced Continuing Analysis and Sur- with the running average consumption to veillance System (E–CASS) program. A certifi- identify sudden increases.

cate holder’s existing CASS must be en- (l) APU in-flight start program. If an APU is hanced to include all elements of the ETOPS required for ETOPS, but is not required to maintenance program. In addition to the re- run during the ETOPS portion of the flight, porting requirements of § 135.415 and § 135.417, the certificate holder must have a program the program includes reporting procedures, acceptable to the FAA for cold soak in-flight in the form specified in § 135.415(e), for the start and run reliability.

following significant events detrimental to (m) Maintenance training. For each air- ETOPS within 96 hours of the occurrence to plane-engine combination, the certificate the responsible Flight Standards office: holder must develop a maintenance training (1) IFSDs, except planned IFSDs performed program to ensure that it provides training for flight training.

adequate to support ETOPS. It must include (2) Diversions and turnbacks for failures, ETOPS specific training for all persons in- malfunctions, or defects associated with any volved in ETOPS maintenance that focuses airplane or engine system.

on the special nature of ETOPS. This train- (3) Uncommanded power or thrust changes ing must be in addition to the operator’s or surges.

maintenance training program used to qual- (4) Inability to control the engine or obtain ify individuals for specific airplanes and en- desired power or thrust.

gines.

(5) Inadvertent fuel loss or unavailability, or uncorrectable fuel imbalance in flight.

(n) Configuration, maintenance, and proce- (6) Failures, malfunctions or defects asso- dures (CMP) document. The certificate holder ciated with ETOPS Significant Systems.

must use a system to ensure compliance (7) Any event that would jeopardize the with the minimum requirements set forth in safe flight and landing of the airplane on an the current version of the CMP document for ETOPS flight.

each airplane-engine combination that has a (i) Propulsion system monitoring. The certifi- CMP.

cate holder, in coordination with the respon- (o) Reporting. The certificate holder must sible Flight Standards office, must— report quarterly to the responsible Flight (1) Establish criteria as to what action is Standards office and the airplane and engine to be taken when adverse trends in propul- manufacturer for each airplane authorized sion system conditions are detected, and for ETOPS. The report must provide the op- (2) Investigate common cause effects or erating hours and cycles for each airplane.

systemic errors and submit the findings to G135.2.9 Delayed compliance date for all air- the responsible Flight Standards office with- planes. A certificate holder need not comply in 30 days.

with this appendix for any airplane until Au- (j) Engine condition monitoring. (1) The cer- gust 13, 2008.

tificate holder must establish an engine-con- dition monitoring program to detect deterio- [Docket FAA–2002–6717, 72 FR 1885, Jan. 16, ration at an early stage and to allow for cor- 2007, as amended by Amdt. 135–108, 72 FR rective action before safe operation is af- 7348, Feb. 15, 2007; 72 FR 26542, May 10, 2007; fected.

Amdt. 135–112, 73 FR 8798, Feb. 15, 2008; Amdt.

(2) This program must describe the param- 135–115, 73 FR 33882, June 16, 2008; Docket eters to be monitored, the method of data FAA–2018–0119, Amdt. 135–139, 83 FR 9175, collection, the method of analyzing data, and Mar. 5, 2018] the process for taking corrective action.

(3) The program must ensure that engine limit margins are maintained so that a pro-

PART 136—COMMERCIAL AIR

longed engine-inoperative diversion may be

TOURS AND NATIONAL PARKS

conducted at approved power levels and in

AIR TOUR MANAGEMENT

all expected environmental conditions with- out exceeding approved engine limits. This includes approved limits for items such as Subpart A—National Air Tour Safety rotor speeds and exhaust gas temperatures.

Standards (k) Oil consumption monitoring. The certifi- cate holder must develop an engine oil con- Sec.

sumption monitoring program to ensure that 136.1 Applicability and definitions.

there is enough oil to complete each ETOPS 136.3 Letters of Authorization.

flight. APU oil consumption must be in- 136.5 Additional requirements for Hawaii.

cluded if an APU is required for ETOPS. The 136.7 Passenger briefings.

operator’s consumption limit may not ex- 136.9 Life preservers for operations over ceed the manufacturer’s recommendation.

water.

Monitoring must be continuous and include 136.11 Rotorcraft floats for over water.

oil added at each ETOPS departure point.

136.13 Performance plan.

The program must compare the amount of oil added at each ETOPS departure point 136.15–136.29 [Reserved] VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:01 Aug 27, 2026 Jkt 268049 PO 00000 Frm 00565 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\268049.XXX 268049 jgilmore on DSK4WB1RN3PROD with CFR